Fiero Wiki - User contributions [en]

Temperature gauge

2026-08-16T08:45:32Z

Cliff: /* Notes */

'''Temperature gauge''' refers to the dashboard engine-temperature gauge used in the [[Pontiac Fiero]] [[Instrument cluster]].

The temperature gauge displays engine coolant temperature to the driver. It should not be confused with the [[Coolant temperature sensor]] used by the [[ECM]].

== Overview ==

The Fiero uses separate temperature-related parts for different purposes.

The dashboard temperature gauge receives its signal from the temperature gauge sender.

The ECM receives coolant temperature information from the ECM coolant temperature sensor.

The radiator fan may be controlled by a separate fan switch or fan-control circuit, depending on year and configuration.

Because these parts are separate, a problem with one does not automatically mean the others are faulty.

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Fiero temperature gauge in the instrument cluster and the engine-mounted temperature gauge sender location. Ideally include both the 2.8L V6 and 2.5L four-cylinder sender locations.}}

The temperature gauge is located in the instrument cluster.

The temperature gauge sender is mounted on the engine. Its exact location depends on the engine and year.

On the 2.8L V6, the gauge sender is located separately from the ECM coolant temperature sensor.

On the 2.5L four-cylinder, the sender location may vary by year and engine configuration.

== Gauge sender versus ECM sensor ==

The temperature gauge sender and ECM coolant temperature sensor are separate parts.

The gauge sender is used by:

* Dashboard temperature gauge
* Temperature warning light, depending on circuit and year

The ECM coolant temperature sensor is used by:

* [[ECM]]
* Fuel mixture calculations
* Idle and warm-up behavior
* Closed-loop decisions
* Diagnostic trouble codes such as [[Code 14]] and [[Code 15]]

This distinction is important during diagnosis.

== Common problems ==

Common temperature-gauge-related problems include:

* Gauge reads too high
* Gauge reads too low
* Gauge does not move
* Gauge pegs suddenly
* Gauge behaves erratically
* Temperature warning light problem
* Bad sender
* Wiring fault
* Poor connector contact
* Instrument cluster problem
* Ground problem

== Gauge pegging ==

Some Fieros are known for temperature-gauge needle pegging during start-up due to wiring or circuit behavior. This can damage or misposition the gauge needle over time.

If the gauge needle is stuck, reads incorrectly, or has moved beyond its normal range, the gauge and related wiring should be inspected.

Related topics:

* [[Instrument cluster]]
* [[Electrical system]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]

== Overheating diagnosis ==

A high temperature-gauge reading may indicate an actual overheating problem, but the gauge circuit should not be the only source of diagnosis.

If overheating is suspected, check the cooling system directly.

Related topics:

* [[Overheating]]
* [[Cooling system]]
* [[Coolant filling procedure]]
* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Thermostat]]
* [[Water pump]]

== ECM data comparison ==

Live ECM data through [[ALDL diagnostics]] can help compare the ECM coolant temperature reading with the dashboard gauge.

If the ECM temperature reading appears normal but the dashboard gauge reads incorrectly, the problem may be in the gauge sender, gauge wiring, instrument cluster, or gauge itself.

If both the ECM data and dashboard gauge indicate overheating, the cooling system should be checked.

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Determine whether the engine is actually overheating.
# Check coolant level and cooling-system condition.
# Inspect the temperature gauge sender connector.
# Inspect gauge-sender wiring.
# Check instrument cluster operation.
# Check grounds and connectors.
# Compare ECM coolant temperature through [[ALDL diagnostics]] if live data is available.
# Check the cooling system if actual overheating is suspected.
# Check the gauge sender and gauge circuit if the engine temperature is normal but the gauge reads incorrectly.

== Notes ==

Do not confuse the temperature gauge sender with the ECM coolant temperature sensor.

A dashboard gauge problem does not automatically mean the ECM is receiving incorrect coolant temperature data.

Likewise, [[Code 14]] or [[Code 15]] does not automatically mean the dashboard gauge sender or gauge is faulty.

Part number for L4 2.5 gauge sender is 25036628.

Part number for V6 2.8 gauge sender is 25036809.

== See also ==

* [[Instrument cluster]]
* [[Coolant temperature sender]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]
* [[Cooling system]]
* [[Overheating]]
* [[Coolant filling procedure]]
* [[ALDL diagnostics]]
* [[Code 14]]
* [[Code 15]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Interior]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Cooling system]]

== Sources ==
1. http://www.calgaryfieros.com/OSGdocs/temp-gauge-sender.html, viewed 8/13/2026

Code 24

2026-08-12T09:23:15Z

Cliff:

'''Code 24''' is a [[Diagnostic trouble codes|diagnostic trouble code]] related to the [[Vehicle speed sensor]] circuit on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

Code 24 indicates that the [[ECM]] is not receiving the expected vehicle speed signal.

== Overview ==

The vehicle speed sensor, often abbreviated as VSS, provides speed information used by the ECM and speedometer-related circuits.

The ECM uses vehicle speed information for functions such as idle control, deceleration behavior, fuel control, and drivability calculations.

Code 24 is set when the ECM detects an unexpected or missing vehicle speed signal under conditions where a speed signal should be present.

== Flash pattern ==

Code 24 is displayed as:

* Two flashes
* Pause
* Four flashes

This represents code '''24'''.

'''Animated flash pattern:'''

[[File:Code24.gif|none]]

== Meaning ==

Code 24 usually indicates a problem with the vehicle speed sensor signal or circuit.

Possible causes include:

* Faulty vehicle speed sensor
* VSS wiring problem
* Poor connector contact
* Speedometer circuit problem
* ECM input problem
* Damaged wiring between the VSS, speedometer, and ECM
* Incorrect or incompatible ECM calibration or PROM
* Automatic-transmission park/neutral switch or related circuit problem
* Speed sensor drive or transmission-related issue
* An unintended connection or electrical fault elsewhere on the vehicle-speed signal circuit

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms may include:

* Check engine light
* Speedometer problems
* Idle problems when slowing down or stopping
* Stalling during deceleration
* Jerking or surging while coasting in gear
* Poor drivability
* Cruise control problems, if equipped
* Little or no obvious drivability problem

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Confirm that Code 24 is present.
# Check whether the speedometer works correctly.
# Inspect the vehicle speed sensor connector.
# Inspect VSS wiring for damage.
# Check for poor connector contact or corrosion.
# Check for other stored trouble codes.
# Test the VSS signal if suitable equipment is available.
# Check ECM and speedometer-related wiring if the sensor appears correct.
# Verify that the ECM and PROM or calibration are correct for the vehicle.
# On automatic-transmission cars, inspect the park/neutral switch and related wiring if indicated by the factory diagnostic procedure.
# If the expected ECM-side voltage is abnormally low, check for another circuit pulling the vehicle-speed signal toward ground.

When following the factory diagnostic procedure, voltage measurements can help distinguish between a failed VSS signal and a problem elsewhere in the circuit. On 1987–1988 2.5L applications, the service procedure calls for approximately 10 volts or more on the ECM side of the relevant instrument-panel connector with the ignition on and the connector disconnected.

A substantially lower voltage can indicate that the signal circuit is being loaded or pulled toward ground rather than simply indicating a failed VSS.

== Speedometer relationship ==

On the Fiero, the vehicle speed signal is related to the speedometer system. A speedometer fault, wiring problem, or signal problem may affect ECM vehicle-speed input.

A functioning speedometer does not necessarily prove that the ECM is receiving a correct vehicle-speed signal. The signal path and associated circuitry should therefore be checked independently when diagnosing Code 24.

Related topics:

* [[Speedometer]]
* [[Vehicle speed sensor]]
* [[Instrument cluster]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]
* [[Connector pinouts]]

== 1987–1988 2.5L connector C245 issue ==

An unusual Code 24 condition has been documented on 1987–1988 2.5L Fieros involving connector '''C245''' in the vehicle-speed and cruise-control-related wiring.

On the 2.5L engine, cruise-control functions are handled through the ECM rather than through the separate cruise-control module used with the 2.8L V6. The wiring harness may nevertheless contain the associated connector and wiring.

In one documented 1988 2.5L 5-speed Fiero without factory cruise control, the normal diagnostic voltage at the speedometer connector was only approximately 2.2–2.4 volts instead of the expected battery-level voltage. The VSS, speedometer, ECM, and continuity of the related wiring had already been checked or replaced without correcting Code 24.

The owner eventually traced the problem to connector C245 beneath the center console structure. In the 1988 service manual, the same connector is also identified in some locations as '''C255'''. A dark green/white vehicle-speed-related wire passed through this connector to wiring associated with an ECM cruise-control input.

With C245 connected, the vehicle-speed circuit was pulled to a low voltage. Disconnecting C245 restored the expected voltage at the speedometer connector and eliminated Code 24. The owner also reported that a previous jerking sensation while coasting in gear disappeared.

A second owner reported the same condition on another 1988 5-speed coupe in 2026. That vehicle also developed a persistent Code 24 after years of ownership, and the factory diagnostic procedure led to an abnormally low voltage at the speedometer connector. Inspection of the same connector resolved the diagnostic problem.

The reason this condition can apparently appear after years of normal operation is not established. One possibility suggested by owners is that a circuit connected through this otherwise unused wiring can develop a path toward ground and overpower the ECM's pull-up voltage. This explanation has not been confirmed by factory documentation.

For a persistent Code 24 on a 1987–1988 2.5L Fiero, particularly when:

* the speedometer operates,
* the VSS and its wiring test correctly,
* the ECM has already been checked,
* and the ECM-side diagnostic voltage is substantially below the specified value,

inspection of C245 and associated cruise-control wiring may therefore be worthwhile.

Connector C245 is located beneath the center console structure and may require removal of the radio/HVAC console structure for access.

== Notes ==

Code 24 should not automatically be treated as a failed vehicle speed sensor. Wiring, connectors, speedometer circuitry, ECM input, calibration, and any other circuits sharing the vehicle-speed signal should also be considered.

A Code 24 may be especially noticeable if the engine stalls or behaves poorly when the car is slowing down or coming to a stop.

On some cars, a vehicle-speed circuit fault may affect drivability even when the speedometer itself appears to operate normally.

== Related threads on Pennock's Fiero Forum ==

* [https://www.fiero.nl/forum/Forum2/HTML/136101.html Code 24 on 88 Base 4 Cylinder] — Diagnosis of a persistent Code 24 on a 1988 2.5L 5-speed Fiero, ultimately traced to connector C245 pulling down the vehicle-speed signal. The thread also contains confirmation of a similar fault on a second 1988 5-speed coupe.

== See also ==

* [[Diagnostic trouble codes]]
* [[ALDL diagnostics]]
* [[Vehicle speed sensor]]
* [[Speedometer]]
* [[Instrument cluster]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[Electrical system]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Engine]]

Code 55

2026-07-22T23:30:16Z

Cliff:

'''Code 55''' is a [[Diagnostic trouble codes|diagnostic trouble code]] indicating an [[ECM]] error on applicable [[Pontiac Fiero]] engine-control systems.

Code 55 is normally associated with a fault detected within the ECM itself. However, poor ECM grounds, intermittent power, wiring faults, or poor connector-terminal contact can cause ECM operation problems that resemble an internal ECM failure.

For this reason, Code 55 should not automatically be treated as proof that the ECM itself is defective.

== Applicability ==

Code 55 is documented in the factory diagnostic information for the Fiero 2.8L V6 ECM.

Trouble-code availability varies by engine, ECM, calibration, and model year. For example, Code 55 does not appear in the 1988 factory diagnostic-code index for the 2.5L four-cylinder.

When diagnosing a vehicle with a non-original ECM, engine swap, modified calibration, or aftermarket engine-management hardware, the diagnostic information for the actual installed ECM should be used.

== Overview ==

The ECM controls the engine-management system. It receives sensor inputs, processes engine operating conditions, and controls functions including:

* Fuel delivery
* Ignition timing
* Idle control
* Emissions-related functions
* Fuel-pump control
* Diagnostic functions

Code 55 indicates that the ECM has detected an error associated with its own operation.

The fault may be caused by an internal ECM problem, but the ECM depends on stable electrical power, low-resistance grounds, and reliable connector contact. A problem in any of these areas can interfere with ECM operation and may produce symptoms resembling an internal failure.

== Flash pattern ==

Code 55 is displayed as:

* Five flashes
* Pause
* Five flashes

This represents code '''55'''.

'''Animated flash pattern:'''

[[File:Code55.gif|none]]

== Meaning ==

Code 55 generally indicates an ECM error.

The ECM may have detected an internal operating problem, but external electrical faults should be ruled out before replacing it.

Possible causes include:

* Internal ECM failure
* High-resistance ECM ground
* Intermittent ECM ground
* Poor ECM connector-terminal contact
* Weak terminal-to-pin contact tension
* Pushed-back or damaged ECM connector terminal
* Intermittent ECM power supply
* Poor ECM fuse or fuse-block connection
* Damaged ECM wiring
* Corroded electrical connections
* Loose or improperly clamped ground terminals
* Previous ECM damage, modification, or repair

Other ECM-related conditions should also be considered where appropriate, although they normally have their own trouble codes:

* PROM fault - normally associated with [[Code 51]]
* CALPAK fault - normally associated with [[Code 52]]
* Excessive system voltage - normally associated with [[Code 53]]

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms may include:

* Check engine light
* No-start condition
* Engine starts and immediately stalls
* Stalling
* Sudden engine cut-out
* Severe momentary hesitation
* Engine runs poorly
* Poor idle
* Intermittent shutdown
* Erratic sensor readings
* Multiple unrelated trouble codes
* Poor drivability
* Intermittent symptoms that disappear after cycling the ignition
* Abnormal Service Engine Soon lamp behavior
* Little or no obvious drivability problem in some cases

Because Code 55 can be intermittent, the vehicle may operate normally for long periods between failures.

== Service Engine Soon lamp behavior ==

Abnormal operation of the Service Engine Soon lamp may provide a useful diagnostic clue.

With the ignition ON and the engine not running, the Service Engine Soon lamp should normally remain illuminated.

In at least one documented intermittent Code 55 case, the lamp briefly flashed and then went out during key-on instead of remaining illuminated. The engine would then start and stall after several seconds.

Abnormal lamp behavior together with Code 55 may indicate that the ECM is not receiving stable power, has a poor ground, is resetting unexpectedly, or has an intermittent connection.

== Diagnosis ==

A useful diagnostic sequence is:

# Confirm that Code 55 is present.

# Record all other stored trouble codes before clearing ECM memory.

# Verify that Code 55 is applicable to the installed engine, ECM, and calibration.

# Observe the Service Engine Soon lamp during key-on and starting.

# Check ECM constant and switched power feeds.

# Check ECM grounds electrically.

# Inspect engine-mounted ground terminals and ground bolts.

# Inspect ECM connectors and individual terminals.

# Check ECM fuses and fuse-block connections.

# Inspect wiring for damage, corrosion, or previous repairs.

# Wiggle-test the ECM wiring harness and connectors while observing engine operation or scan data.

# Check battery and charging-system voltage.

# If the ECM has been opened or modified, inspect PROM, CALPAK, sockets, and any aftermarket hardware.

# Substitute a known-good correctly matched ECM only after external electrical faults have been ruled out.

== ECM grounds ==

The ECM depends on low-resistance electrical grounds.

A ground connection can appear clean and mechanically tight while still having excessive resistance or intermittent contact.

Grounds should therefore be checked electrically rather than by visual inspection alone.

Useful checks include:

* Voltage-drop testing between ECM ground circuits and battery negative
* Resistance checks with the circuit unpowered
* Inspection of ground eyelets
* Inspection of wire crimps
* Checking for broken conductors near terminals
* Checking for corrosion between stacked ground terminals
* Verifying that the mounting bolt actually clamps the terminals securely

A ground bolt can feel completely tight even if it has bottomed in a blind threaded hole before applying sufficient clamping force to the ground eyelets.

This type of fault can be especially difficult to detect because the connection may look normal during a visual inspection.

Related topics:

* [[Ground problems]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[Battery]]
* [[Charging system]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]

== ECM power supply ==

Intermittent ECM power can cause symptoms resembling an internal ECM failure.

Check:

* ECM battery feed
* Ignition-switched ECM power
* ECM fuse
* Fuse terminals
* Fuse-block connections
* Power-distribution wiring
* Connector-terminal tension

A momentary loss of ECM power may cause the ECM to reset or stop controlling the engine without necessarily storing a specific power-loss trouble code.

Intermittent power should be strongly suspected when symptoms include:

* Sudden engine cut-out
* Start-and-stall operation
* Abnormal Service Engine Soon lamp behavior
* Faults that disappear after cycling the ignition
* Faults that change after disturbing a fuse, connector, or wiring harness

== ECM connectors ==

Do not rely only on visual inspection of the ECM connectors.

Individual female terminals can lose spring tension and make intermittent contact with the ECM pins even when the connector appears clean and fully seated.

Check for:

* Corrosion
* Bent terminals
* Pushed-back terminals
* Damaged terminal locking tangs
* Loose wire crimps
* Broken wires near the connector
* Weak terminal-to-pin contact tension
* Evidence of previous probing or repair

A terminal with weak contact pressure may intermittently lose connection due to vibration, temperature changes, or harness movement.

When possible, compare the mechanical grip of suspect terminals with known-good terminals of the same type.

== Wiggle testing ==

Intermittent Code 55 faults may only appear when wiring or connectors are disturbed.

With the engine running or while monitoring ECM operation, carefully wiggle:

* ECM connectors
* ECM harness sections
* Ground wires
* Engine-mounted ground terminals
* Fuse-block wiring
* ECM power-feed wiring

Watch for:

* Engine stumble
* Engine stall
* Service Engine Soon lamp changes
* Loss of scan-tool communication
* Sudden sensor-value changes

Any reaction to harness movement indicates that the electrical connections should be investigated further.

== PROM and CALPAK ==

PROM and CALPAK faults normally have their own diagnostic trouble codes.

* [[Code 51]] - PROM error
* [[Code 52]] - CALPAK error

A Code 55 should therefore not automatically be blamed on the PROM or CALPAK.

However, these components should still be inspected if:

* The ECM has recently been opened
* The PROM or CALPAK has been replaced
* The ECM has been modified
* An aftermarket memory board has been installed
* The vehicle has an engine swap or custom calibration

Check that all removable components are correctly seated and that no socket pins are bent or damaged.

== Intermittent Code 55 ==

Code 55 may be intermittent and does not necessarily prove that the ECM itself has failed.

Intermittent ECM power, ground, or connector faults can produce symptoms that resemble an internal ECM failure.

When diagnosing an intermittent Code 55:

* Check ECM grounds electrically rather than relying only on visual inspection.
* Verify that ground bolts actually clamp the ground terminals securely.
* Check that a ground bolt has not bottomed in its threaded hole.
* Inspect wiring immediately behind ground terminals for broken or damaged conductors.
* Check ECM connector terminals for corrosion and weak contact tension.
* Check ECM power feeds, fuses, and fuse-block connections.
* Wiggle-test wiring and connectors while observing ECM operation.
* Do not assume that replacing the ECM confirms the diagnosis.

If Code 55 remains after installing a known-good ECM, attention should immediately return to power, grounds, connectors, terminals, and wiring.

== Real-world diagnostic example ==

A useful example of an intermittent Code 55 was documented on [[Pennock's Fiero Forum]].

The vehicle intermittently experienced:

* Code 55
* Severe hesitation while driving
* Start-and-stall operation
* Abnormal Service Engine Soon lamp behavior

The ECM was replaced, but the problem eventually returned.

Further investigation identified a suspicious engine-head ground connection. One of the ground bolts could bottom in its threaded hole, allowing the bolt to feel tight without necessarily clamping the ground eyelets securely.

The ground connections were remade and improved.

Later inspection also found several ECM connector terminals with weaker contact tension than the surrounding terminals. These terminals were adjusted and the connectors cleaned and reseated.

The case demonstrates that an intermittent Code 55 may be caused by electrical connection problems that are not visible during a normal inspection.

External link:

* [https://www.fiero.nl/forum/Forum2/HTML/149081.html Pennock's Fiero Forum - Intermittent Code 55 diagnosis]

== ECM replacement ==

ECM replacement should normally be considered only after power, grounds, connectors, and wiring have been checked.

Before installing a replacement ECM:

* Verify the replacement is compatible with the vehicle.
* Check ECM part number and application.
* Transfer the correct PROM and CALPAK where required.
* Inspect PROM and CALPAK pins and sockets.
* Disconnect power before unplugging or reconnecting ECM components.

If Code 55 disappears after installing another ECM, the original ECM may have been faulty.

However, intermittent wiring faults can temporarily disappear when the ECM and connectors are disturbed during replacement, so an apparently successful ECM replacement does not always prove that the original ECM was defective.

== Partial ECM failures ==

An ECM does not necessarily fail completely.

Individual internal circuits can fail while the rest of the ECM continues to operate.

Examples may include failures of:

* Injector-driver circuits
* Fuel-pump control circuits
* Sensor input circuits
* Output-driver circuits
* Internal power-supply circuits

A genuine ECM failure may therefore cause a specific system malfunction without making the ECM completely inoperative.

Likewise, not every internal ECM failure will necessarily set Code 55.

== Charging-system voltage ==

Battery and charging-system voltage should be checked during Code 55 diagnosis.

Unstable or abnormal system voltage can interfere with electronic control systems.

However, excessive system voltage normally has its own diagnostic trouble code on applicable Fiero systems:

* [[Code 53]] - System over-voltage

A charging-system problem should therefore be investigated as part of the overall electrical diagnosis rather than automatically assumed to be the direct cause of Code 55.

== Diagnostic caution ==

The ignition should be switched OFF before disconnecting or reconnecting ECM power.

This includes:

* ECM connectors
* ECM fuse
* Battery cables
* Jumper cables
* PROM or CALPAK
* Other components that directly interrupt ECM power

Disconnecting or reconnecting ECM circuits while powered can potentially damage electronic components.

== ECM backup operation ==

Depending on the nature of the fault, the ECM may enter a limited or backup operating mode.

Vehicle behavior can vary widely.

The engine may:

* Continue running with little noticeable difference
* Run poorly
* Idle incorrectly
* Stall
* Start and immediately stall
* Fail to start

Because Code 55 may indicate unstable ECM operation, significant drivability symptoms should be diagnosed before continued vehicle use.

== Related codes ==

Related ECM and electrical codes include:

* [[Code 51]] - PROM error
* [[Code 52]] - CALPAK error
* [[Code 53]] - System over-voltage

== Notes ==

Code 55 should not automatically be treated as proof that the ECM is bad.

Before replacing the ECM, check:

* ECM power
* ECM grounds
* Ground-terminal clamping
* ECM connector condition
* Individual terminal contact tension
* ECM fuse and fuse-block connections
* Harness condition
* Battery and charging voltage

A connection can be electrically poor even when it looks clean and mechanically tight.

Intermittent Code 55 faults are particularly likely to require careful electrical testing rather than simple parts replacement.

If all external causes are ruled out and Code 55 repeatedly returns with a correctly matched ECM and calibration, ECM repair or replacement may be necessary.

== See also ==

* [[Diagnostic trouble codes]]
* [[ALDL diagnostics]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[PROM]]
* [[CALPAK]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Charging system]]
* [[Battery]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]
* [[No-start diagnosis]]
* [[Code 51]]
* [[Code 52]]
* [[Code 53]]

== Related discussions on Pennock's Fiero Forum ==

* [https://www.fiero.nl/forum/Forum2/HTML/149081.html Pennock's Fiero Forum - Intermittent Code 55 diagnosis]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Engine]]

Interior color codes

2026-07-22T13:23:52Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Interior color codes''' are factory color references used to identify original Pontiac Fiero interior colors and trim-color families. This page covers interior color names and color-code relationships. For RPO/SPID trim codes that identify seat material, seat style, seat-belt color, and interior equipment, see: * Interior trim RPO codes == Overview == Fiero interior colors are commonly identified by color names such as Light Slate Gray, Light Saddle, Mediu..."

'''Interior color codes''' are factory color references used to identify original [[Pontiac Fiero]] interior colors and trim-color families.

This page covers interior color names and color-code relationships. For RPO/SPID trim codes that identify seat material, seat style, seat-belt color, and interior equipment, see:

* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]

== Overview ==

Fiero interior colors are commonly identified by color names such as Light Slate Gray, Light Saddle, Medium Doeskin, Medium Beechwood, Dark Gray, and Medium Dark Gray.

Interior color information may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] as part of a trim or interior-color code.

Interior color codes are useful when:

* Identifying an original interior color
* Matching replacement interior parts
* Restoring faded or damaged trim
* Comparing seats, carpet, door panels, console parts, and dashboard pieces
* Interpreting the Service Parts Identification label
* Distinguishing color from seat material or trim style

The interior color code identifies original factory information. It does not prove that the current interior parts are original to the car.

Related topics:

* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[RPO codes]]

== Interior color codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Interior color
! Notes
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray
| Interior color code
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle
| Interior trim color code
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin
| Interior color code
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray
| Interior color code
|}

These codes identify interior color families. They should not be confused with seat-material codes, seat-style codes, or seat-belt color codes.

== Related trim-code families ==

Interior trim codes often use the same color-family numbers as the interior color codes.

For example, codes beginning with '''13''' are generally related to Light Slate Gray, while codes beginning with '''64''' are generally related to Medium Doeskin.

{| class="wikitable"
! Color family
! Color name
! Related trim-code examples
! Notes
|-
| 13
| Light Slate Gray
| 13B, 13C, 13D, 13I, 139
| Includes trim and seat-belt related codes
|-
| 62
| Light Saddle
| 62B, 62D, 62I, 622, 629
| Includes trim and seat-belt related codes
|-
| 64
| Medium Doeskin
| 64B, 64C, 64D, 64I, 643, 649
| Includes trim and seat-belt related codes
|-
| 66
| Medium Beechwood
| 66B, 66D
| Interior trim family
|-
| 82
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray
| 82B, 82D, 82I, 822, 829
| Dark Gray for some earlier applications; Medium Dark Gray for later applications
|}

For the complete trim-code table, see:

* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]

== Color versus trim material ==

Interior color and interior trim material are related, but they are not the same thing.

An interior color code identifies the color family.

A trim code may identify color, seat material, seat style, fabric type, leather/vinyl combination, or other trim details.

For example:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code type
! Example
! Meaning
|-
| Interior color code
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
|-
| Seat trim code
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
|-
| Seat-belt color code
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
|}

Because of this, the full trim code should be recorded when documenting a car.

== Common Fiero interior color names ==

Common Fiero interior color names include:

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Interior color
! General notes
|-
| Light Slate Gray
| Early gray interior color family
|-
| Light Saddle
| Tan/saddle interior color family
|-
| Medium Doeskin
| Tan/brown interior color family
|-
| Medium Beechwood
| Later tan/beechwood interior color family
|-
| Dark Gray
| Gray interior color family used in some later applications
|-
| Medium Dark Gray
| Later gray interior color family
|}

Interior color names can be confusing because different sources may use slightly different wording, and some parts may fade differently over time.

== Dark Gray versus Medium Dark Gray ==

Some references distinguish between '''Dark Gray''' and '''Medium Dark Gray'''.

For Fiero trim-code use, the 82-code family may be described differently depending on model year and source.

For example:

* 82B may be listed as Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim.
* 82D may be listed as Dark Gray or Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim.
* 82I identifies Medium Dark Gray interior color.
* 822 may be listed with Dark Gray or Medium Dark Gray leather/cloth trim descriptions.

When matching parts, compare the code, model year, and the actual part color.

== Color fading and replacement parts ==

Interior colors can change appearance over time.

Common causes include:

* Sun exposure
* Heat
* Age
* Cleaning products
* Dye or paint repair
* Water damage
* Previous-owner modifications
* Replacement parts from another car
* Differences between vinyl, plastic, carpet, and fabric

A faded dashboard, console, door panel, or seat may not accurately show the original interior color.

When trying to identify or match an interior color, check protected areas such as hidden trim surfaces, areas under panels, seat-belt mounting areas, console edges, or parts shielded from sunlight.

== Using the Service Parts Identification label ==

The [[Service parts identification label]] is the best starting point for identifying the original interior trim information assigned to a Fiero.

When using the label:

* Record the complete trim code exactly.
* Look for interior color, seat trim, and seat-belt color codes.
* Verify the model year.
* Compare the code with the actual interior.
* Check whether major interior pieces have been replaced.
* Do not assume all visible parts are original.

For RPO/SPID trim-code details, see:

* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]

== Current interior versus original interior ==

The current interior may not match the original interior color code.

Many Fieros have had interior parts changed because of:

* Seat wear
* Cracked dashboards
* Damaged carpets
* Broken trim panels
* Sun fading
* Water leaks
* Customization
* Parts availability
* Interior swaps
* Kit-car or rebody work

When documenting originality, use both the Service Parts Identification label and physical inspection.

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using interior color codes include:

* Confusing interior color codes with seat trim codes
* Confusing seat-belt color codes with interior color codes
* Assuming the current interior is original
* Matching parts by eye without checking the original code
* Ignoring fading or discoloration
* Assuming all gray interiors are the same
* Assuming all tan interiors are the same
* Ignoring model-year differences
* Ordering parts based only on a seller's color description

== Service notes ==

When working with interior color codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record the full trim and color codes.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Compare visible parts with protected, unfaded areas.
* Check whether seats, carpet, console pieces, or door panels have been replaced.
* Use caution when buying used interior parts described only as “gray” or “tan.”
* Compare material type as well as color.
* Keep notes when restoring or recoloring interior parts.

== Notes ==

Interior color codes identify factory color information, but they do not describe every detail of the interior trim.

For complete RPO/SPID trim-code interpretation, use this page together with:

* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== See also ==

* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Body and interior]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:Interior]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Body and interior]]

Interior trim RPO codes

2026-07-22T13:18:42Z

Cliff: /* Interior equipment codes */

'''Interior trim RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] and trim-related codes used to identify factory interior colors, seat trim, seat-belt colors, and related interior equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Interior trim codes help identify the original interior color and trim combination assigned to a Fiero when it was built.

Trim information may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with paint, engine, transmission, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

Because many Fieros have had seats, carpets, panels, steering wheels, consoles, or trim pieces replaced, the trim code identifies the original factory interior information, not necessarily every part currently installed in the car.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior color codes]]

== Interior trim codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 13B
| Light Slate Gray cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 13C
| Light Slate Gray two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth; listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 13D
| Light Slate Gray Indy 500 / Sierra leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Verify exact model-year and package application
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 62B
| Light Saddle Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62D
| Light Saddle Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle interior trim color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 622
| Light Saddle suede leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 64C
| Medium Doeskin two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth
|-
| 64D
| Medium Doeskin two-tone Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 643
| Medium Doeskin fleece/suede trim
| Interior trim
| Two-tone
|-
| 66B
| Medium Beechwood Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 66D
| Medium Beechwood Matrix cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82B
| Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82D
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 822
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray suede leather / Pallex cloth or Ventura leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988; Ventura leather/Pallex listed for 1988
|}

== Seat-belt color codes ==

Some trim-related codes identify seat-belt colors or seat-belt modules.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 139
| Light Slate Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 629
| Light Saddle seat-belt color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 829
| Medium Dark Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|}

Seat-belt color codes should be interpreted together with the car's interior trim code and model-year information.

== Interior equipment codes ==

Some RPO codes identify interior equipment rather than color or seat trim.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| AF9
| Reclining bucket seats
| Interior
| Listed for 1984-1987 applications
|-
| AF9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed for 1988 application
|-
| AG9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed for 1988 application
|-
| AR9
| Manual reclining front bucket seats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B20
| Luxury interior equipment
| Interior
| Associated with certain trim codes
|-
| B34
| Carpeted front floor mats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B48
| Deluxe trunk trim
| Interior / luggage compartment
| —
|-
| B57
| Deluxe extra trim
| Interior
| —
|-
| BC8
| Left and right front door pockets
| Interior
| Listed as available only with A31
|-
| DB4
| Windshield sunshade with pockets
| Interior
| —
|-
| D34
| Visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D74
| Illuminated right-hand visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|}

These codes may appear alongside trim color codes on the Service Parts Identification label.

== Steering wheel and column codes ==

Steering wheel and steering-column options are interior-related, but they are often discussed separately from seat and trim color codes.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| NK3
| Formula three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| NK4
| Leather-wrapped four-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| NP5
| Leather-wrapped three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N33
| Tilt steering column
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N36
| Sport steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N46
| Four-spoke vinyl steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|}

Related topics:

* [[Steering]]
* [[Interior]]

== Trim code versus current interior ==

The trim code identifies how the car was originally built.

It does not prove that the current seats, door panels, carpet, console, dashboard, steering wheel, or seat belts are original to the car.

Many Fieros have had interior parts replaced because of wear, sun damage, water leaks, parts availability, customization, or color changes.

When documenting a car, compare the Service Parts Identification label with physical evidence from the actual interior.

== Model-year differences ==

Interior colors, fabric names, seat patterns, steering wheels, and trim availability changed during Fiero production.

A code may not have the same exact meaning or usage in every model year. Some descriptions also refer to fabric style, trim level, or material type rather than only color.

When ordering parts or documenting a restoration, verify:

* Model year
* Trim code
* Interior color
* Seat material
* Seat pattern
* Seat-belt color
* Steering wheel type
* Door-panel style
* Console and dashboard color

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using interior trim codes include:

* Assuming the current interior is original
* Confusing interior color codes with seat-trim material codes
* Confusing seat-belt color codes with seat trim codes
* Assuming the same code has identical meaning across all years
* Ignoring replaced seats, carpets, or door panels
* Ordering parts based only on the visible color
* Assuming sun-faded trim still represents the original shade accurately

== Service notes ==

When using interior trim codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record the full trim code exactly.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Compare the code with the actual interior.
* Check for replaced or repainted interior parts.
* Use hidden or protected areas to judge original color when possible.
* Be cautious with cars that have been customized or restored.
* Verify seat-belt color separately when needed.

== Notes ==

Interior trim-code information should be verified carefully.

The Service Parts Identification label identifies original factory trim information, but the actual car should always be inspected before ordering parts or documenting originality.

Some trim codes identify material, color, or seat style, while others identify related interior equipment.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Body and interior]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Interior]]
[[Category:Body and interior]]

Fiero RPO code list

2026-07-22T13:17:29Z

Cliff: /* Code list */

'''Fiero RPO code list''' is a searchable reference list of [[RPO codes]] and option codes associated with the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, options, colors, trims, drivetrain components, packages, and other build information.

For general information about RPO codes and the factory label that lists them, see:

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Overview ==

This page is intended as a lookup list for codes found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]].

Because an RPO label contains many different types of codes, a single master list is useful when the code itself does not reveal whether it refers to an engine, transmission, paint color, trim code, wheel, audio system, suspension package, or other factory item.

Use the browser search function to find a code quickly.

== Cautions ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully.

Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, and meanings can vary by year, division, model, or application. Some codes on a Service Parts Identification label may identify standard equipment, mandatory equipment, package content, paint information, trim information, or factory build details rather than a separately ordered buyer option.

Many Fieros have also been modified, repaired, repainted, engine-swapped, or transmission-swapped. The RPO label identifies how the car was originally built, not necessarily how it is configured today.

== Code list ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes / model-year applicability
|-
| AAA
| Additional standard equipment
| Equipment
| Verify exact meaning by model year
|-
| AD3
| Removable/hinged roof window, commonly referred to as sunroof
| Body / glass
| —
|-
| AF9
| Reclining bucket seats
| Interior
| Listed for 1984-1987 applications
|-
| AF9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed for 1988 application
|-
| AG9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify by model year
|-
| AR9
| Manual reclining front bucket seats
| Interior
| —
|-
| AU3
| Power door locks
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| AV3
| Cargo tie-down fastener
| Body / cargo
| —
|-
| A01
| Soft Ray deep-tinted glass
| Glass
| —
|-
| A31
| Power windows
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| A90
| Electric remote decklid release
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| A91
| Rear compartment lid pull-down
| Electrical / decklid
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| BC8
| Left and right front door pockets
| Interior
| Listed as available only with A31
|-
| BW1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BW8
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BX1
| Special front-end exterior ornamentation
| Exterior
| —
|-
| BY1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| B20
| Luxury interior equipment
| Interior
| Associated with certain trim codes
|-
| B34
| Carpeted front floor mats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B48
| Deluxe trunk trim
| Interior / luggage compartment
| —
|-
| B57
| Deluxe extra trim
| Interior
| —
|-
| B63
| Narrow rocker panel molding
| Exterior
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify model-year applicability
|-
| B6V
| Delete power door locks from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B6W
| Delete power windows from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B97
| Lower accent molding
| Exterior
| —
|-
| CD4
| Pulse windshield wiper system
| Electrical / wipers
| —
|-
| CJB
| T-top roof
| Body / roof
| 1988 only
|-
| C41
| Heater with fan and defroster
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| C41
| Base heater, non-air-conditioned car
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1988
|-
| C49
| Electric rear-window defogger
| Electrical / glass
| —
|-
| C60
| Manual-control front air conditioning
| Air conditioning
| —
|-
| DB4
| Windshield sunshade with pockets
| Interior
| —
|-
| DC9
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| DG7
| Electric remote-control left and right mirrors
| Electrical / mirrors
| —
|-
| D4O
| 30-tooth natural speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Letter O, not zero; listed in enthusiast/forum references
|-
| D4N
| 29-tooth green speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D4P
| 30-tooth blue VSS gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4T
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4Q
| 31-tooth speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D7V
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D84
| Custom two-tone paint
| Paint / exterior
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify model-year applicability
|-
| D90
| Front-end/body-side stripe
| Exterior / stripe
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify model-year applicability
|-
| D9A
| 10-tooth green speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D9B
| 35-tooth natural speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D9C
| 35-tooth vehicle speed sensor gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Part reference commonly listed as 25007335
|-
| D9D
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D34
| Visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D35
| Painted outside rearview mirror
| Exterior / mirrors
| —
|-
| D42
| Engine-compartment screen
| Body / engine compartment
| Listed for 1984
|-
| D60
| Color and trim incompatibility override
| Paint / trim
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| D74
| Illuminated right-hand visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D80
| Rear spoiler
| Exterior
| —
|-
| D96
| Upper body-side stripe
| Exterior
| —
|-
| E5Z
| Speedometer gears without adapter
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E9Y
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| E9Z
| Speedometer gears without keys
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E94
| Beauville / Rally STX equipment
| Package
| Verify Fiero applicability
|-
| FW2
| 3.06 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in forum reference as 1985-1986 V6 automatic application
|-
| FW5
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| FX4
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| FX8
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| F17
| 2.84 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| F41
| Heavy-duty front and rear suspension
| Suspension
| Special suspension equipment
|-
| F75
| 3.18 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| GX3
| 3.33 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| GY5
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| K05
| Engine block heater
| Engine / electrical
| —
|-
| K22
| 94-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K34
| Electric cruise control
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| K60
| 100-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K81
| 66-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K99
| 85-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder engine
| Engine
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6 engine
| Engine
| [[2.8L V6]]
|-
| MDV
| New York warranty enhancements
| Administrative / warranty
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify exact application
|-
| MD9
| 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle
| Transmission
| [[TH125 automatic]]
|-
| MG2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie/Getrag, 3.61 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Getrag 5-speed]]
|-
| MG3
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MM4
| Four-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MM5
| Five-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MT2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Isuzu, 3.35 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
|-
| MV9
| Three-speed automatic transmission, THM200C
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MX1
| Three-speed automatic transmission
| Transmission
| General automatic-transmission provision/application code
|-
| MY7
| Four-speed manual transmission, Isuzu
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MY8
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.32 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M17
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.65 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M19
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 4.10 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| NA5
| Federal emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NB2
| California emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NK3
| Formula three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| NK4
| Leather-wrapped four-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| NN7
| Fuel-filler door lock delete
| Body / fuel
| —
|-
| NP5
| Leather-wrapped three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| NX1
| 13 x 5.5 wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N24
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Listed for 1984-1985; same wheel family as PX1
|-
| N33
| Tilt steering column
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N36
| Sport steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N41
| Power steering
| Steering
| Power steering was not used on production Fieros
|-
| N46
| Four-spoke vinyl steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N73
| Custom Sport wheel, variation 4
| Wheels
| Verify exact application
|-
| N78
| 14 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N90
| 15 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PB4
| Aluminum-wheel lock kit
| Wheels / security
| —
|-
| PHO
| Diamond-honeycomb wheels, 15 x 6 front and 15 x 7 rear
| Wheels
| Code may be read as PHO or PHO depending on source formatting
|-
| PON
| Pontiac Assembly Plant
| Assembly
| —
|-
| PXT
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PX1
| 13 x 5.5 turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Same wheel family as N24
|-
| P02
| 13-inch color-coordinated Tri-Tech wheel covers
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P02
|-
| P06
| Wheel trim rings
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P06
|-
| QAB
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1988
|-
| QDX
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QDY
| P195/70R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QFE
| P185/75R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| QFG
| P185/75R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| QHS
| P185/80R13 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QHU
| P185/80R13 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPU
| P215/60R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tires, front and rear
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987; verify application
|-
| QRF
| P185/70R14 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZN
| P185/80R13 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZT
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| —
|-
| TR9
| Courtesy lamp group
| Lighting
| Includes related courtesy-lamp codes
|-
| UA1
| Heavy-duty battery
| Electrical
| —
|-
| UL1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL5
| Radio delete
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL6
| AM radio with clock
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UM4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with seek/scan, auto-reverse, and clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UM6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, auto-reverse cassette, and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| UM7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| UQ6
| Subwoofer / Performance Sound speaker equipment
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| UT4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with auto-reverse, seek/scan, equalizer, clock, and touch controls
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| UU6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, equalizer, and seek/scan
| Audio
| —
|-
| UU7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UU9
| ETR AM/FM stereo
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UW5
| Provisions for stereo installation
| Audio
| —
|-
| UX1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette, clock, search/replay, seek/scan, and equalizer
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| U25
| Rear-compartment lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U29
| Instrument-panel courtesy lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U63
| AM monaural radio without clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| U66
| Four-speaker system
| Audio
| Dual front dash speakers and dual rear/quarter speakers
|-
| VC8
| Substitution or deletion authorized
| Administrative / build
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| VK3
| Front license-plate mounting package
| Exterior
| —
|-
| V08
| Heavy-duty cooling
| Cooling system
| Code uses zero: V08
|-
| V53
| Luggage-carrier delete
| Exterior / decklid
| Listed for 1984
|-
| V56
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V58
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V73
| Bumper component / vehicle identification option group
| Administrative / exterior
| Verify meaning by year
|-
| WS1
| Option pick group
| Package / administrative
| Associated with V73 in some references
|-
| WS3
| Option pick group
| Package
| Listed for 1986
|-
| WS6
| Special performance package
| Suspension / package
| —
|-
| WS8
| Priced order acknowledged
| Administrative
| —
|-
| WS9
| High-mileage coupe
| Package
| Listed for 1984
|-
| WU2
| Fiero GT equipment
| Model / package
| [[Fiero GT]]
|-
| WV1
| Canadian protective equipment
| Package / protection
| Often interpreted as undercoating or related protection
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1984-1986
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1987; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1988; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| W02
| Sport appearance package
| Exterior / package
| Listed for 1988; code uses zero: W02
|-
| W61
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W63
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W66
| Formula option
| Model / package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| W69
| SE option / Special Edition
| Model / package
| —
|-
| XEM
| Goodyear Eagle GT+4 P205/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tire, front
| Tires
| Verify complete tire-package relationship
|-
| YT1
| Built-up custom door and quarter
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| YT9
| Fisher-furnished parts
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| Y82
| Indy Pace Car limited edition
| Model / package
| 1984; includes multiple related equipment items
|-
| Y99
| Special Rally suspension package
| Suspension / package
| Listed for 1985-1986
|-
| YLM
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted front and rear tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| YLM
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| Z35
| Advance price sheet
| Administrative
| —
|-
| ZV1
| Manufacturer's statement of origin
| Administrative
| —
|-
| 1SA
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SB
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SC
| Option group 3
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 13B
| Light Slate Gray cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 13C
| Light Slate Gray two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth; listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 13D
| Light Slate Gray Indy 500 / Sierra leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Verify model-year application
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 14
| Light Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 14U
| Light Gray Metallic upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 16
| Silver Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| 18
| Medium Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 18L
| Medium Gray Metallic lower paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 19P
| Black wheel color
| Wheel color
| —
|-
| 21
| Bright Blue Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 40
| White paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1986 and 1988
|-
| 40U
| White upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 41
| Black paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41L
| Black lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41U
| Black upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 53
| Bright Yellow paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 56
| Light Gold Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| 60P
| Gold 15-inch diamond-spoke wheel color
| Wheel color
| Listed for 1988 GT
|-
| 62B
| Light Saddle Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62D
| Light Saddle Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle interior trim color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 622
| Light Saddle suede leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 64C
| Medium Doeskin two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth
|-
| 64D
| Medium Doeskin two-tone Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 643
| Medium Doeskin fleece/suede trim
| Interior trim
| Two-tone
|-
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 66B
| Medium Beechwood Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 66D
| Medium Beechwood Matrix cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 71
| Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71L
| Red lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71U
| Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 77
| Ruby Red paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1987-1988
|-
| 81
| Bright Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 81U
| Bright Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 82B
| Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82D
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 139
| Light Slate Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 629
| Light Saddle seat-belt color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 822
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray suede leather / Pallex cloth or Ventura leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988; Ventura leather/Pallex listed for 1988
|-
| 829
| Medium Dark Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 6 plus two letters
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 7 plus two letters
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 8 plus two letters
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 9 plus two letters
|-
| 6HY
| Left front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 7HZ
| Right front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 8WY
| Left rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| 9WY
| Right rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| WA-NNNN
| Fisher Body WA paint number
| Paint
| Used for paint cross-reference; NNNN represents the numeric paint code
|}

== WA paint numbers ==

The WA number on the Service Parts Identification label is a Fisher Body paint reference number. It may appear as a WA-number code near the bottom of the label.

Paint suppliers may use the WA number to cross-reference the correct paint formula.

Two-digit paint codes, such as 14, 16, 40, 41, 53, 56, 71, 77, or 81, may also appear in paint references. A code such as '''81U/16L''' indicates an upper and lower paint combination, with '''U''' referring to upper paint and '''L''' referring to lower paint.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]

== Spring codes ==

Spring codes are commonly listed as 6xx, 7xx, 8xx, and 9xx codes.

In general:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code pattern
! Position
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring
|}

The exact spring code should be verified by model year, suspension package, and installed parts.

Related topics:

* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension]]
* [[1988 suspension]]

== Notes ==

This list is intended as a practical lookup aid, not a final authority for every GM or Fiero application.

When possible, verify codes against factory documentation, the original Service Parts Identification label, model-year literature, parts books, or other reliable references.

Some codes may appear more than once because their meaning changed by year, equipment, or application.

== External links ==

* [https://www.fierofocus.com/fierosails/OptionCodes.html Fiero Sails / Fiero Focus option code list]

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tire RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Production numbers]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

Build/service codes

2026-07-22T13:05:35Z

Cliff: /* Examples of possible code areas */

'''Build/service codes''' are codes found in some [[Pontiac Fiero]] enthusiast references, service references, assembly references, or parts-related documents.

They should not automatically be treated as [[RPO codes]].

== Overview ==

Build/service codes are different from regular production option codes.

While [[RPO codes]] identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, paint information, trim information, drivetrain equipment, and other build information on the [[Service parts identification label]], build/service codes may be used for other assembly, service, parts, or identification purposes.

Some build/service codes may describe:

* Component parts
* Assembly details
* Service identifiers
* Model differentiations
* Color differentiations
* Parts used as part of standard equipment
* Parts used within option packages
* Internal build or service references

Because of this, a build/service code should not automatically be interpreted as a factory option.

== Difference from RPO codes ==

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''.

RPO codes are normally found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]] and identify equipment or build information assigned to a specific car.

Build/service codes may appear in other lists or references and may describe parts, assemblies, internal service identifiers, or details that were not separately ordered by the buyer.

In simple terms:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code type
! Typical use
! Should it be treated as a buyer option?
|-
| [[RPO codes]]
| Factory equipment, options, paint, trim, drivetrain, and build information
| Sometimes, but not always
|-
| Build/service codes
| Assembly, service, component, model, color, or parts-identification information
| No, not automatically
|}

== Why the distinction matters ==

Confusing build/service codes with RPO codes can lead to incorrect conclusions about how a Fiero was originally equipped.

For example, a code may appear to describe a component or option-like feature, but it may actually identify a part used during assembly, a service part distinction, a color-related variation, or a standard-equipment detail.

When documenting a Fiero, the [[Service parts identification label]] should be used as the primary source for the car's assigned RPO codes.

Build/service codes can still be useful, but they should be interpreted cautiously.

== Relationship to the Service Parts Identification label ==

The [[Service parts identification label]] is the normal factory label used to identify the equipment and build information assigned to a specific Fiero.

It may include regular production options, standard equipment codes, mandatory equipment codes, paint information, drivetrain information, trim information, and other factory build data.

Build/service code lists should not be assumed to match the exact RPO label on a specific car unless the code is actually present on that car's label or confirmed by factory documentation.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Uses ==

Build/service codes may be useful for:

* Understanding parts references
* Comparing assembly or service information
* Identifying component variations
* Researching model-year differences
* Understanding color or trim distinctions
* Interpreting old enthusiast documents
* Cross-checking parts or service notes

They are best used as supporting information, not as the only proof of a car's original equipment.

== Interpreting build/service codes ==

When using build/service codes:

* Do not assume the code is an RPO code.
* Do not assume the code represents a buyer-selected option.
* Check whether the code appears on the car's [[Service parts identification label]].
* Check model-year applicability.
* Compare the code with physical evidence on the car.
* Verify important conclusions against factory documentation where possible.
* Be cautious with old enthusiast lists that may contain errors, abbreviations, or unclear descriptions.

== Examples of possible code areas ==

Build/service code references may include codes related to:

* Body panels
* Paint or color variations
* Trim variations
* Engine-related components
* Transmission-related components
* Suspension parts
* Electrical components
* Model or package distinctions
* Service replacement parts
* Speedometer calibration parts

The exact meaning of a build/service code depends on its source and context.

== Speedometer and drivetrain-related service codes ==

Some build/service references include speedometer gear or drivetrain-related identification codes.

These should be interpreted cautiously. They may describe service parts, driven gears, drive gears, speedometer calibration parts, or related drivetrain identification rather than buyer-selected options.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| D4N
| 29-tooth green speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D4O
| 30-tooth natural speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Letter O, not zero; listed in enthusiast/forum references
|-
| D9A
| 10-tooth green speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D9B
| 35-tooth natural speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|}

Related topics:

* [[Vehicle speed sensor]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Administrative and warranty-related codes ==

Some codes in enthusiast or service references describe administrative, warranty, regulatory, or paperwork-related items rather than vehicle equipment.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| MDV
| New York warranty enhancements
| Administrative / warranty
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify exact application
|}

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes include:

* Treating every code in a build/service list as an RPO code
* Assuming every code represents an optional extra
* Copying a build/service code into an RPO list without verification
* Ignoring model-year differences
* Assuming a code applies to all Fieros
* Using an enthusiast list as the only source for parts identification
* Confusing factory-installed equipment with service-replacement parts

== Documentation notes ==

When adding build/service code information to Fieropedia, include enough context to show what the code is being used for.

Useful details include:

* Code
* Description
* Source type
* Model-year applicability, if known
* Related part or system
* Whether the code is known to appear on a Service Parts Identification label
* Notes about uncertainty or verification

If a code is not confirmed as an RPO code, do not add it to the [[Fiero RPO code list]] as if it were one.

== Notes ==

Build/service codes can be useful, but they are not the same thing as RPO codes.

The safest approach is to treat them as supporting reference information unless they are confirmed on a specific car's [[Service parts identification label]] or verified by factory documentation.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Part numbers]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Part numbers]]

Build/service codes

2026-07-22T13:04:49Z

Cliff: /* Speedometer and drivetrain-related service codes */

'''Build/service codes''' are codes found in some [[Pontiac Fiero]] enthusiast references, service references, assembly references, or parts-related documents.

They should not automatically be treated as [[RPO codes]].

== Overview ==

Build/service codes are different from regular production option codes.

While [[RPO codes]] identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, paint information, trim information, drivetrain equipment, and other build information on the [[Service parts identification label]], build/service codes may be used for other assembly, service, parts, or identification purposes.

Some build/service codes may describe:

* Component parts
* Assembly details
* Service identifiers
* Model differentiations
* Color differentiations
* Parts used as part of standard equipment
* Parts used within option packages
* Internal build or service references

Because of this, a build/service code should not automatically be interpreted as a factory option.

== Difference from RPO codes ==

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''.

RPO codes are normally found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]] and identify equipment or build information assigned to a specific car.

Build/service codes may appear in other lists or references and may describe parts, assemblies, internal service identifiers, or details that were not separately ordered by the buyer.

In simple terms:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code type
! Typical use
! Should it be treated as a buyer option?
|-
| [[RPO codes]]
| Factory equipment, options, paint, trim, drivetrain, and build information
| Sometimes, but not always
|-
| Build/service codes
| Assembly, service, component, model, color, or parts-identification information
| No, not automatically
|}

== Why the distinction matters ==

Confusing build/service codes with RPO codes can lead to incorrect conclusions about how a Fiero was originally equipped.

For example, a code may appear to describe a component or option-like feature, but it may actually identify a part used during assembly, a service part distinction, a color-related variation, or a standard-equipment detail.

When documenting a Fiero, the [[Service parts identification label]] should be used as the primary source for the car's assigned RPO codes.

Build/service codes can still be useful, but they should be interpreted cautiously.

== Relationship to the Service Parts Identification label ==

The [[Service parts identification label]] is the normal factory label used to identify the equipment and build information assigned to a specific Fiero.

It may include regular production options, standard equipment codes, mandatory equipment codes, paint information, drivetrain information, trim information, and other factory build data.

Build/service code lists should not be assumed to match the exact RPO label on a specific car unless the code is actually present on that car's label or confirmed by factory documentation.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Uses ==

Build/service codes may be useful for:

* Understanding parts references
* Comparing assembly or service information
* Identifying component variations
* Researching model-year differences
* Understanding color or trim distinctions
* Interpreting old enthusiast documents
* Cross-checking parts or service notes

They are best used as supporting information, not as the only proof of a car's original equipment.

== Interpreting build/service codes ==

When using build/service codes:

* Do not assume the code is an RPO code.
* Do not assume the code represents a buyer-selected option.
* Check whether the code appears on the car's [[Service parts identification label]].
* Check model-year applicability.
* Compare the code with physical evidence on the car.
* Verify important conclusions against factory documentation where possible.
* Be cautious with old enthusiast lists that may contain errors, abbreviations, or unclear descriptions.

== Examples of possible code areas ==

Build/service code references may include codes related to:

* Body panels
* Paint or color variations
* Trim variations
* Engine-related components
* Transmission-related components
* Suspension parts
* Electrical components
* Model or package distinctions
* Service replacement parts

The exact meaning of a build/service code depends on its source and context.

== Speedometer and drivetrain-related service codes ==

Some build/service references include speedometer gear or drivetrain-related identification codes.

These should be interpreted cautiously. They may describe service parts, driven gears, drive gears, speedometer calibration parts, or related drivetrain identification rather than buyer-selected options.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| D4N
| 29-tooth green speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D4O
| 30-tooth natural speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Letter O, not zero; listed in enthusiast/forum references
|-
| D9A
| 10-tooth green speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D9B
| 35-tooth natural speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|}

Related topics:

* [[Vehicle speed sensor]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Administrative and warranty-related codes ==

Some codes in enthusiast or service references describe administrative, warranty, regulatory, or paperwork-related items rather than vehicle equipment.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| MDV
| New York warranty enhancements
| Administrative / warranty
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify exact application
|}

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes include:

* Treating every code in a build/service list as an RPO code
* Assuming every code represents an optional extra
* Copying a build/service code into an RPO list without verification
* Ignoring model-year differences
* Assuming a code applies to all Fieros
* Using an enthusiast list as the only source for parts identification
* Confusing factory-installed equipment with service-replacement parts

== Documentation notes ==

When adding build/service code information to Fieropedia, include enough context to show what the code is being used for.

Useful details include:

* Code
* Description
* Source type
* Model-year applicability, if known
* Related part or system
* Whether the code is known to appear on a Service Parts Identification label
* Notes about uncertainty or verification

If a code is not confirmed as an RPO code, do not add it to the [[Fiero RPO code list]] as if it were one.

== Notes ==

Build/service codes can be useful, but they are not the same thing as RPO codes.

The safest approach is to treat them as supporting reference information unless they are confirmed on a specific car's [[Service parts identification label]] or verified by factory documentation.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Part numbers]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Part numbers]]

Build/service codes

2026-07-22T13:04:05Z

Cliff: /* Examples of possible code areas */

'''Build/service codes''' are codes found in some [[Pontiac Fiero]] enthusiast references, service references, assembly references, or parts-related documents.

They should not automatically be treated as [[RPO codes]].

== Overview ==

Build/service codes are different from regular production option codes.

While [[RPO codes]] identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, paint information, trim information, drivetrain equipment, and other build information on the [[Service parts identification label]], build/service codes may be used for other assembly, service, parts, or identification purposes.

Some build/service codes may describe:

* Component parts
* Assembly details
* Service identifiers
* Model differentiations
* Color differentiations
* Parts used as part of standard equipment
* Parts used within option packages
* Internal build or service references

Because of this, a build/service code should not automatically be interpreted as a factory option.

== Difference from RPO codes ==

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''.

RPO codes are normally found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]] and identify equipment or build information assigned to a specific car.

Build/service codes may appear in other lists or references and may describe parts, assemblies, internal service identifiers, or details that were not separately ordered by the buyer.

In simple terms:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code type
! Typical use
! Should it be treated as a buyer option?
|-
| [[RPO codes]]
| Factory equipment, options, paint, trim, drivetrain, and build information
| Sometimes, but not always
|-
| Build/service codes
| Assembly, service, component, model, color, or parts-identification information
| No, not automatically
|}

== Why the distinction matters ==

Confusing build/service codes with RPO codes can lead to incorrect conclusions about how a Fiero was originally equipped.

For example, a code may appear to describe a component or option-like feature, but it may actually identify a part used during assembly, a service part distinction, a color-related variation, or a standard-equipment detail.

When documenting a Fiero, the [[Service parts identification label]] should be used as the primary source for the car's assigned RPO codes.

Build/service codes can still be useful, but they should be interpreted cautiously.

== Relationship to the Service Parts Identification label ==

The [[Service parts identification label]] is the normal factory label used to identify the equipment and build information assigned to a specific Fiero.

It may include regular production options, standard equipment codes, mandatory equipment codes, paint information, drivetrain information, trim information, and other factory build data.

Build/service code lists should not be assumed to match the exact RPO label on a specific car unless the code is actually present on that car's label or confirmed by factory documentation.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Uses ==

Build/service codes may be useful for:

* Understanding parts references
* Comparing assembly or service information
* Identifying component variations
* Researching model-year differences
* Understanding color or trim distinctions
* Interpreting old enthusiast documents
* Cross-checking parts or service notes

They are best used as supporting information, not as the only proof of a car's original equipment.

== Interpreting build/service codes ==

When using build/service codes:

* Do not assume the code is an RPO code.
* Do not assume the code represents a buyer-selected option.
* Check whether the code appears on the car's [[Service parts identification label]].
* Check model-year applicability.
* Compare the code with physical evidence on the car.
* Verify important conclusions against factory documentation where possible.
* Be cautious with old enthusiast lists that may contain errors, abbreviations, or unclear descriptions.

== Examples of possible code areas ==

Build/service code references may include codes related to:

* Body panels
* Paint or color variations
* Trim variations
* Engine-related components
* Transmission-related components
* Suspension parts
* Electrical components
* Model or package distinctions
* Service replacement parts

The exact meaning of a build/service code depends on its source and context.

== Speedometer and drivetrain-related service codes ==

Some build/service references include speedometer gear or drivetrain-related identification codes.

These should be interpreted cautiously. They may describe service parts, driven gears, drive gears, speedometer calibration parts, or related drivetrain identification rather than buyer-selected options.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| D4N
| 29-tooth green speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D4O
| 30-tooth natural speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Letter O, not zero; listed in enthusiast/forum references
|-
| D9A
| 10-tooth green speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D9B
| 35-tooth natural speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|}

Related topics:

* [[Vehicle speed sensor]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes include:

* Treating every code in a build/service list as an RPO code
* Assuming every code represents an optional extra
* Copying a build/service code into an RPO list without verification
* Ignoring model-year differences
* Assuming a code applies to all Fieros
* Using an enthusiast list as the only source for parts identification
* Confusing factory-installed equipment with service-replacement parts

== Documentation notes ==

When adding build/service code information to Fieropedia, include enough context to show what the code is being used for.

Useful details include:

* Code
* Description
* Source type
* Model-year applicability, if known
* Related part or system
* Whether the code is known to appear on a Service Parts Identification label
* Notes about uncertainty or verification

If a code is not confirmed as an RPO code, do not add it to the [[Fiero RPO code list]] as if it were one.

== Notes ==

Build/service codes can be useful, but they are not the same thing as RPO codes.

The safest approach is to treat them as supporting reference information unless they are confirmed on a specific car's [[Service parts identification label]] or verified by factory documentation.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Part numbers]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Part numbers]]

Transmission RPO codes

2026-07-22T13:00:58Z

Cliff: /* Final-drive relationship */

'''Transmission RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory transmission equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero was available with several factory manual and automatic transaxles.

Transmission RPO codes help identify which transmission a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, paint, trim, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove what transmission is currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, transmission-swapped, engine-swapped, or modified.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Factory transmission RPO codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Type
! Common Fiero usage
! Notes
|-
| MD9
| [[TH125 automatic|125C / TH125C automatic transaxle]]
| 3-speed automatic
| Automatic-equipped Fieros
| Factory automatic transaxle used throughout Fiero production
|-
| MY8
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| Economy-oriented 1984 four-cylinder application
| 3.32 final-drive ratio
|-
| M19
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| 1984 four-cylinder performance application
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
|-
| M17
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| V6 four-speed application
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
|-
| MT2
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| Four-cylinder five-speed application
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
|-
| MG2
| [[Getrag 5-speed|Muncie/Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| V6 five-speed application
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
|}

== MD9 ==

'''MD9''' identifies the 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle used in automatic-equipped Fieros.

The TH125 automatic was available with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] engines.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== MY8 ==

'''MY8''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 3.32 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the economy-oriented 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M19 ==

'''M19''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 4.10 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the shorter-geared 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M17 ==

'''M17''' identifies the Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros before the later V6 five-speed became available.

It is commonly associated with the 3.65 final-drive ratio.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== MT2 ==

'''MT2''' identifies the Isuzu five-speed manual transaxle used with four-cylinder Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Isuzu 5-speed]].

Related topics:

* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== MG2 ==

'''MG2''' identifies the five-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Getrag 5-speed]]. Factory service information may identify the same transmission as the Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle.

Related topics:

* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Final-drive relationship ==

Some Fiero transmission RPO codes are closely associated with final-drive ratios.

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission code
! Transmission
! Commonly listed final drive
|-
| MY8
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.32
|-
| M19
| Muncie 4-speed
| 4.10
|-
| M17
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.65
|-
| MT2
| Isuzu 5-speed
| 3.35
|-
| MG2
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed
| 3.61
|}

Some separate codes are also used in Fiero references to identify final-drive ratios or final-drive-related equipment.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Ratio
! Category
! Notes
|-
| F17
| 2.84
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| F75
| 3.18
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| FW2
| 3.06
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in forum reference as 1985-1986 V6 automatic application
|-
| FW5
| 4.10
| Transmission / final drive
| Commonly associated with the 1984 M19 four-speed application
|-
| FX4
| 3.35
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| FX8
| 3.61
| Transmission / final drive
| Commonly associated with the MG2 Muncie/Getrag five-speed application
|-
| GX3
| 3.33
| Transmission / final drive
| Commonly listed as an automatic final-drive ratio
|-
| GY5
| 3.65
| Transmission / final drive
| Commonly associated with the M17 four-speed application
|}

For the automatic transmission, final-drive ratio can vary by year and transmission code. See:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]

== RPO code versus installed transmission ==

The transmission RPO code identifies the transmission originally assigned to the car when it was built.

It does not prove that the same transmission is still installed.

Many Fieros have had transmission replacements, clutch repairs, engine swaps, manual-to-automatic conversions, automatic-to-manual conversions, or drivetrain swaps.

When ordering parts or diagnosing a transmission, use the RPO code together with physical inspection of the actual installed transmission.

== Transmission identification ==

Transmission identification should include:

* [[Service parts identification label]] RPO code
* Transmission case features
* Shift-cable arrangement
* Clutch or automatic-shifter hardware
* Dipstick or fill/check arrangement
* Axle and mount arrangement
* Transmission tag, stamping, or code, where present
* Model year and engine combination
* Previous repair or swap history

Because Fiero transmissions are interchangeable in some situations, physical identification is important.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission identification]]

== Relationship to engine RPO codes ==

Transmission RPO codes are often interpreted together with engine RPO codes.

The main Fiero engine RPO codes are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Engine
! Common name
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6
| [[2.8L V6]]
|}

A car's original engine and transmission combination can be checked using the Service Parts Identification label, but the current installed drivetrain should still be inspected directly.

Related topic:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using transmission RPO codes include:

* Assuming the RPO label proves the current transmission is original
* Confusing [[Isuzu 5-speed]] and [[Getrag 5-speed]] units
* Assuming all five-speed Fieros used the same transmission
* Assuming every V6 car has a Getrag 5-speed
* Assuming every four-cylinder five-speed is suitable for a V6 application
* Confusing transmission RPO codes with gear-ratio codes or transmission case codes
* Ordering parts based only on model year instead of identifying the installed transmission

== Service notes ==

When using transmission RPO codes:

* Check the [[Service parts identification label]] first.
* Verify the installed transmission physically before ordering parts.
* Check year, engine, transmission type, and RPO code together.
* Use [[Transmission identification]] when the car has unknown history.
* Use [[Transmission gear ratios]] when exact gearing matters.
* Be cautious with swapped or rebuilt cars.
* Do not assume the current transmission matches the original RPO label.

== Notes ==

Transmission RPO codes are factory build references. They are useful for identifying how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they are not a complete history of the car.

For modified, repaired, or swapped cars, direct inspection of the installed transmission is more important than the original RPO code alone.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Engine swaps]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Transmission]]

Transmission RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:59:42Z

Cliff: /* Final-drive relationship */

'''Transmission RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory transmission equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero was available with several factory manual and automatic transaxles.

Transmission RPO codes help identify which transmission a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, paint, trim, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove what transmission is currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, transmission-swapped, engine-swapped, or modified.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Factory transmission RPO codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Type
! Common Fiero usage
! Notes
|-
| MD9
| [[TH125 automatic|125C / TH125C automatic transaxle]]
| 3-speed automatic
| Automatic-equipped Fieros
| Factory automatic transaxle used throughout Fiero production
|-
| MY8
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| Economy-oriented 1984 four-cylinder application
| 3.32 final-drive ratio
|-
| M19
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| 1984 four-cylinder performance application
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
|-
| M17
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| V6 four-speed application
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
|-
| MT2
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| Four-cylinder five-speed application
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
|-
| MG2
| [[Getrag 5-speed|Muncie/Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| V6 five-speed application
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
|}

== MD9 ==

'''MD9''' identifies the 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle used in automatic-equipped Fieros.

The TH125 automatic was available with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] engines.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== MY8 ==

'''MY8''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 3.32 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the economy-oriented 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M19 ==

'''M19''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 4.10 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the shorter-geared 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M17 ==

'''M17''' identifies the Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros before the later V6 five-speed became available.

It is commonly associated with the 3.65 final-drive ratio.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== MT2 ==

'''MT2''' identifies the Isuzu five-speed manual transaxle used with four-cylinder Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Isuzu 5-speed]].

Related topics:

* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== MG2 ==

'''MG2''' identifies the five-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Getrag 5-speed]]. Factory service information may identify the same transmission as the Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle.

Related topics:

* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Final-drive relationship ==

Some Fiero transmission RPO codes are closely associated with final-drive ratios.

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Commonly listed final drive
|-
| MY8
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.32
|-
| M19
| Muncie 4-speed
| 4.10
|-
| M17
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.65
|-
| MT2
| Isuzu 5-speed
| 3.35
|-
| MG2
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed
| 3.61
|}

For the automatic transmission, final-drive ratio can vary by year and transmission code. See:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]

== RPO code versus installed transmission ==

The transmission RPO code identifies the transmission originally assigned to the car when it was built.

It does not prove that the same transmission is still installed.

Many Fieros have had transmission replacements, clutch repairs, engine swaps, manual-to-automatic conversions, automatic-to-manual conversions, or drivetrain swaps.

When ordering parts or diagnosing a transmission, use the RPO code together with physical inspection of the actual installed transmission.

== Transmission identification ==

Transmission identification should include:

* [[Service parts identification label]] RPO code
* Transmission case features
* Shift-cable arrangement
* Clutch or automatic-shifter hardware
* Dipstick or fill/check arrangement
* Axle and mount arrangement
* Transmission tag, stamping, or code, where present
* Model year and engine combination
* Previous repair or swap history

Because Fiero transmissions are interchangeable in some situations, physical identification is important.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission identification]]

== Relationship to engine RPO codes ==

Transmission RPO codes are often interpreted together with engine RPO codes.

The main Fiero engine RPO codes are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Engine
! Common name
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6
| [[2.8L V6]]
|}

A car's original engine and transmission combination can be checked using the Service Parts Identification label, but the current installed drivetrain should still be inspected directly.

Related topic:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using transmission RPO codes include:

* Assuming the RPO label proves the current transmission is original
* Confusing [[Isuzu 5-speed]] and [[Getrag 5-speed]] units
* Assuming all five-speed Fieros used the same transmission
* Assuming every V6 car has a Getrag 5-speed
* Assuming every four-cylinder five-speed is suitable for a V6 application
* Confusing transmission RPO codes with gear-ratio codes or transmission case codes
* Ordering parts based only on model year instead of identifying the installed transmission

== Service notes ==

When using transmission RPO codes:

* Check the [[Service parts identification label]] first.
* Verify the installed transmission physically before ordering parts.
* Check year, engine, transmission type, and RPO code together.
* Use [[Transmission identification]] when the car has unknown history.
* Use [[Transmission gear ratios]] when exact gearing matters.
* Be cautious with swapped or rebuilt cars.
* Do not assume the current transmission matches the original RPO label.

== Notes ==

Transmission RPO codes are factory build references. They are useful for identifying how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they are not a complete history of the car.

For modified, repaired, or swapped cars, direct inspection of the installed transmission is more important than the original RPO code alone.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Engine swaps]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Transmission]]

Transmission RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:58:56Z

Cliff: /* Final-drive relationship */

'''Transmission RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory transmission equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero was available with several factory manual and automatic transaxles.

Transmission RPO codes help identify which transmission a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, paint, trim, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove what transmission is currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, transmission-swapped, engine-swapped, or modified.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Factory transmission RPO codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Type
! Common Fiero usage
! Notes
|-
| MD9
| [[TH125 automatic|125C / TH125C automatic transaxle]]
| 3-speed automatic
| Automatic-equipped Fieros
| Factory automatic transaxle used throughout Fiero production
|-
| MY8
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| Economy-oriented 1984 four-cylinder application
| 3.32 final-drive ratio
|-
| M19
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| 1984 four-cylinder performance application
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
|-
| M17
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| V6 four-speed application
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
|-
| MT2
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| Four-cylinder five-speed application
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
|-
| MG2
| [[Getrag 5-speed|Muncie/Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| V6 five-speed application
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
|}

== MD9 ==

'''MD9''' identifies the 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle used in automatic-equipped Fieros.

The TH125 automatic was available with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] engines.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== MY8 ==

'''MY8''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 3.32 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the economy-oriented 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M19 ==

'''M19''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 4.10 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the shorter-geared 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M17 ==

'''M17''' identifies the Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros before the later V6 five-speed became available.

It is commonly associated with the 3.65 final-drive ratio.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== MT2 ==

'''MT2''' identifies the Isuzu five-speed manual transaxle used with four-cylinder Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Isuzu 5-speed]].

Related topics:

* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== MG2 ==

'''MG2''' identifies the five-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Getrag 5-speed]]. Factory service information may identify the same transmission as the Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle.

Related topics:

* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Final-drive relationship ==

Some Fiero transmission RPO codes are closely associated with final-drive ratios.

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Commonly listed final drive
! Notes
|-
| F17
| 2.84 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| F75
| 3.18 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| FW2
| 3.06 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in forum reference as 1985-1986 V6 automatic application
|-
| FX4
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| MY8
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.32
|
|-
| M19
| Muncie 4-speed
| 4.10
|
|-
| M17
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.65
|
|-
| MT2
| Isuzu 5-speed
| 3.35
|
|-
| MG2
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed
| 3.61
|
|}

For the automatic transmission, final-drive ratio can vary by year and transmission code. See:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]

== RPO code versus installed transmission ==

The transmission RPO code identifies the transmission originally assigned to the car when it was built.

It does not prove that the same transmission is still installed.

Many Fieros have had transmission replacements, clutch repairs, engine swaps, manual-to-automatic conversions, automatic-to-manual conversions, or drivetrain swaps.

When ordering parts or diagnosing a transmission, use the RPO code together with physical inspection of the actual installed transmission.

== Transmission identification ==

Transmission identification should include:

* [[Service parts identification label]] RPO code
* Transmission case features
* Shift-cable arrangement
* Clutch or automatic-shifter hardware
* Dipstick or fill/check arrangement
* Axle and mount arrangement
* Transmission tag, stamping, or code, where present
* Model year and engine combination
* Previous repair or swap history

Because Fiero transmissions are interchangeable in some situations, physical identification is important.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission identification]]

== Relationship to engine RPO codes ==

Transmission RPO codes are often interpreted together with engine RPO codes.

The main Fiero engine RPO codes are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Engine
! Common name
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6
| [[2.8L V6]]
|}

A car's original engine and transmission combination can be checked using the Service Parts Identification label, but the current installed drivetrain should still be inspected directly.

Related topic:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using transmission RPO codes include:

* Assuming the RPO label proves the current transmission is original
* Confusing [[Isuzu 5-speed]] and [[Getrag 5-speed]] units
* Assuming all five-speed Fieros used the same transmission
* Assuming every V6 car has a Getrag 5-speed
* Assuming every four-cylinder five-speed is suitable for a V6 application
* Confusing transmission RPO codes with gear-ratio codes or transmission case codes
* Ordering parts based only on model year instead of identifying the installed transmission

== Service notes ==

When using transmission RPO codes:

* Check the [[Service parts identification label]] first.
* Verify the installed transmission physically before ordering parts.
* Check year, engine, transmission type, and RPO code together.
* Use [[Transmission identification]] when the car has unknown history.
* Use [[Transmission gear ratios]] when exact gearing matters.
* Be cautious with swapped or rebuilt cars.
* Do not assume the current transmission matches the original RPO label.

== Notes ==

Transmission RPO codes are factory build references. They are useful for identifying how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they are not a complete history of the car.

For modified, repaired, or swapped cars, direct inspection of the installed transmission is more important than the original RPO code alone.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Engine swaps]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Transmission]]

Transmission RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:58:32Z

Cliff: /* Final-drive relationship */

'''Transmission RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory transmission equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero was available with several factory manual and automatic transaxles.

Transmission RPO codes help identify which transmission a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, paint, trim, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove what transmission is currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, transmission-swapped, engine-swapped, or modified.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Factory transmission RPO codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Type
! Common Fiero usage
! Notes
|-
| MD9
| [[TH125 automatic|125C / TH125C automatic transaxle]]
| 3-speed automatic
| Automatic-equipped Fieros
| Factory automatic transaxle used throughout Fiero production
|-
| MY8
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| Economy-oriented 1984 four-cylinder application
| 3.32 final-drive ratio
|-
| M19
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| 1984 four-cylinder performance application
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
|-
| M17
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| V6 four-speed application
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
|-
| MT2
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| Four-cylinder five-speed application
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
|-
| MG2
| [[Getrag 5-speed|Muncie/Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| V6 five-speed application
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
|}

== MD9 ==

'''MD9''' identifies the 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle used in automatic-equipped Fieros.

The TH125 automatic was available with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] engines.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== MY8 ==

'''MY8''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 3.32 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the economy-oriented 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M19 ==

'''M19''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 4.10 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the shorter-geared 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M17 ==

'''M17''' identifies the Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros before the later V6 five-speed became available.

It is commonly associated with the 3.65 final-drive ratio.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== MT2 ==

'''MT2''' identifies the Isuzu five-speed manual transaxle used with four-cylinder Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Isuzu 5-speed]].

Related topics:

* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== MG2 ==

'''MG2''' identifies the five-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Getrag 5-speed]]. Factory service information may identify the same transmission as the Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle.

Related topics:

* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Final-drive relationship ==

Some Fiero transmission RPO codes are closely associated with final-drive ratios.

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Commonly listed final drive
! Notes
|-
| F17
| 2.84 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| F75
| 3.18 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| FW2
| 3.06 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in forum reference as 1985-1986 V6 automatic application
|-
| FX4
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| MY8
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.32
|-
| M19
| Muncie 4-speed
| 4.10
|-
| M17
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.65
|-
| MT2
| Isuzu 5-speed
| 3.35
|-
| MG2
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed
| 3.61
|}

For the automatic transmission, final-drive ratio can vary by year and transmission code. See:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]

== RPO code versus installed transmission ==

The transmission RPO code identifies the transmission originally assigned to the car when it was built.

It does not prove that the same transmission is still installed.

Many Fieros have had transmission replacements, clutch repairs, engine swaps, manual-to-automatic conversions, automatic-to-manual conversions, or drivetrain swaps.

When ordering parts or diagnosing a transmission, use the RPO code together with physical inspection of the actual installed transmission.

== Transmission identification ==

Transmission identification should include:

* [[Service parts identification label]] RPO code
* Transmission case features
* Shift-cable arrangement
* Clutch or automatic-shifter hardware
* Dipstick or fill/check arrangement
* Axle and mount arrangement
* Transmission tag, stamping, or code, where present
* Model year and engine combination
* Previous repair or swap history

Because Fiero transmissions are interchangeable in some situations, physical identification is important.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission identification]]

== Relationship to engine RPO codes ==

Transmission RPO codes are often interpreted together with engine RPO codes.

The main Fiero engine RPO codes are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Engine
! Common name
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6
| [[2.8L V6]]
|}

A car's original engine and transmission combination can be checked using the Service Parts Identification label, but the current installed drivetrain should still be inspected directly.

Related topic:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using transmission RPO codes include:

* Assuming the RPO label proves the current transmission is original
* Confusing [[Isuzu 5-speed]] and [[Getrag 5-speed]] units
* Assuming all five-speed Fieros used the same transmission
* Assuming every V6 car has a Getrag 5-speed
* Assuming every four-cylinder five-speed is suitable for a V6 application
* Confusing transmission RPO codes with gear-ratio codes or transmission case codes
* Ordering parts based only on model year instead of identifying the installed transmission

== Service notes ==

When using transmission RPO codes:

* Check the [[Service parts identification label]] first.
* Verify the installed transmission physically before ordering parts.
* Check year, engine, transmission type, and RPO code together.
* Use [[Transmission identification]] when the car has unknown history.
* Use [[Transmission gear ratios]] when exact gearing matters.
* Be cautious with swapped or rebuilt cars.
* Do not assume the current transmission matches the original RPO label.

== Notes ==

Transmission RPO codes are factory build references. They are useful for identifying how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they are not a complete history of the car.

For modified, repaired, or swapped cars, direct inspection of the installed transmission is more important than the original RPO code alone.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Engine swaps]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Transmission]]

Transmission RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:57:58Z

Cliff: /* Final-drive relationship */

'''Transmission RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory transmission equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero was available with several factory manual and automatic transaxles.

Transmission RPO codes help identify which transmission a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, paint, trim, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove what transmission is currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, transmission-swapped, engine-swapped, or modified.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Factory transmission RPO codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Type
! Common Fiero usage
! Notes
|-
| MD9
| [[TH125 automatic|125C / TH125C automatic transaxle]]
| 3-speed automatic
| Automatic-equipped Fieros
| Factory automatic transaxle used throughout Fiero production
|-
| MY8
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| Economy-oriented 1984 four-cylinder application
| 3.32 final-drive ratio
|-
| M19
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| 1984 four-cylinder performance application
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
|-
| M17
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| V6 four-speed application
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
|-
| MT2
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| Four-cylinder five-speed application
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
|-
| MG2
| [[Getrag 5-speed|Muncie/Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| V6 five-speed application
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
|}

== MD9 ==

'''MD9''' identifies the 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle used in automatic-equipped Fieros.

The TH125 automatic was available with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] engines.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== MY8 ==

'''MY8''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 3.32 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the economy-oriented 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M19 ==

'''M19''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 4.10 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the shorter-geared 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M17 ==

'''M17''' identifies the Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros before the later V6 five-speed became available.

It is commonly associated with the 3.65 final-drive ratio.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== MT2 ==

'''MT2''' identifies the Isuzu five-speed manual transaxle used with four-cylinder Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Isuzu 5-speed]].

Related topics:

* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== MG2 ==

'''MG2''' identifies the five-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Getrag 5-speed]]. Factory service information may identify the same transmission as the Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle.

Related topics:

* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Final-drive relationship ==

Some Fiero transmission RPO codes are closely associated with final-drive ratios.

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Commonly listed final drive
|-
| F17
| 2.84 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| F75
| 3.18 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| FW2
| 3.06 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in forum reference as 1985-1986 V6 automatic application
|-
| FX4
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| MY8
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.32
|-
| M19
| Muncie 4-speed
| 4.10
|-
| M17
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.65
|-
| MT2
| Isuzu 5-speed
| 3.35
|-
| MG2
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed
| 3.61
|}

For the automatic transmission, final-drive ratio can vary by year and transmission code. See:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]

== RPO code versus installed transmission ==

The transmission RPO code identifies the transmission originally assigned to the car when it was built.

It does not prove that the same transmission is still installed.

Many Fieros have had transmission replacements, clutch repairs, engine swaps, manual-to-automatic conversions, automatic-to-manual conversions, or drivetrain swaps.

When ordering parts or diagnosing a transmission, use the RPO code together with physical inspection of the actual installed transmission.

== Transmission identification ==

Transmission identification should include:

* [[Service parts identification label]] RPO code
* Transmission case features
* Shift-cable arrangement
* Clutch or automatic-shifter hardware
* Dipstick or fill/check arrangement
* Axle and mount arrangement
* Transmission tag, stamping, or code, where present
* Model year and engine combination
* Previous repair or swap history

Because Fiero transmissions are interchangeable in some situations, physical identification is important.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission identification]]

== Relationship to engine RPO codes ==

Transmission RPO codes are often interpreted together with engine RPO codes.

The main Fiero engine RPO codes are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Engine
! Common name
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6
| [[2.8L V6]]
|}

A car's original engine and transmission combination can be checked using the Service Parts Identification label, but the current installed drivetrain should still be inspected directly.

Related topic:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using transmission RPO codes include:

* Assuming the RPO label proves the current transmission is original
* Confusing [[Isuzu 5-speed]] and [[Getrag 5-speed]] units
* Assuming all five-speed Fieros used the same transmission
* Assuming every V6 car has a Getrag 5-speed
* Assuming every four-cylinder five-speed is suitable for a V6 application
* Confusing transmission RPO codes with gear-ratio codes or transmission case codes
* Ordering parts based only on model year instead of identifying the installed transmission

== Service notes ==

When using transmission RPO codes:

* Check the [[Service parts identification label]] first.
* Verify the installed transmission physically before ordering parts.
* Check year, engine, transmission type, and RPO code together.
* Use [[Transmission identification]] when the car has unknown history.
* Use [[Transmission gear ratios]] when exact gearing matters.
* Be cautious with swapped or rebuilt cars.
* Do not assume the current transmission matches the original RPO label.

== Notes ==

Transmission RPO codes are factory build references. They are useful for identifying how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they are not a complete history of the car.

For modified, repaired, or swapped cars, direct inspection of the installed transmission is more important than the original RPO code alone.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Engine swaps]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Transmission]]

Paint RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:55:41Z

Cliff: /* Common Fiero paint codes */

'''Paint RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] and paint-related codes used to identify factory exterior paint information on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Paint codes help identify the original exterior color or paint combination assigned to a Fiero when it was built.

Paint information may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] as two-digit paint codes, upper/lower paint codes, or Fisher Body WA paint numbers.

Because many Fieros have been repainted, repaired, refinished, or modified, the paint code identifies the original factory paint information, not necessarily the car's current color.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Body panels]]

== Paint code formats ==

Fiero paint information may appear in several forms.

Common formats include:

{| class="wikitable"
! Format
! Meaning
! Example
|-
| Two-digit paint code
| Main exterior color code
| 40, 41, 81
|-
| U suffix
| Upper body color
| 81U
|-
| L suffix
| Lower accent color
| 16L
|-
| WA number
| Fisher Body paint reference number
| WA8555
|}

A code such as '''81U/16L''' indicates an upper and lower paint combination.

The '''U''' refers to upper paint.

The '''L''' refers to lower paint.

The '''WA''' number is a Fisher Body paint reference number often used by paint suppliers to cross-reference formulas.

== Common Fiero paint codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Color
! Category
! Notes
|-
| D84
| Custom two-tone paint
| Paint / exterior
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify model-year applicability
|-
| 14
| Light Gray Metallic
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 14U
| Light Gray Metallic upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 16
| Silver Metallic
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| 18
| Medium Gray Metallic
| Paint
| —
|-
| 18L
| Medium Gray Metallic lower paint
| Paint
| Lower paint reference
|-
| 21
| Bright Blue Metallic
| Paint
| Used on 1987 Fieros
|-
| 40
| White
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1986 and 1988
|-
| 40U
| White upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 41
| Black
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41L
| Black lower accent paint
| Paint
| Lower accent reference
|-
| 41U
| Black upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 53
| Bright Yellow
| Paint
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 56
| Light Gold Metallic
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| 71
| Red
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71L
| Red lower accent paint
| Paint
| Lower accent reference
|-
| 71U
| Red upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 77
| Ruby Red
| Paint
| Listed for 1987-1988
|-
| 81
| Bright Red
| Paint
| —
|-
| 81U
| Bright Red upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| WA-NNNN
| Fisher Body WA paint number
| Paint reference
| NNNN represents the numeric WA paint formula reference
|}

== Wheel color codes ==

Some color-related codes refer to wheel color rather than body paint.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 19P
| Black wheel color
| Wheel color
| —
|-
| 60P
| Gold 15-inch diamond-spoke wheel color
| Wheel color
| Listed for 1988 GT
|}

Wheel color codes should not be confused with exterior body paint codes.

Related topic:

* [[Wheel RPO codes]]

== Upper and lower paint ==

Some Fieros used two-tone or accent-color paint combinations.

In these cases, the Service Parts Identification label may show separate upper and lower paint references.

Examples include:

{| class="wikitable"
! Suffix
! Meaning
|-
| U
| Upper body paint
|-
| L
| Lower body or accent paint
|}

For example, a code ending in '''U''' refers to the upper paint color, while a code ending in '''L''' refers to the lower or accent color.

The exact appearance of the lower color or accent area depends on model year, trim, and body style.

Related topics:

* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Body panels]]
* [[Fiero GT]]

== WA paint numbers ==

WA paint numbers are Fisher Body paint reference numbers.

These numbers are useful because paint suppliers may use WA numbers to identify or cross-reference the correct paint formula.

A Service Parts Identification label may include a WA number in addition to the shorter paint code.

When matching paint, the WA number is often more useful than the common color name alone, because similar names may have been used on different GM colors.

== Paint names and modern matching ==

Paint names can be useful, but they should not be used as the only source when ordering paint.

When matching Fiero paint, use:

* Service Parts Identification label
* Two-digit paint code
* WA paint number
* Model year
* Existing paint condition
* Hidden original paint areas, if available
* Professional paint supplier cross-reference

Original paint may have faded, oxidized, been repaired, or been blended over time. A paint formula based on the original code may not perfectly match aged paint on the car.

== Repainted and repaired cars ==

Many Fieros have been repainted, repaired, or modified.

A Fiero's current color may differ from its original paint code because of:

* Complete repaint
* Partial repaint
* Accident repair
* Replacement body panels
* Faded original paint
* Clearcoat failure
* Custom paint
* Panel swapping
* GT, SE, or aero-body conversions

Because Fiero body panels are removable and interchangeable in many cases, individual panels may not all match the original paint code.

Related topics:

* [[Body panels]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

== Bright Blue Metallic ==

'''Bright Blue Metallic''' is commonly associated with paint code '''21'''.

This color is especially noted because it was used on 1987 Fieros and is often discussed by owners due to its limited production compared with more common Fiero colors.

Related topics:

* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 model year changes]]

== Paint code versus current appearance ==

The paint code identifies factory paint information.

It does not prove the car still wears its original paint.

When documenting a car, compare the Service Parts Identification label with physical evidence such as:

* Hidden jamb areas
* Underside of panels
* Front compartment areas
* Door edges
* Original overspray patterns
* Repaint masking lines
* Color differences between panels

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using Fiero paint codes include:

* Assuming the current paint color is original
* Using only the color name instead of the code or WA number
* Confusing upper and lower paint codes
* Confusing wheel color codes with body paint codes
* Ignoring repaint or accident-repair evidence
* Assuming a replacement body panel matches the car's original paint
* Assuming a code applies to every model year without verification

== Service notes ==

When using paint codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record both the short paint code and the WA number if present.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Check whether the car has been repainted.
* Check hidden areas for original paint.
* Use paint-supplier cross-reference information when ordering paint.
* Expect aged original paint to differ from new paint mixed to the original formula.
* Be cautious with cars that have replacement panels.

== Notes ==

Paint-code information should be verified carefully.

Color names, WA numbers, two-digit paint codes, and upper/lower paint references may all be needed to identify the correct color.

The Service Parts Identification label identifies factory paint information, but the actual car should always be inspected before ordering paint or documenting originality.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Body panels]]
* [[Parts interchange]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 model year changes]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Paint codes]]
[[Category:Body and interior]]

Interior trim RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:54:34Z

Cliff: /* Interior equipment codes */

'''Interior trim RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] and trim-related codes used to identify factory interior colors, seat trim, seat-belt colors, and related interior equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Interior trim codes help identify the original interior color and trim combination assigned to a Fiero when it was built.

Trim information may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with paint, engine, transmission, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

Because many Fieros have had seats, carpets, panels, steering wheels, consoles, or trim pieces replaced, the trim code identifies the original factory interior information, not necessarily every part currently installed in the car.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior color codes]]

== Interior trim codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 13B
| Light Slate Gray cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 13C
| Light Slate Gray two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth; listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 13D
| Light Slate Gray Indy 500 / Sierra leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Verify exact model-year and package application
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 62B
| Light Saddle Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62D
| Light Saddle Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle interior trim color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 622
| Light Saddle suede leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 64C
| Medium Doeskin two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth
|-
| 64D
| Medium Doeskin two-tone Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 643
| Medium Doeskin fleece/suede trim
| Interior trim
| Two-tone
|-
| 66B
| Medium Beechwood Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 66D
| Medium Beechwood Matrix cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82B
| Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82D
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 822
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray suede leather / Pallex cloth or Ventura leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988; Ventura leather/Pallex listed for 1988
|}

== Seat-belt color codes ==

Some trim-related codes identify seat-belt colors or seat-belt modules.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 139
| Light Slate Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 629
| Light Saddle seat-belt color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 829
| Medium Dark Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|}

Seat-belt color codes should be interpreted together with the car's interior trim code and model-year information.

== Interior equipment codes ==

Some RPO codes identify interior equipment rather than color or seat trim.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| AF9
| Reclining bucket seats
| Interior
| Listed for 1984-1987 applications
|-
| AG9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed for 1988 application
|-
| AR9
| Manual reclining front bucket seats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B20
| Luxury interior equipment
| Interior
| Associated with certain trim codes
|-
| B34
| Carpeted front floor mats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B48
| Deluxe trunk trim
| Interior / luggage compartment
| —
|-
| B57
| Deluxe extra trim
| Interior
| —
|-
| BC8
| Left and right front door pockets
| Interior
| Listed as available only with A31
|-
| DB4
| Windshield sunshade with pockets
| Interior
| —
|-
| D34
| Visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D74
| Illuminated right-hand visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|}

These codes may appear alongside trim color codes on the Service Parts Identification label.

== Steering wheel and column codes ==

Steering wheel and steering-column options are interior-related, but they are often discussed separately from seat and trim color codes.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| NK3
| Formula three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| NK4
| Leather-wrapped four-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| NP5
| Leather-wrapped three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N33
| Tilt steering column
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N36
| Sport steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N46
| Four-spoke vinyl steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|}

Related topics:

* [[Steering]]
* [[Interior]]

== Trim code versus current interior ==

The trim code identifies how the car was originally built.

It does not prove that the current seats, door panels, carpet, console, dashboard, steering wheel, or seat belts are original to the car.

Many Fieros have had interior parts replaced because of wear, sun damage, water leaks, parts availability, customization, or color changes.

When documenting a car, compare the Service Parts Identification label with physical evidence from the actual interior.

== Model-year differences ==

Interior colors, fabric names, seat patterns, steering wheels, and trim availability changed during Fiero production.

A code may not have the same exact meaning or usage in every model year. Some descriptions also refer to fabric style, trim level, or material type rather than only color.

When ordering parts or documenting a restoration, verify:

* Model year
* Trim code
* Interior color
* Seat material
* Seat pattern
* Seat-belt color
* Steering wheel type
* Door-panel style
* Console and dashboard color

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using interior trim codes include:

* Assuming the current interior is original
* Confusing interior color codes with seat-trim material codes
* Confusing seat-belt color codes with seat trim codes
* Assuming the same code has identical meaning across all years
* Ignoring replaced seats, carpets, or door panels
* Ordering parts based only on the visible color
* Assuming sun-faded trim still represents the original shade accurately

== Service notes ==

When using interior trim codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record the full trim code exactly.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Compare the code with the actual interior.
* Check for replaced or repainted interior parts.
* Use hidden or protected areas to judge original color when possible.
* Be cautious with cars that have been customized or restored.
* Verify seat-belt color separately when needed.

== Notes ==

Interior trim-code information should be verified carefully.

The Service Parts Identification label identifies original factory trim information, but the actual car should always be inspected before ordering parts or documenting originality.

Some trim codes identify material, color, or seat style, while others identify related interior equipment.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Body and interior]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Interior]]
[[Category:Body and interior]]

Fiero RPO code list

2026-07-22T12:53:55Z

Cliff: /* Code list */

'''Fiero RPO code list''' is a searchable reference list of [[RPO codes]] and option codes associated with the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, options, colors, trims, drivetrain components, packages, and other build information.

For general information about RPO codes and the factory label that lists them, see:

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Overview ==

This page is intended as a lookup list for codes found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]].

Because an RPO label contains many different types of codes, a single master list is useful when the code itself does not reveal whether it refers to an engine, transmission, paint color, trim code, wheel, audio system, suspension package, or other factory item.

Use the browser search function to find a code quickly.

== Cautions ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully.

Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, and meanings can vary by year, division, model, or application. Some codes on a Service Parts Identification label may identify standard equipment, mandatory equipment, package content, paint information, trim information, or factory build details rather than a separately ordered buyer option.

Many Fieros have also been modified, repaired, repainted, engine-swapped, or transmission-swapped. The RPO label identifies how the car was originally built, not necessarily how it is configured today.

== Code list ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes / model-year applicability
|-
| AAA
| Additional standard equipment
| Equipment
| Verify exact meaning by model year
|-
| AD3
| Removable/hinged roof window, commonly referred to as sunroof
| Body / glass
| —
|-
| AF9
| Reclining bucket seats
| Interior
| Listed for 1984-1987 applications
|-
| AG9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify by model year
|-
| AR9
| Manual reclining front bucket seats
| Interior
| —
|-
| AU3
| Power door locks
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| AV3
| Cargo tie-down fastener
| Body / cargo
| —
|-
| A01
| Soft Ray deep-tinted glass
| Glass
| —
|-
| A31
| Power windows
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| A90
| Electric remote decklid release
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| A91
| Rear compartment lid pull-down
| Electrical / decklid
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| BC8
| Left and right front door pockets
| Interior
| Listed as available only with A31
|-
| BW1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BW8
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BX1
| Special front-end exterior ornamentation
| Exterior
| —
|-
| BY1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| B20
| Luxury interior equipment
| Interior
| Associated with certain trim codes
|-
| B34
| Carpeted front floor mats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B48
| Deluxe trunk trim
| Interior / luggage compartment
| —
|-
| B57
| Deluxe extra trim
| Interior
| —
|-
| B63
| Narrow rocker panel molding
| Exterior
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify model-year applicability
|-
| B6V
| Delete power door locks from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B6W
| Delete power windows from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B97
| Lower accent molding
| Exterior
| —
|-
| CD4
| Pulse windshield wiper system
| Electrical / wipers
| —
|-
| CJB
| T-top roof
| Body / roof
| 1988 only
|-
| C41
| Heater with fan and defroster
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| C41
| Base heater, non-air-conditioned car
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1988
|-
| C49
| Electric rear-window defogger
| Electrical / glass
| —
|-
| C60
| Manual-control front air conditioning
| Air conditioning
| —
|-
| DB4
| Windshield sunshade with pockets
| Interior
| —
|-
| DC9
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| DG7
| Electric remote-control left and right mirrors
| Electrical / mirrors
| —
|-
| D4O
| 30-tooth natural speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Letter O, not zero; listed in enthusiast/forum references
|-
| D4N
| 29-tooth green speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D4P
| 30-tooth blue VSS gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4T
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4Q
| 31-tooth speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D7V
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D84
| Custom two-tone paint
| Paint / exterior
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify model-year applicability
|-
| D90
| Front-end/body-side stripe
| Exterior / stripe
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify model-year applicability
|-
| D9A
| 10-tooth green speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D9B
| 35-tooth natural speedometer drive gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| D9C
| 35-tooth vehicle speed sensor gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Part reference commonly listed as 25007335
|-
| D9D
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D34
| Visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D35
| Painted outside rearview mirror
| Exterior / mirrors
| —
|-
| D42
| Engine-compartment screen
| Body / engine compartment
| Listed for 1984
|-
| D60
| Color and trim incompatibility override
| Paint / trim
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| D74
| Illuminated right-hand visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D80
| Rear spoiler
| Exterior
| —
|-
| D96
| Upper body-side stripe
| Exterior
| —
|-
| E5Z
| Speedometer gears without adapter
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E9Y
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| E9Z
| Speedometer gears without keys
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E94
| Beauville / Rally STX equipment
| Package
| Verify Fiero applicability
|-
| FW2
| 3.06 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in forum reference as 1985-1986 V6 automatic application
|-
| FW5
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| FX4
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| FX8
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| F17
| 2.84 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| F41
| Heavy-duty front and rear suspension
| Suspension
| Special suspension equipment
|-
| F75
| 3.18 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify application
|-
| GX3
| 3.33 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| GY5
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| K05
| Engine block heater
| Engine / electrical
| —
|-
| K22
| 94-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K34
| Electric cruise control
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| K60
| 100-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K81
| 66-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K99
| 85-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder engine
| Engine
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6 engine
| Engine
| [[2.8L V6]]
|-
| MDV
| New York warranty enhancements
| Administrative / warranty
| Listed in enthusiast/forum references; verify exact application
|-
| MD9
| 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle
| Transmission
| [[TH125 automatic]]
|-
| MG2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie/Getrag, 3.61 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Getrag 5-speed]]
|-
| MG3
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MM4
| Four-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MM5
| Five-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MT2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Isuzu, 3.35 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
|-
| MV9
| Three-speed automatic transmission, THM200C
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MX1
| Three-speed automatic transmission
| Transmission
| General automatic-transmission provision/application code
|-
| MY7
| Four-speed manual transmission, Isuzu
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MY8
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.32 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M17
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.65 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M19
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 4.10 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| NA5
| Federal emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NB2
| California emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NK3
| Formula three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| NK4
| Leather-wrapped four-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| NN7
| Fuel-filler door lock delete
| Body / fuel
| —
|-
| NP5
| Leather-wrapped three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| NX1
| 13 x 5.5 wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N24
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Listed for 1984-1985; same wheel family as PX1
|-
| N33
| Tilt steering column
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N36
| Sport steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N41
| Power steering
| Steering
| Power steering was not used on production Fieros
|-
| N46
| Four-spoke vinyl steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N73
| Custom Sport wheel, variation 4
| Wheels
| Verify exact application
|-
| N78
| 14 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N90
| 15 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PB4
| Aluminum-wheel lock kit
| Wheels / security
| —
|-
| PHO
| Diamond-honeycomb wheels, 15 x 6 front and 15 x 7 rear
| Wheels
| Code may be read as PHO or PHO depending on source formatting
|-
| PON
| Pontiac Assembly Plant
| Assembly
| —
|-
| PXT
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PX1
| 13 x 5.5 turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Same wheel family as N24
|-
| P02
| 13-inch color-coordinated Tri-Tech wheel covers
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P02
|-
| P06
| Wheel trim rings
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P06
|-
| QAB
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1988
|-
| QDX
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QDY
| P195/70R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QFE
| P185/75R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| QFG
| P185/75R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| QHS
| P185/80R13 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QHU
| P185/80R13 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPU
| P215/60R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tires, front and rear
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987; verify application
|-
| QRF
| P185/70R14 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZN
| P185/80R13 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZT
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| —
|-
| TR9
| Courtesy lamp group
| Lighting
| Includes related courtesy-lamp codes
|-
| UA1
| Heavy-duty battery
| Electrical
| —
|-
| UL1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL5
| Radio delete
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL6
| AM radio with clock
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UM4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with seek/scan, auto-reverse, and clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UM6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, auto-reverse cassette, and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| UM7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| UQ6
| Subwoofer / Performance Sound speaker equipment
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| UT4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with auto-reverse, seek/scan, equalizer, clock, and touch controls
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| UU6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, equalizer, and seek/scan
| Audio
| —
|-
| UU7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UU9
| ETR AM/FM stereo
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UW5
| Provisions for stereo installation
| Audio
| —
|-
| UX1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette, clock, search/replay, seek/scan, and equalizer
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| U25
| Rear-compartment lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U29
| Instrument-panel courtesy lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U63
| AM monaural radio without clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| U66
| Four-speaker system
| Audio
| Dual front dash speakers and dual rear/quarter speakers
|-
| VC8
| Substitution or deletion authorized
| Administrative / build
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| VK3
| Front license-plate mounting package
| Exterior
| —
|-
| V08
| Heavy-duty cooling
| Cooling system
| Code uses zero: V08
|-
| V53
| Luggage-carrier delete
| Exterior / decklid
| Listed for 1984
|-
| V56
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V58
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V73
| Bumper component / vehicle identification option group
| Administrative / exterior
| Verify meaning by year
|-
| WS1
| Option pick group
| Package / administrative
| Associated with V73 in some references
|-
| WS3
| Option pick group
| Package
| Listed for 1986
|-
| WS6
| Special performance package
| Suspension / package
| —
|-
| WS8
| Priced order acknowledged
| Administrative
| —
|-
| WS9
| High-mileage coupe
| Package
| Listed for 1984
|-
| WU2
| Fiero GT equipment
| Model / package
| [[Fiero GT]]
|-
| WV1
| Canadian protective equipment
| Package / protection
| Often interpreted as undercoating or related protection
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1984-1986
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1987; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1988; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| W02
| Sport appearance package
| Exterior / package
| Listed for 1988; code uses zero: W02
|-
| W61
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W63
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W66
| Formula option
| Model / package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| W69
| SE option / Special Edition
| Model / package
| —
|-
| XEM
| Goodyear Eagle GT+4 P205/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tire, front
| Tires
| Verify complete tire-package relationship
|-
| YT1
| Built-up custom door and quarter
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| YT9
| Fisher-furnished parts
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| Y82
| Indy Pace Car limited edition
| Model / package
| 1984; includes multiple related equipment items
|-
| Y99
| Special Rally suspension package
| Suspension / package
| Listed for 1985-1986
|-
| YLM
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted front and rear tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| YLM
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| Z35
| Advance price sheet
| Administrative
| —
|-
| ZV1
| Manufacturer's statement of origin
| Administrative
| —
|-
| 1SA
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SB
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SC
| Option group 3
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 13B
| Light Slate Gray cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 13C
| Light Slate Gray two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth; listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 13D
| Light Slate Gray Indy 500 / Sierra leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Verify model-year application
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 14
| Light Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 14U
| Light Gray Metallic upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 16
| Silver Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| 18
| Medium Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 18L
| Medium Gray Metallic lower paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 19P
| Black wheel color
| Wheel color
| —
|-
| 21
| Bright Blue Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 40
| White paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1986 and 1988
|-
| 40U
| White upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 41
| Black paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41L
| Black lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41U
| Black upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 53
| Bright Yellow paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 56
| Light Gold Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| 60P
| Gold 15-inch diamond-spoke wheel color
| Wheel color
| Listed for 1988 GT
|-
| 62B
| Light Saddle Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62D
| Light Saddle Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle interior trim color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 622
| Light Saddle suede leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 64C
| Medium Doeskin two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth
|-
| 64D
| Medium Doeskin two-tone Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 643
| Medium Doeskin fleece/suede trim
| Interior trim
| Two-tone
|-
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 66B
| Medium Beechwood Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 66D
| Medium Beechwood Matrix cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 71
| Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71L
| Red lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71U
| Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 77
| Ruby Red paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1987-1988
|-
| 81
| Bright Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 81U
| Bright Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 82B
| Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82D
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 139
| Light Slate Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 629
| Light Saddle seat-belt color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 822
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray suede leather / Pallex cloth or Ventura leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988; Ventura leather/Pallex listed for 1988
|-
| 829
| Medium Dark Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 6 plus two letters
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 7 plus two letters
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 8 plus two letters
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 9 plus two letters
|-
| 6HY
| Left front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 7HZ
| Right front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 8WY
| Left rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| 9WY
| Right rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| WA-NNNN
| Fisher Body WA paint number
| Paint
| Used for paint cross-reference; NNNN represents the numeric paint code
|}

== WA paint numbers ==

The WA number on the Service Parts Identification label is a Fisher Body paint reference number. It may appear as a WA-number code near the bottom of the label.

Paint suppliers may use the WA number to cross-reference the correct paint formula.

Two-digit paint codes, such as 14, 16, 40, 41, 53, 56, 71, 77, or 81, may also appear in paint references. A code such as '''81U/16L''' indicates an upper and lower paint combination, with '''U''' referring to upper paint and '''L''' referring to lower paint.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]

== Spring codes ==

Spring codes are commonly listed as 6xx, 7xx, 8xx, and 9xx codes.

In general:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code pattern
! Position
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring
|}

The exact spring code should be verified by model year, suspension package, and installed parts.

Related topics:

* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension]]
* [[1988 suspension]]

== Notes ==

This list is intended as a practical lookup aid, not a final authority for every GM or Fiero application.

When possible, verify codes against factory documentation, the original Service Parts Identification label, model-year literature, parts books, or other reliable references.

Some codes may appear more than once because their meaning changed by year, equipment, or application.

== External links ==

* [https://www.fierofocus.com/fierosails/OptionCodes.html Fiero Sails / Fiero Focus option code list]

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tire RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Production numbers]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

Fiero RPO code list

2026-07-22T12:52:51Z

Cliff: /* Code list */

Tire RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:38:25Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Tire RPO codes''' are RPO codes used to identify factory tire sizes, tire types, and related tire equipment on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == Tire RPO codes help identify the tires originally assigned to a Fiero when it was built. These codes may appear on the Service parts identification label along with engine, transmission, paint, trim, wheel, suspension..."

'''Tire RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory tire sizes, tire types, and related tire equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Tire RPO codes help identify the tires originally assigned to a Fiero when it was built.

These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, transmission, paint, trim, wheel, suspension, audio, and other factory build codes.

The tire RPO code identifies original factory tire equipment. It does not necessarily prove which tires are currently installed, because tires are wear items and are normally replaced many times during the life of the car.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]

== Tire codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| QAB
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1988 in some references
|-
| QDX
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987 in some references
|-
| QDY
| P195/70R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987 in some references
|-
| QFE
| P185/75R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1988 in some references
|-
| QFG
| P185/75R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987 in some references
|-
| QHS
| P185/80R13 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985 in some references
|-
| QHU
| P185/80R13 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985 in some references
|-
| QPU
| P215/60R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1987 in some references
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985 in some references
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tires, front and rear
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987 in some references; verify application
|-
| QRF
| P185/70R14 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZN
| P185/80R13 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZT
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Used for staggered 15-inch applications in some references
|-
| XEM
| Goodyear Eagle GT+4 P205/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tire, front
| Tires
| Verify complete tire-package relationship
|-
| YLM
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted front and rear tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| YLM
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|}

== Tire code versus wheel code ==

Tire codes and wheel codes are related, but they are not the same thing.

A tire code identifies the original tire size, style, or tire package.

A wheel code identifies the original wheel, wheel cover, trim ring, wheel lock kit, or wheel-related equipment.

For wheel codes, see:

* [[Wheel RPO codes]]

== Tire sizes ==

Fiero tire sizes varied by model year, trim level, wheel equipment, and suspension package.

Common tire-size references include:

{| class="wikitable"
! Tire size
! General use
! Notes
|-
| P185/80R13
| Early 13-inch applications
| Verify by model year and wheel code
|-
| P185/75R14
| 14-inch applications
| Verify by model year and wheel code
|-
| P195/70R14
| 14-inch applications
| Verify by model year and wheel code
|-
| P215/60R14
| 14-inch performance-style applications
| Verify by model year and wheel code
|-
| P205/60R15
| 15-inch front tire in staggered applications
| Verify by model year and wheel code
|-
| P215/60R15
| 15-inch rear tire in staggered applications, or front/rear in some references
| Verify by model year and wheel code
|}

Always verify the correct tire size for the specific car, wheel, suspension setup, and current configuration.

== Blackwall and white-letter tires ==

Some tire RPO codes distinguish between blackwall tires and white-letter tires.

A blackwall tire has plain black sidewalls.

A white-letter tire has raised or outlined white lettering on the sidewall.

The tire code can help determine which style was originally assigned to the car, but the current tires may have been replaced with a different style.

== Staggered tire applications ==

Some Fiero applications used different front and rear tire sizes.

For example, some 15-inch wheel and tire packages are listed with P205/60R15 front tires and P215/60R15 rear tires.

When documenting or ordering tires for a staggered setup, verify:

* Front tire size
* Rear tire size
* Wheel width
* Wheel offset
* Suspension year
* Brake clearance
* Current installed wheels

Do not assume the front and rear tires are the same size on every Fiero with 15-inch wheels.

Related topics:

* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]
* [[Suspension]]

== Tire code versus current tires ==

The tire RPO code identifies the tire equipment originally assigned to the car.

It does not prove that the current tires match the original size, brand, speed rating, sidewall style, or construction.

Tires are commonly changed because of:

* Normal wear
* Tire availability
* Wheel changes
* Appearance preferences
* Suspension changes
* Brake upgrades
* Aftermarket wheels
* Performance upgrades
* Incorrect previous replacement
* Kit-car or rebody conversions

When documenting a car, compare the Service Parts Identification label with the wheels and tires actually installed.

== Model-year differences ==

Tire availability changed during Fiero production.

Some tire codes are associated with specific model years, wheel packages, suspension packages, body styles, or trims.

When interpreting tire RPO codes, verify:

* Model year
* Tire RPO code
* Wheel RPO code
* Wheel size and width
* Suspension package
* Body style and trim level
* Front and rear tire sizes
* Current installed wheels
* Current installed suspension
* Previous repair or modification history

== Relationship to suspension ==

Tire size and suspension package can be related.

A handling-oriented package may appear together with specific tire and wheel codes. However, a tire code does not by itself identify the complete suspension package.

For suspension-related codes, see:

* [[Suspension RPO codes]]

== Modern replacement tires ==

Original Fiero tire sizes may not always be available in the same brand, model, construction, sidewall style, or speed rating as the factory tire.

When choosing modern replacement tires, consider:

* Correct size
* Load rating
* Speed rating
* Wheel width compatibility
* Front/rear size relationship
* Clearance at full steering lock
* Suspension modifications
* Brake upgrades
* Overall tire diameter
* Speedometer effect
* Intended use

For stock restorations, the original RPO code can help identify the factory tire style. For regular driving, modern tire quality and correct fitment may be more important than duplicating the original tire exactly.

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using tire RPO codes include:

* Assuming the current tires match the original RPO code
* Confusing tire codes with wheel codes
* Assuming every Fiero used the same tire size
* Assuming front and rear tires are always the same size
* Ignoring staggered 15-inch applications
* Ordering tires based only on model year
* Ignoring aftermarket wheels
* Ignoring suspension or brake modifications
* Confusing blackwall and white-letter tire codes
* Assuming an old tire code guarantees modern tire availability

== Service notes ==

When using tire RPO codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record the tire code exactly.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Check the wheel RPO code separately.
* Inspect the actual wheels and tires on the car.
* Verify front and rear tire sizes.
* Check tire clearance after wheel, suspension, or brake changes.
* Use physical inspection when ordering tires for modified cars.
* Do not assume the current tire size is original.

== Notes ==

Tire RPO codes are factory build references. They help identify the original tire equipment assigned to a Fiero, but they do not necessarily describe the tires currently installed.

Because tires are routinely replaced, physical inspection is essential when documenting or servicing a car.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]
* [[Suspension]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Wheels]]
[[Category:Suspension]]

RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:37:21Z

Cliff: /* Common RPO topics */

'''RPO codes''' is an overview of Regular Production Option codes used to identify factory options, equipment, colors, trims, and configurations on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, colors, trims, drivetrain components, and other build information.

== Overview ==

A Fiero's RPO codes can help identify how the car was originally equipped from the factory.

RPO codes may describe items such as paint color, interior trim, transmission, engine, wheels, suspension package, audio system, glass, comfort features, appearance equipment, and other factory-installed items.

The most useful source for the RPO codes assigned to a specific Fiero is the [[Service parts identification label]].

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Production numbers]]

== Service Parts Identification label ==

The Fiero RPO list is found on the [[Service parts identification label]].

This label identifies the equipment and build information assigned to a specific car. It may include regular production options, standard equipment codes, mandatory equipment codes, paint information, drivetrain information, trim information, and other factory build data.

The label is useful when ordering parts, documenting a restoration, verifying original equipment, or comparing the car's current configuration with how it was built.

Related topic:

* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Not every code is an optional extra ==

Although RPO stands for Regular Production Option, not every code on the Service Parts Identification label necessarily represents a buyer-selected option.

Some codes may identify standard equipment, mandatory equipment, package content, emissions equipment, paint or trim information, drivetrain components, or other factory build details.

When documenting a specific car, avoid assuming that every listed code was separately ordered by the original buyer.

== Common RPO topics ==

For looking up an unknown code, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

Topic-specific pages include:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tire RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Glass RPO codes]]

== Fiero option identification ==

RPO codes are useful when verifying factory equipment, comparing model-year differences, checking originality, ordering parts, documenting a restoration, or researching production combinations.

For example, RPO codes can help identify:

* Original engine equipment
* Original transmission equipment
* Exterior paint color
* Interior trim color
* Wheel equipment
* Audio equipment
* Glass and mirror equipment
* Air-conditioning or comfort equipment
* Suspension or handling packages
* Appearance packages

RPO codes identify factory build information. They do not necessarily prove what is currently installed on the car decades later.

Many Fieros have been modified, repaired, repainted, engine-swapped, transmission-swapped, or restored. When ordering parts or diagnosing a car, use the RPO label together with physical inspection.

Related topics:

* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Parts interchange]]
* [[Production numbers]]
* [[Fiero history]]

== Engine and transmission codes ==

Engine and transmission RPO codes can help identify how a Fiero was originally equipped.

For transmission identification, the RPO code should be used together with physical inspection of the installed transmission. Fieros are old enough that transmissions may have been replaced, rebuilt, or swapped.

Related topics:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Engine]]
* [[Transmission]]

== Paint and trim ==

Paint and trim codes are often used together when documenting a car's original appearance.

Paint-related RPO codes can help identify the original exterior color or paint combination. Trim-related codes can help identify the original interior color or trim configuration.

Because Fieros may have been repainted, repaired, or modified, paint and trim codes should be compared with physical evidence on the car.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Interior]]

== Audio options ==

Factory audio equipment can be identified through RPO codes.

For example, the factory upgraded audio system commonly known as [[Performance Sound]] is associated with an RPO code.

Related topics:

* [[Performance Sound]]
* [[Factory radio]]
* [[Audio upgrades]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]

== Build/service codes versus RPO codes ==

RPO codes should not be confused with separate build-code or service-code lists that may appear in enthusiast documents, assembly references, or parts references.

Some build or service codes may describe component parts, assembly details, service identifiers, model or color differentiations, or parts used as part of standard equipment or option packages. They should not automatically be treated as RPO codes.

Related topic:

* [[Build/service codes]]

== Using RPO codes carefully ==

When using RPO codes:

* Read the code carefully; similar characters can be confused.
* Verify the code against a Fiero-specific or GM-specific source.
* Check model-year applicability.
* Remember that code meanings can vary by GM division, year, or application.
* Do not assume the car still has every original component.
* Use physical inspection when ordering parts for modified or repaired cars.
* Keep a photo of the Service Parts Identification label for reference.

== Missing or unreadable RPO label ==

If the Service Parts Identification label is missing, damaged, faded, painted over, or unreadable, original equipment may need to be verified using other sources.

Possible alternatives include:

* Original window sticker
* Dealer invoice or sales paperwork
* Build sheet, if available
* Previous owner records
* Factory documentation
* Physical inspection
* Paint evidence in hidden areas
* Transmission and engine identification
* Body-number plate information, where applicable

A missing label does not prove the car has been modified, but it removes one of the easiest factory references.

== Notes ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully. Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, while others may have different meanings depending on year, division, or application.

When possible, RPO-code articles should include the code, description, model-year applicability, related parts, and source of the information.

The RPO label identifies how the car was originally built. It does not necessarily identify every part currently installed on the car.

== See also ==

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Production numbers]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

Fiero RPO code list

2026-07-22T12:35:52Z

Cliff: /* See also */

'''Fiero RPO code list''' is a searchable reference list of [[RPO codes]] and option codes associated with the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, options, colors, trims, drivetrain components, packages, and other build information.

For general information about RPO codes and the factory label that lists them, see:

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Overview ==

This page is intended as a lookup list for codes found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]].

Because an RPO label contains many different types of codes, a single master list is useful when the code itself does not reveal whether it refers to an engine, transmission, paint color, trim code, wheel, audio system, suspension package, or other factory item.

Use the browser search function to find a code quickly.

== Cautions ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully.

Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, and meanings can vary by year, division, model, or application. Some codes on a Service Parts Identification label may identify standard equipment, mandatory equipment, package content, paint information, trim information, or factory build details rather than a separately ordered buyer option.

Many Fieros have also been modified, repaired, repainted, engine-swapped, or transmission-swapped. The RPO label identifies how the car was originally built, not necessarily how it is configured today.

== Code list ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes / model-year applicability
|-
| AAA
| Additional standard equipment
| Equipment
| Verify exact meaning by model year
|-
| AD3
| Removable/hinged roof window, commonly referred to as sunroof
| Body / glass
| —
|-
| AF9
| Reclining bucket seats
| Interior
| Listed for 1984-1987 applications
|-
| AF9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed for 1988 application
|-
| AR9
| Manual reclining front bucket seats
| Interior
| —
|-
| AU3
| Power door locks
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| AV3
| Cargo tie-down fastener
| Body / cargo
| —
|-
| A01
| Soft Ray deep-tinted glass
| Glass
| —
|-
| A31
| Power windows
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| A90
| Electric remote decklid release
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| BC8
| Left and right front door pockets
| Interior
| Listed as available only with A31
|-
| BW1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BW8
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BX1
| Special front-end exterior ornamentation
| Exterior
| —
|-
| BY1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| B20
| Luxury interior equipment
| Interior
| Associated with certain trim codes
|-
| B34
| Carpeted front floor mats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B48
| Deluxe trunk trim
| Interior / luggage compartment
| —
|-
| B57
| Deluxe extra trim
| Interior
| —
|-
| B6V
| Delete power door locks from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B6W
| Delete power windows from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B97
| Lower accent molding
| Exterior
| —
|-
| CD4
| Pulse windshield wiper system
| Electrical / wipers
| —
|-
| CJB
| T-top roof
| Body / roof
| 1988 only
|-
| C41
| Heater with fan and defroster
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| C41
| Base heater, non-air-conditioned car
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1988
|-
| C49
| Electric rear-window defogger
| Electrical / glass
| —
|-
| C60
| Manual-control front air conditioning
| Air conditioning
| —
|-
| DB4
| Windshield sunshade with pockets
| Interior
| —
|-
| DC9
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| DG7
| Electric remote-control left and right mirrors
| Electrical / mirrors
| —
|-
| D4P
| 30-tooth blue VSS gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4T
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4Q
| 31-tooth speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D7V
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D9C
| 35-tooth vehicle speed sensor gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Part reference commonly listed as 25007335
|-
| D9D
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D34
| Visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D35
| Painted outside rearview mirror
| Exterior / mirrors
| —
|-
| D42
| Engine-compartment screen
| Body / engine compartment
| Listed for 1984
|-
| D60
| Color and trim incompatibility override
| Paint / trim
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| D74
| Illuminated right-hand visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D80
| Rear spoiler
| Exterior
| —
|-
| D96
| Upper body-side stripe
| Exterior
| —
|-
| E5Z
| Speedometer gears without adapter
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E9Y
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| E9Z
| Speedometer gears without keys
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E94
| Beauville / Rally STX equipment
| Package
| Verify Fiero applicability
|-
| FW5
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| FX8
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| F41
| Heavy-duty front and rear suspension
| Suspension
| Special suspension equipment
|-
| GX3
| 3.33 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| GY5
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| K05
| Engine block heater
| Engine / electrical
| —
|-
| K22
| 94-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K34
| Electric cruise control
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| K60
| 100-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K81
| 66-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K99
| 85-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder engine
| Engine
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6 engine
| Engine
| [[2.8L V6]]
|-
| MD9
| 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle
| Transmission
| [[TH125 automatic]]
|-
| MG2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie/Getrag, 3.61 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Getrag 5-speed]]
|-
| MG3
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MM4
| Four-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MM5
| Five-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MT2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Isuzu, 3.35 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
|-
| MV9
| Three-speed automatic transmission, THM200C
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MX1
| Three-speed automatic transmission
| Transmission
| General automatic-transmission provision/application code
|-
| MY7
| Four-speed manual transmission, Isuzu
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MY8
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.32 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M17
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.65 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M19
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 4.10 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| NA5
| Federal emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NB2
| California emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NK3
| Formula three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| NK4
| Leather-wrapped four-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| NN7
| Fuel-filler door lock delete
| Body / fuel
| —
|-
| NP5
| Leather-wrapped three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| NX1
| 13 x 5.5 wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N24
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Listed for 1984-1985; same wheel family as PX1
|-
| N33
| Tilt steering column
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N36
| Sport steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N41
| Power steering
| Steering
| Power steering was not used on production Fieros
|-
| N46
| Four-spoke vinyl steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N73
| Custom Sport wheel, variation 4
| Wheels
| Verify exact application
|-
| N78
| 14 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N90
| 15 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PB4
| Aluminum-wheel lock kit
| Wheels / security
| —
|-
| PHO
| Diamond-honeycomb wheels, 15 x 6 front and 15 x 7 rear
| Wheels
| Code may be read as PHO or PHO depending on source formatting
|-
| PON
| Pontiac Assembly Plant
| Assembly
| —
|-
| PXT
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PX1
| 13 x 5.5 turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Same wheel family as N24
|-
| P02
| 13-inch color-coordinated Tri-Tech wheel covers
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P02
|-
| P06
| Wheel trim rings
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P06
|-
| QAB
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1988
|-
| QDX
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QDY
| P195/70R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QFE
| P185/75R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| QFG
| P185/75R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| QHS
| P185/80R13 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QHU
| P185/80R13 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPU
| P215/60R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tires, front and rear
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987; verify application
|-
| QRF
| P185/70R14 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZN
| P185/80R13 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZT
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| —
|-
| TR9
| Courtesy lamp group
| Lighting
| Includes related courtesy-lamp codes
|-
| UA1
| Heavy-duty battery
| Electrical
| —
|-
| UL1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL5
| Radio delete
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL6
| AM radio with clock
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UM4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with seek/scan, auto-reverse, and clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UM6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, auto-reverse cassette, and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| UM7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| UQ6
| Subwoofer / Performance Sound speaker equipment
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| UT4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with auto-reverse, seek/scan, equalizer, clock, and touch controls
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| UU6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, equalizer, and seek/scan
| Audio
| —
|-
| UU7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UU9
| ETR AM/FM stereo
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UW5
| Provisions for stereo installation
| Audio
| —
|-
| UX1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette, clock, search/replay, seek/scan, and equalizer
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| U25
| Rear-compartment lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U29
| Instrument-panel courtesy lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U63
| AM monaural radio without clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| U66
| Four-speaker system
| Audio
| Dual front dash speakers and dual rear/quarter speakers
|-
| VC8
| Substitution or deletion authorized
| Administrative / build
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| VK3
| Front license-plate mounting package
| Exterior
| —
|-
| V08
| Heavy-duty cooling
| Cooling system
| Code uses zero: V08
|-
| V53
| Luggage-carrier delete
| Exterior / decklid
| Listed for 1984
|-
| V56
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V58
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V73
| Bumper component / vehicle identification option group
| Administrative / exterior
| Verify meaning by year
|-
| WS1
| Option pick group
| Package / administrative
| Associated with V73 in some references
|-
| WS3
| Option pick group
| Package
| Listed for 1986
|-
| WS6
| Special performance package
| Suspension / package
| —
|-
| WS8
| Priced order acknowledged
| Administrative
| —
|-
| WS9
| High-mileage coupe
| Package
| Listed for 1984
|-
| WU2
| Fiero GT equipment
| Model / package
| [[Fiero GT]]
|-
| WV1
| Canadian protective equipment
| Package / protection
| Often interpreted as undercoating or related protection
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1984-1986
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1987; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1988; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| W02
| Sport appearance package
| Exterior / package
| Listed for 1988; code uses zero: W02
|-
| W61
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W63
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W66
| Formula option
| Model / package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| W69
| SE option / Special Edition
| Model / package
| —
|-
| XEM
| Goodyear Eagle GT+4 P205/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tire, front
| Tires
| Verify complete tire-package relationship
|-
| YT1
| Built-up custom door and quarter
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| YT9
| Fisher-furnished parts
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| Y82
| Indy Pace Car limited edition
| Model / package
| 1984; includes multiple related equipment items
|-
| Y99
| Special Rally suspension package
| Suspension / package
| Listed for 1985-1986
|-
| YLM
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted front and rear tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| YLM
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| Z35
| Advance price sheet
| Administrative
| —
|-
| ZV1
| Manufacturer's statement of origin
| Administrative
| —
|-
| 1SA
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SB
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SC
| Option group 3
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 13B
| Light Slate Gray cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 13C
| Light Slate Gray two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth; listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 13D
| Light Slate Gray Indy 500 / Sierra leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Verify model-year application
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 14
| Light Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 14U
| Light Gray Metallic upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 16
| Silver Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| 18
| Medium Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 18L
| Medium Gray Metallic lower paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 19P
| Black wheel color
| Wheel color
| —
|-
| 21
| Bright Blue Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 40
| White paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1986 and 1988
|-
| 40U
| White upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 41
| Black paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41L
| Black lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41U
| Black upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 53
| Bright Yellow paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 56
| Light Gold Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| 60P
| Gold 15-inch diamond-spoke wheel color
| Wheel color
| Listed for 1988 GT
|-
| 62B
| Light Saddle Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62D
| Light Saddle Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle interior trim color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 622
| Light Saddle suede leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 64C
| Medium Doeskin two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth
|-
| 64D
| Medium Doeskin two-tone Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 643
| Medium Doeskin fleece/suede trim
| Interior trim
| Two-tone
|-
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 66B
| Medium Beechwood Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 66D
| Medium Beechwood Matrix cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 71
| Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71L
| Red lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71U
| Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 77
| Ruby Red paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1987-1988
|-
| 81
| Bright Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 81U
| Bright Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 82B
| Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82D
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 139
| Light Slate Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 629
| Light Saddle seat-belt color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 822
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray suede leather / Pallex cloth or Ventura leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988; Ventura leather/Pallex listed for 1988
|-
| 829
| Medium Dark Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 6 plus two letters
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 7 plus two letters
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 8 plus two letters
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 9 plus two letters
|-
| 6HY
| Left front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 7HZ
| Right front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 8WY
| Left rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| 9WY
| Right rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| WA-NNNN
| Fisher Body WA paint number
| Paint
| Used for paint cross-reference; NNNN represents the numeric paint code
|}

== WA paint numbers ==

The WA number on the Service Parts Identification label is a Fisher Body paint reference number. It may appear as a WA-number code near the bottom of the label.

Paint suppliers may use the WA number to cross-reference the correct paint formula.

Two-digit paint codes, such as 14, 16, 40, 41, 53, 56, 71, 77, or 81, may also appear in paint references. A code such as '''81U/16L''' indicates an upper and lower paint combination, with '''U''' referring to upper paint and '''L''' referring to lower paint.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]

== Spring codes ==

Spring codes are commonly listed as 6xx, 7xx, 8xx, and 9xx codes.

In general:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code pattern
! Position
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring
|}

The exact spring code should be verified by model year, suspension package, and installed parts.

Related topics:

* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension]]
* [[1988 suspension]]

== Notes ==

This list is intended as a practical lookup aid, not a final authority for every GM or Fiero application.

When possible, verify codes against factory documentation, the original Service Parts Identification label, model-year literature, parts books, or other reliable references.

Some codes may appear more than once because their meaning changed by year, equipment, or application.

== External links ==

* [https://www.fierofocus.com/fierosails/OptionCodes.html Fiero Sails / Fiero Focus option code list]

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tire RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Production numbers]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

Suspension RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:32:14Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Suspension RPO codes''' are RPO codes used to identify factory suspension packages, spring codes, and related suspension equipment on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == Suspension RPO codes help identify suspension-related equipment originally assigned to a Fiero. These codes may appear on the Service parts identification label along with engine, transmission,..."

'''Suspension RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory suspension packages, spring codes, and related suspension equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Suspension RPO codes help identify suspension-related equipment originally assigned to a Fiero.

These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, transmission, paint, trim, wheel, tire, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove which springs, shocks, struts, control arms, cradle, or suspension parts are currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, modified, lowered, upgraded, or parts-swapped.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Suspension]]
* [[1988 suspension]]

== Suspension package codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| F41
| Heavy-duty front and rear suspension
| Suspension
| Special suspension equipment
|-
| WS6
| Special performance package
| Suspension / package
| Commonly associated with performance suspension equipment
|-
| Y99
| Special Rally suspension package
| Suspension / package
| Listed for 1985-1986 in some references
|}

== F41 ==

'''F41''' identifies heavy-duty front and rear suspension equipment.

The exact parts and relationship to other suspension packages should be verified by model year and application.

Related topics:

* [[Suspension]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]

== WS6 ==

'''WS6''' identifies the special performance package.

In Fiero usage, WS6 is commonly discussed as a performance suspension-related package. Depending on year and model, it may be associated with handling-oriented equipment rather than a single suspension part.

Because package contents can vary by year and model, WS6 should be interpreted using the car's model year, trim level, wheel and tire equipment, and other RPO codes.

Related topics:

* [[Suspension]]
* [[1988 suspension]]
* [[Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Fiero Formula]]

== Y99 ==

'''Y99''' identifies a Special Rally suspension package in some Fiero references.

Its exact use should be verified by model year and application.

Related topics:

* [[Suspension]]
* [[Model years]]

== Spring codes ==

Spring codes are commonly listed as 6xx, 7xx, 8xx, and 9xx codes.

In general:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code pattern
! Position
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring
|}

The actual spring code uses a number followed by two letters.

Examples include:

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 6HY
| Left front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987 in some references
|-
| 7HZ
| Right front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987 in some references
|-
| 8WY
| Left rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987 in some references
|-
| 9WY
| Right rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987 in some references
|}

Spring codes are highly application-specific. They may vary by model year, engine, transmission, suspension package, air conditioning, body style, or other build factors.

When replacing springs, do not assume that a spring from another Fiero is identical just because it physically fits.

== 1988 suspension relationship ==

The [[1988 suspension]] is different from the 1984-1987 suspension.

This is important when interpreting suspension-related codes, spring codes, parts compatibility, and service information.

A suspension code may identify factory build information, but the actual installed suspension should still be inspected directly, especially on cars that may have had cradle swaps, suspension swaps, lowering springs, aftermarket shocks/struts, or accident repairs.

Related topic:

* [[1988 suspension]]

== Tire and wheel relationship ==

Suspension packages may be related to wheel and tire equipment.

For example, handling-oriented packages may appear together with specific wheel and tire codes. However, a wheel code, tire code, and suspension code are not the same thing.

Related topics:

* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tire RPO codes]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]

== Suspension code versus installed parts ==

The suspension RPO code identifies how the car was originally built.

It does not prove that the current suspension is original.

Many Fieros have had suspension changes such as:

* Replacement springs
* Lowering springs
* Aftermarket shocks or struts
* Polyurethane bushings
* Ball joint replacement
* Tie-rod replacement
* Control-arm replacement
* Cradle replacement
* 1988 cradle or suspension swaps
* Brake upgrades
* Wheel and tire changes
* Accident repair

When documenting a car or ordering suspension parts, compare the Service Parts Identification label with physical inspection of the actual installed parts.

== Model-year differences ==

Suspension hardware and tuning changed during Fiero production, with the largest factory change occurring for the 1988 model year.

When interpreting suspension RPO codes, verify:

* Model year
* Suspension package code
* Spring codes
* Engine
* Transmission
* Wheel and tire codes
* Body style and trim level
* Current installed parts
* Previous repair or modification history

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using suspension RPO codes include:

* Assuming the current suspension is original
* Ignoring 1988-specific suspension differences
* Confusing suspension package codes with spring codes
* Confusing wheel or tire codes with suspension codes
* Assuming every WS6 car has identical parts across all years
* Ordering suspension parts based only on RPO code
* Ignoring lowering springs or aftermarket parts
* Assuming a swapped cradle matches the car's original RPO label

== Service notes ==

When using suspension RPO codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record suspension and spring codes exactly.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Inspect the actual installed suspension.
* Check whether the car has been lowered or modified.
* Check for 1988-specific suspension parts where applicable.
* Verify spring codes carefully before replacing springs.
* Use physical inspection when ordering parts for modified or repaired cars.

== Notes ==

Suspension RPO codes are factory build references. They help identify how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they do not necessarily describe the suspension currently installed.

Because Fiero suspension parts are often replaced, upgraded, or swapped, physical inspection is important when ordering parts or documenting originality.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Suspension]]
* [[1988 suspension]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Tire RPO codes]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Suspension]]

Audio RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:30:57Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Audio RPO codes''' are RPO codes used to identify factory radio, speaker, stereo, and sound-system equipment on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == Audio RPO codes help identify the radio, speaker system, stereo provisions, or upgraded audio equipment originally assigned to a Fiero. These codes may appear on the Service parts identification label along with pain..."

'''Audio RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory radio, speaker, stereo, and sound-system equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Audio RPO codes help identify the radio, speaker system, stereo provisions, or upgraded audio equipment originally assigned to a Fiero.

These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with paint, trim, engine, transmission, wheel, tire, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove which radio, speakers, amplifier, or wiring are currently installed, because audio systems are commonly replaced or modified.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Factory radio]]
* [[Performance Sound]]

== Audio codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| UL1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL5
| Radio delete
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL6
| AM radio with clock
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UM4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with seek/scan, auto-reverse, and clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UM6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, auto-reverse cassette, and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| UM7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| UQ6
| Subwoofer / Performance Sound speaker equipment
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| UT4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with auto-reverse, seek/scan, equalizer, clock, and touch controls
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| UU6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, equalizer, and seek/scan
| Audio
| —
|-
| UU7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UU9
| ETR AM/FM stereo
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UW5
| Provisions for stereo installation
| Audio
| —
|-
| UX1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette, clock, search/replay, seek/scan, and equalizer
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| U63
| AM monaural radio without clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| U66
| Four-speaker system
| Audio
| Dual front dash speakers and dual rear/quarter speakers
|}

== Performance Sound ==

'''UQ6''' is commonly associated with the Fiero factory upgraded sound system usually called [[Performance Sound]].

Performance Sound added a factory subwoofer system and related audio equipment. Because many Fieros have had radios, speakers, wiring, or amplifiers changed, the presence of UQ6 on the Service Parts Identification label identifies the original factory equipment, not necessarily the car's current audio system.

Related topics:

* [[Performance Sound]]
* [[Factory radio]]
* [[Interior]]

== Radio delete ==

'''UL5''' identifies radio-delete equipment.

A radio-delete car may have been built without the usual factory radio installed. However, a radio-delete RPO code does not prove the car still has no radio, because owners often added radios later.

When documenting a car, compare the RPO label with the dashboard, wiring, antenna equipment, speaker locations, and any later installation work.

== Speaker equipment ==

'''U66''' identifies the four-speaker system.

Fiero speaker arrangements may include front dash speakers and rear speakers depending on year and interior configuration. Speaker size, location, wiring, and trim details should be verified before ordering parts or modifying the audio system.

Related topics:

* [[Interior]]
* [[Factory radio]]

== ETR radios ==

Several Fiero audio codes describe ETR radios.

'''ETR''' generally refers to electronically tuned radio equipment. Depending on the code and model year, the radio may include features such as:

* AM/FM stereo
* Cassette
* Clock
* Seek/scan
* Auto-reverse cassette
* Equalizer
* Touch controls

Because GM used many similar radio faces and feature combinations, identify the actual installed radio before ordering repair parts or replacement parts.

== Audio code versus installed equipment ==

The audio RPO code identifies how the car was originally built.

It does not prove that the current radio or speakers are original.

Many Fieros have had audio changes such as:

* Aftermarket radio installation
* Factory radio swap
* Speaker replacement
* Subwoofer removal
* Performance Sound wiring changes
* Amplifier changes
* Antenna replacement
* Cut or modified wiring harness
* Bluetooth or auxiliary-input modification
* Console or dashboard changes

When documenting a car or diagnosing audio problems, compare the Service Parts Identification label with the actual installed equipment.

== Model-year differences ==

Factory audio availability changed during Fiero production.

Some radio codes are listed for specific model years, while others may appear across multiple years. The radio faceplate, connectors, speaker wiring, and available options may vary by year and equipment.

When identifying factory audio equipment, verify:

* Model year
* Audio RPO code
* Radio faceplate and controls
* Cassette or non-cassette equipment
* Equalizer equipment
* Speaker arrangement
* Performance Sound equipment, if present
* Wiring harness condition
* Antenna equipment
* Previous-owner modifications

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using audio RPO codes include:

* Assuming the current radio is original
* Confusing radio code with speaker-system code
* Assuming all cassette radios are the same
* Assuming all equalizer radios are the same
* Assuming a car has Performance Sound because it has an aftermarket subwoofer
* Assuming UQ6 equipment is still complete
* Ignoring cut or modified radio wiring
* Ordering parts based only on model year
* Confusing similar-looking factory radios from other GM vehicles

== Service notes ==

When using audio RPO codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record the audio code exactly.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Inspect the actual installed radio.
* Inspect speaker locations and wiring.
* Check for Performance Sound equipment if UQ6 is present.
* Do not assume the current audio system matches the original RPO label.
* Be cautious with cars that have aftermarket audio wiring.
* Avoid cutting original harnesses when installing replacement radios.

== Notes ==

Audio RPO codes are factory build references. They help identify the original audio equipment assigned to a Fiero, but they do not necessarily describe the equipment currently installed.

Because audio systems are commonly modified, physical inspection is important when documenting originality or diagnosing audio problems.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory radio]]
* [[Performance Sound]]
* [[Audio upgrades]]
* [[Interior]]
* [[Electrical system]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Interior]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]

Wheel RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:28:40Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Wheel RPO codes''' are RPO codes used to identify factory wheel equipment, wheel trim, wheel locks, and related wheel-color information on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == Wheel RPO codes help identify the wheels, wheel covers, trim rings, wheel locks, or related wheel equipment originally assigned to a Fiero. These codes may appear on the Service parts identif..."

'''Wheel RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory wheel equipment, wheel trim, wheel locks, and related wheel-color information on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Wheel RPO codes help identify the wheels, wheel covers, trim rings, wheel locks, or related wheel equipment originally assigned to a Fiero.

These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with paint, trim, engine, transmission, tire, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove which wheels are currently installed, because wheels are often replaced, refinished, swapped, painted, or upgraded.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]

== Wheel codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| NX1
| 13 x 5.5 wheel
| Wheels
| Verify exact style and application by model year
|-
| N24
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Listed for 1984-1985; same wheel family as PX1
|-
| N73
| Custom Sport wheel, variation 4
| Wheels
| Verify exact application
|-
| N78
| 14 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N90
| 15 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PHO
| Diamond-honeycomb wheels, 15 x 6 front and 15 x 7 rear
| Wheels
| Code may be confused with similar-looking characters in some references
|-
| PXT
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PX1
| 13 x 5.5 turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Same wheel family as N24
|-
| P02
| 13-inch color-coordinated Tri-Tech wheel covers
| Wheel covers
| Code uses zero: P02
|-
| P06
| Wheel trim rings
| Wheel trim
| Code uses zero: P06
|}

== Wheel equipment codes ==

Some wheel-related codes identify accessories or equipment rather than the wheel itself.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| PB4
| Aluminum-wheel lock kit
| Wheels / security
| —
|}

== Wheel color codes ==

Some color-related codes refer to wheel color rather than body paint.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 19P
| Black wheel color
| Wheel color
| —
|-
| 60P
| Gold 15-inch diamond-spoke wheel color
| Wheel color
| Listed for 1988 GT
|}

Wheel color codes should not be confused with exterior body paint codes.

Related topic:

* [[Paint RPO codes]]

== Tire relationship ==

Wheel and tire codes are related, but they are not the same thing.

A wheel code identifies the factory wheel, wheel cover, trim ring, or wheel-related equipment. A tire code identifies the original tire size, type, or tire package assigned to the car.

For tire codes, see:

* [[Tire RPO codes]]

== Wheel code versus current wheels ==

The wheel RPO code identifies the wheels or wheel-related equipment originally assigned to the car.

It does not prove that the current wheels are original.

Many Fieros have had wheels changed because of:

* Tire availability
* Appearance upgrades
* Brake upgrades
* Suspension changes
* Damage
* Refinishing
* Wheel swaps from other Fieros
* Aftermarket wheels
* Kit-car or rebody conversions

When documenting a car or ordering wheel-related parts, compare the Service Parts Identification label with the wheels actually installed.

== Model-year differences ==

Wheel availability changed during Fiero production.

Some wheels were associated with specific years, trims, packages, or body styles. Some wheel codes may refer to similar styles but different sizes, finishes, or applications.

When identifying factory wheels, verify:

* Model year
* Trim level
* Wheel code
* Wheel size
* Wheel width
* Wheel offset, where needed
* Front and rear wheel differences, where applicable
* Wheel finish or color
* Tire code
* Brake and suspension configuration

== Staggered wheel applications ==

Some Fiero wheel and tire applications use different front and rear sizes.

For example, diamond/honeycomb-style 15-inch wheels may be listed as 15 x 6 front and 15 x 7 rear in some references.

When ordering wheels, tires, center caps, lug nuts, or wheel locks, verify whether the car uses the same wheel size at all four corners or a front/rear staggered setup.

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using wheel RPO codes include:

* Assuming the current wheels are original
* Confusing wheel codes with tire codes
* Confusing wheel color codes with body paint codes
* Confusing similar-looking codes such as P02 and PO2
* Assuming all 15-inch Fiero wheels are the same
* Ignoring front/rear wheel-size differences
* Ordering parts based only on model year
* Assuming an aftermarket or swapped wheel matches the RPO label

== Service notes ==

When using wheel RPO codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record the wheel code exactly.
* Watch for zero versus letter O in codes such as P02 and P06.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Inspect the actual wheels on the car.
* Check wheel size and width physically if parts compatibility matters.
* Verify tire size separately from wheel code.
* Be cautious with cars that have brake upgrades, suspension changes, or aftermarket wheels.

== Notes ==

Wheel RPO codes are factory build references. They help identify how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they do not necessarily describe the wheels currently installed.

Because Fiero wheels are easy to swap, physical inspection is important when ordering parts or documenting originality.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Tire RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Tires and wheels]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Wheels]]

Interior trim RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:27:22Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Interior trim RPO codes''' are RPO codes and trim-related codes used to identify factory interior colors, seat trim, seat-belt colors, and related interior equipment on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == Interior trim codes help identify the original interior color and trim combination assigned to a Fiero when it was built. Trim information may appear on the Serv..."

'''Interior trim RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] and trim-related codes used to identify factory interior colors, seat trim, seat-belt colors, and related interior equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Interior trim codes help identify the original interior color and trim combination assigned to a Fiero when it was built.

Trim information may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with paint, engine, transmission, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

Because many Fieros have had seats, carpets, panels, steering wheels, consoles, or trim pieces replaced, the trim code identifies the original factory interior information, not necessarily every part currently installed in the car.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior color codes]]

== Interior trim codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 13B
| Light Slate Gray cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 13C
| Light Slate Gray two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth; listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 13D
| Light Slate Gray Indy 500 / Sierra leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Verify exact model-year and package application
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 62B
| Light Saddle Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62D
| Light Saddle Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle interior trim color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 622
| Light Saddle suede leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 64C
| Medium Doeskin two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth
|-
| 64D
| Medium Doeskin two-tone Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 643
| Medium Doeskin fleece/suede trim
| Interior trim
| Two-tone
|-
| 66B
| Medium Beechwood Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 66D
| Medium Beechwood Matrix cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82B
| Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82D
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 822
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray suede leather / Pallex cloth or Ventura leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988; Ventura leather/Pallex listed for 1988
|}

== Seat-belt color codes ==

Some trim-related codes identify seat-belt colors or seat-belt modules.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 139
| Light Slate Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 629
| Light Saddle seat-belt color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 829
| Medium Dark Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|}

Seat-belt color codes should be interpreted together with the car's interior trim code and model-year information.

== Interior equipment codes ==

Some RPO codes identify interior equipment rather than color or seat trim.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| AF9
| Reclining bucket seats
| Interior
| Listed for 1984-1987 applications
|-
| AF9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed for 1988 application
|-
| AR9
| Manual reclining front bucket seats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B20
| Luxury interior equipment
| Interior
| Associated with certain trim codes
|-
| B34
| Carpeted front floor mats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B48
| Deluxe trunk trim
| Interior / luggage compartment
| —
|-
| B57
| Deluxe extra trim
| Interior
| —
|-
| BC8
| Left and right front door pockets
| Interior
| Listed as available only with A31
|-
| DB4
| Windshield sunshade with pockets
| Interior
| —
|-
| D34
| Visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D74
| Illuminated right-hand visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|}

These codes may appear alongside trim color codes on the Service Parts Identification label.

== Steering wheel and column codes ==

Steering wheel and steering-column options are interior-related, but they are often discussed separately from seat and trim color codes.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| NK3
| Formula three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| NK4
| Leather-wrapped four-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| NP5
| Leather-wrapped three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N33
| Tilt steering column
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N36
| Sport steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N46
| Four-spoke vinyl steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|}

Related topics:

* [[Steering]]
* [[Interior]]

== Trim code versus current interior ==

The trim code identifies how the car was originally built.

It does not prove that the current seats, door panels, carpet, console, dashboard, steering wheel, or seat belts are original to the car.

Many Fieros have had interior parts replaced because of wear, sun damage, water leaks, parts availability, customization, or color changes.

When documenting a car, compare the Service Parts Identification label with physical evidence from the actual interior.

== Model-year differences ==

Interior colors, fabric names, seat patterns, steering wheels, and trim availability changed during Fiero production.

A code may not have the same exact meaning or usage in every model year. Some descriptions also refer to fabric style, trim level, or material type rather than only color.

When ordering parts or documenting a restoration, verify:

* Model year
* Trim code
* Interior color
* Seat material
* Seat pattern
* Seat-belt color
* Steering wheel type
* Door-panel style
* Console and dashboard color

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using interior trim codes include:

* Assuming the current interior is original
* Confusing interior color codes with seat-trim material codes
* Confusing seat-belt color codes with seat trim codes
* Assuming the same code has identical meaning across all years
* Ignoring replaced seats, carpets, or door panels
* Ordering parts based only on the visible color
* Assuming sun-faded trim still represents the original shade accurately

== Service notes ==

When using interior trim codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record the full trim code exactly.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Compare the code with the actual interior.
* Check for replaced or repainted interior parts.
* Use hidden or protected areas to judge original color when possible.
* Be cautious with cars that have been customized or restored.
* Verify seat-belt color separately when needed.

== Notes ==

Interior trim-code information should be verified carefully.

The Service Parts Identification label identifies original factory trim information, but the actual car should always be inspected before ordering parts or documenting originality.

Some trim codes identify material, color, or seat style, while others identify related interior equipment.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Interior]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Body and interior]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Interior]]
[[Category:Body and interior]]

Paint RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:26:10Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Paint RPO codes''' are RPO codes and paint-related codes used to identify factory exterior paint information on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == Paint codes help identify the original exterior color or paint combination assigned to a Fiero when it was built. Paint information may appear on the Service parts identification label as two-digit paint codes, upper..."

'''Paint RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] and paint-related codes used to identify factory exterior paint information on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

Paint codes help identify the original exterior color or paint combination assigned to a Fiero when it was built.

Paint information may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] as two-digit paint codes, upper/lower paint codes, or Fisher Body WA paint numbers.

Because many Fieros have been repainted, repaired, refinished, or modified, the paint code identifies the original factory paint information, not necessarily the car's current color.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Body panels]]

== Paint code formats ==

Fiero paint information may appear in several forms.

Common formats include:

{| class="wikitable"
! Format
! Meaning
! Example
|-
| Two-digit paint code
| Main exterior color code
| 40, 41, 81
|-
| U suffix
| Upper body color
| 81U
|-
| L suffix
| Lower accent color
| 16L
|-
| WA number
| Fisher Body paint reference number
| WA8555
|}

A code such as '''81U/16L''' indicates an upper and lower paint combination.

The '''U''' refers to upper paint.

The '''L''' refers to lower paint.

The '''WA''' number is a Fisher Body paint reference number often used by paint suppliers to cross-reference formulas.

== Common Fiero paint codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Color
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 14
| Light Gray Metallic
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 14U
| Light Gray Metallic upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 16
| Silver Metallic
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| 18
| Medium Gray Metallic
| Paint
| —
|-
| 18L
| Medium Gray Metallic lower paint
| Paint
| Lower paint reference
|-
| 21
| Bright Blue Metallic
| Paint
| Used on 1987 Fieros
|-
| 40
| White
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1986 and 1988
|-
| 40U
| White upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 41
| Black
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41L
| Black lower accent paint
| Paint
| Lower accent reference
|-
| 41U
| Black upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 53
| Bright Yellow
| Paint
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 56
| Light Gold Metallic
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| 71
| Red
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71L
| Red lower accent paint
| Paint
| Lower accent reference
|-
| 71U
| Red upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| 77
| Ruby Red
| Paint
| Listed for 1987-1988
|-
| 81
| Bright Red
| Paint
| —
|-
| 81U
| Bright Red upper paint
| Paint
| Upper paint reference
|-
| WA-NNNN
| Fisher Body WA paint number
| Paint reference
| NNNN represents the numeric WA paint formula reference
|}

== Wheel color codes ==

Some color-related codes refer to wheel color rather than body paint.

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes
|-
| 19P
| Black wheel color
| Wheel color
| —
|-
| 60P
| Gold 15-inch diamond-spoke wheel color
| Wheel color
| Listed for 1988 GT
|}

Wheel color codes should not be confused with exterior body paint codes.

Related topic:

* [[Wheel RPO codes]]

== Upper and lower paint ==

Some Fieros used two-tone or accent-color paint combinations.

In these cases, the Service Parts Identification label may show separate upper and lower paint references.

Examples include:

{| class="wikitable"
! Suffix
! Meaning
|-
| U
| Upper body paint
|-
| L
| Lower body or accent paint
|}

For example, a code ending in '''U''' refers to the upper paint color, while a code ending in '''L''' refers to the lower or accent color.

The exact appearance of the lower color or accent area depends on model year, trim, and body style.

Related topics:

* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Body panels]]
* [[Fiero GT]]

== WA paint numbers ==

WA paint numbers are Fisher Body paint reference numbers.

These numbers are useful because paint suppliers may use WA numbers to identify or cross-reference the correct paint formula.

A Service Parts Identification label may include a WA number in addition to the shorter paint code.

When matching paint, the WA number is often more useful than the common color name alone, because similar names may have been used on different GM colors.

== Paint names and modern matching ==

Paint names can be useful, but they should not be used as the only source when ordering paint.

When matching Fiero paint, use:

* Service Parts Identification label
* Two-digit paint code
* WA paint number
* Model year
* Existing paint condition
* Hidden original paint areas, if available
* Professional paint supplier cross-reference

Original paint may have faded, oxidized, been repaired, or been blended over time. A paint formula based on the original code may not perfectly match aged paint on the car.

== Repainted and repaired cars ==

Many Fieros have been repainted, repaired, or modified.

A Fiero's current color may differ from its original paint code because of:

* Complete repaint
* Partial repaint
* Accident repair
* Replacement body panels
* Faded original paint
* Clearcoat failure
* Custom paint
* Panel swapping
* GT, SE, or aero-body conversions

Because Fiero body panels are removable and interchangeable in many cases, individual panels may not all match the original paint code.

Related topics:

* [[Body panels]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

== Bright Blue Metallic ==

'''Bright Blue Metallic''' is commonly associated with paint code '''21'''.

This color is especially noted because it was used on 1987 Fieros and is often discussed by owners due to its limited production compared with more common Fiero colors.

Related topics:

* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 model year changes]]

== Paint code versus current appearance ==

The paint code identifies factory paint information.

It does not prove the car still wears its original paint.

When documenting a car, compare the Service Parts Identification label with physical evidence such as:

* Hidden jamb areas
* Underside of panels
* Front compartment areas
* Door edges
* Original overspray patterns
* Repaint masking lines
* Color differences between panels

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using Fiero paint codes include:

* Assuming the current paint color is original
* Using only the color name instead of the code or WA number
* Confusing upper and lower paint codes
* Confusing wheel color codes with body paint codes
* Ignoring repaint or accident-repair evidence
* Assuming a replacement body panel matches the car's original paint
* Assuming a code applies to every model year without verification

== Service notes ==

When using paint codes:

* Photograph the Service Parts Identification label before it fades further.
* Record both the short paint code and the WA number if present.
* Verify model-year applicability.
* Check whether the car has been repainted.
* Check hidden areas for original paint.
* Use paint-supplier cross-reference information when ordering paint.
* Expect aged original paint to differ from new paint mixed to the original formula.
* Be cautious with cars that have replacement panels.

== Notes ==

Paint-code information should be verified carefully.

Color names, WA numbers, two-digit paint codes, and upper/lower paint references may all be needed to identify the correct color.

The Service Parts Identification label identifies factory paint information, but the actual car should always be inspected before ordering paint or documenting originality.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Body panels]]
* [[Parts interchange]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 model year changes]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Paint codes]]
[[Category:Body and interior]]

Transmission RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:24:58Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Transmission RPO codes''' are RPO codes used to identify factory transmission equipment on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == The Pontiac Fiero was available with several factory manual and automatic transaxles. Transmission RPO codes help identify which transmission a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the Service parts..."

'''Transmission RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory transmission equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero was available with several factory manual and automatic transaxles.

Transmission RPO codes help identify which transmission a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with engine, paint, trim, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove what transmission is currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, transmission-swapped, engine-swapped, or modified.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Factory transmission RPO codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Type
! Common Fiero usage
! Notes
|-
| MD9
| [[TH125 automatic|125C / TH125C automatic transaxle]]
| 3-speed automatic
| Automatic-equipped Fieros
| Factory automatic transaxle used throughout Fiero production
|-
| MY8
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| Economy-oriented 1984 four-cylinder application
| 3.32 final-drive ratio
|-
| M19
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| 1984 four-cylinder performance application
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
|-
| M17
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual
| V6 four-speed application
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
|-
| MT2
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| Four-cylinder five-speed application
| 3.35 final-drive ratio
|-
| MG2
| [[Getrag 5-speed|Muncie/Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual
| V6 five-speed application
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
|}

== MD9 ==

'''MD9''' identifies the 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle used in automatic-equipped Fieros.

The TH125 automatic was available with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] engines.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== MY8 ==

'''MY8''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 3.32 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the economy-oriented 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M19 ==

'''M19''' identifies a Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used in 1984 four-cylinder Fieros.

It is commonly associated with the 4.10 final-drive ratio and is often discussed as the shorter-geared 1984 four-speed.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== M17 ==

'''M17''' identifies the Muncie four-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros before the later V6 five-speed became available.

It is commonly associated with the 3.65 final-drive ratio.

Related topics:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== MT2 ==

'''MT2''' identifies the Isuzu five-speed manual transaxle used with four-cylinder Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Isuzu 5-speed]].

Related topics:

* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== MG2 ==

'''MG2''' identifies the five-speed manual transaxle used with V6 Fieros.

In Fiero owner usage, this transmission is commonly called the [[Getrag 5-speed]]. Factory service information may identify the same transmission as the Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle.

Related topics:

* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Final-drive relationship ==

Some Fiero transmission RPO codes are closely associated with final-drive ratios.

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Transmission
! Commonly listed final drive
|-
| MY8
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.32
|-
| M19
| Muncie 4-speed
| 4.10
|-
| M17
| Muncie 4-speed
| 3.65
|-
| MT2
| Isuzu 5-speed
| 3.35
|-
| MG2
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed
| 3.61
|}

For the automatic transmission, final-drive ratio can vary by year and transmission code. See:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]

== RPO code versus installed transmission ==

The transmission RPO code identifies the transmission originally assigned to the car when it was built.

It does not prove that the same transmission is still installed.

Many Fieros have had transmission replacements, clutch repairs, engine swaps, manual-to-automatic conversions, automatic-to-manual conversions, or drivetrain swaps.

When ordering parts or diagnosing a transmission, use the RPO code together with physical inspection of the actual installed transmission.

== Transmission identification ==

Transmission identification should include:

* [[Service parts identification label]] RPO code
* Transmission case features
* Shift-cable arrangement
* Clutch or automatic-shifter hardware
* Dipstick or fill/check arrangement
* Axle and mount arrangement
* Transmission tag, stamping, or code, where present
* Model year and engine combination
* Previous repair or swap history

Because Fiero transmissions are interchangeable in some situations, physical identification is important.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission identification]]

== Relationship to engine RPO codes ==

Transmission RPO codes are often interpreted together with engine RPO codes.

The main Fiero engine RPO codes are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code
! Engine
! Common name
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6
| [[2.8L V6]]
|}

A car's original engine and transmission combination can be checked using the Service Parts Identification label, but the current installed drivetrain should still be inspected directly.

Related topic:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when using transmission RPO codes include:

* Assuming the RPO label proves the current transmission is original
* Confusing [[Isuzu 5-speed]] and [[Getrag 5-speed]] units
* Assuming all five-speed Fieros used the same transmission
* Assuming every V6 car has a Getrag 5-speed
* Assuming every four-cylinder five-speed is suitable for a V6 application
* Confusing transmission RPO codes with gear-ratio codes or transmission case codes
* Ordering parts based only on model year instead of identifying the installed transmission

== Service notes ==

When using transmission RPO codes:

* Check the [[Service parts identification label]] first.
* Verify the installed transmission physically before ordering parts.
* Check year, engine, transmission type, and RPO code together.
* Use [[Transmission identification]] when the car has unknown history.
* Use [[Transmission gear ratios]] when exact gearing matters.
* Be cautious with swapped or rebuilt cars.
* Do not assume the current transmission matches the original RPO label.

== Notes ==

Transmission RPO codes are factory build references. They are useful for identifying how a Fiero was originally equipped, but they are not a complete history of the car.

For modified, repaired, or swapped cars, direct inspection of the installed transmission is more important than the original RPO code alone.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Engine swaps]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Transmission]]

Engine RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:23:53Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Engine RPO codes''' are RPO codes used to identify factory engine equipment on the Pontiac Fiero. For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see: * Fiero RPO code list == Overview == The Pontiac Fiero was built with two factory engine families: * 2.5L four-cylinder * 2.8L V6 Engine RPO codes help identify which engine a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the Service part..."

'''Engine RPO codes''' are [[RPO codes]] used to identify factory engine equipment on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

For a complete searchable list of Fiero RPO and option codes, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero was built with two factory engine families:

* [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]]
* [[2.8L V6]]

Engine RPO codes help identify which engine a car was originally equipped with from the factory. These codes may appear on the [[Service parts identification label]] along with transmission, paint, trim, wheel, audio, and other factory build codes.

The RPO code identifies original factory equipment. It does not necessarily prove what engine is currently installed, because many Fieros have been repaired, modified, or engine-swapped.

== Engine codes ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Engine
! Common Fiero name
! Notes
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder
| [[Iron Duke]]
| Factory four-cylinder Fiero engine
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6
| [[2.8L V6]]
| Factory V6 Fiero engine
|}

== LR8 ==

'''LR8''' identifies the 2.5L four-cylinder engine used in the Fiero.

In Fiero owner usage, this engine is commonly called the [[Iron Duke]]. It may also be referred to as the 2.5L four-cylinder, 2.5L L4, Tech 4, or Duke engine.

Related topics:

* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[2.5L four-cylinder]]
* [[Tech 4]]

== L44 ==

'''L44''' identifies the 2.8L V6 engine used in the Fiero.

The L44 was the factory V6 engine used in V6-equipped Fieros, including GT, SE, and Formula applications depending on model year and trim.

Related topics:

* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Fiero Formula]]

== Relationship to VIN engine codes ==

Engine RPO codes should not be confused with VIN engine codes.

The RPO code appears on the [[Service parts identification label]] and identifies factory equipment assigned to the car.

The VIN engine code is part of the vehicle identification number and also identifies the engine originally assigned to the vehicle.

For Fiero engine identification, both the RPO label and VIN can be useful, but the actual installed engine should still be inspected on modified or repaired cars.

Related topic:

* [[VIN]]

== Relationship to transmission codes ==

Engine and transmission codes are often used together when identifying how a Fiero was originally built.

For example, the original engine RPO can be compared with transmission RPO codes such as:

* [[TH125 automatic|MD9]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed|MY8]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed|M17]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed|M19]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed|MT2]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed|MG2]]

A car's current engine and transmission may not match the original RPO label if it has been swapped or repaired.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Engine swaps]]

== Using engine RPO codes ==

Engine RPO codes can be useful for:

* Verifying original engine equipment
* Ordering parts
* Documenting a restoration
* Comparing the car's current engine with its original configuration
* Researching model-year differences
* Checking whether a car was originally four-cylinder or V6-equipped

== Modified and swapped cars ==

Many Fieros have had engine swaps, replacement engines, rebuilt engines, or drivetrain changes.

The engine RPO code identifies how the car was originally built. It does not prove that the original engine is still installed.

When ordering parts or documenting a modified car, use the RPO code together with physical inspection of the engine, VIN information, casting numbers, emissions label information, and other identifying details.

== Notes ==

Engine-code information should be verified carefully, especially on cars that have been modified, repaired, repainted, or restored.

The [[Service parts identification label]] is a factory build reference, not a complete history of the car.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Technical specifications]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Engine]]

Build/service codes

2026-07-22T12:22:50Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Build/service codes''' are codes found in some Pontiac Fiero enthusiast references, service references, assembly references, or parts-related documents. They should not automatically be treated as RPO codes. == Overview == Build/service codes are different from regular production option codes. While RPO codes identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, paint information, trim information, drivetrain equipment, and other build information on..."

'''Build/service codes''' are codes found in some [[Pontiac Fiero]] enthusiast references, service references, assembly references, or parts-related documents.

They should not automatically be treated as [[RPO codes]].

== Overview ==

Build/service codes are different from regular production option codes.

While [[RPO codes]] identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, paint information, trim information, drivetrain equipment, and other build information on the [[Service parts identification label]], build/service codes may be used for other assembly, service, parts, or identification purposes.

Some build/service codes may describe:

* Component parts
* Assembly details
* Service identifiers
* Model differentiations
* Color differentiations
* Parts used as part of standard equipment
* Parts used within option packages
* Internal build or service references

Because of this, a build/service code should not automatically be interpreted as a factory option.

== Difference from RPO codes ==

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''.

RPO codes are normally found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]] and identify equipment or build information assigned to a specific car.

Build/service codes may appear in other lists or references and may describe parts, assemblies, internal service identifiers, or details that were not separately ordered by the buyer.

In simple terms:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code type
! Typical use
! Should it be treated as a buyer option?
|-
| [[RPO codes]]
| Factory equipment, options, paint, trim, drivetrain, and build information
| Sometimes, but not always
|-
| Build/service codes
| Assembly, service, component, model, color, or parts-identification information
| No, not automatically
|}

== Why the distinction matters ==

Confusing build/service codes with RPO codes can lead to incorrect conclusions about how a Fiero was originally equipped.

For example, a code may appear to describe a component or option-like feature, but it may actually identify a part used during assembly, a service part distinction, a color-related variation, or a standard-equipment detail.

When documenting a Fiero, the [[Service parts identification label]] should be used as the primary source for the car's assigned RPO codes.

Build/service codes can still be useful, but they should be interpreted cautiously.

== Relationship to the Service Parts Identification label ==

The [[Service parts identification label]] is the normal factory label used to identify the equipment and build information assigned to a specific Fiero.

It may include regular production options, standard equipment codes, mandatory equipment codes, paint information, drivetrain information, trim information, and other factory build data.

Build/service code lists should not be assumed to match the exact RPO label on a specific car unless the code is actually present on that car's label or confirmed by factory documentation.

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

== Uses ==

Build/service codes may be useful for:

* Understanding parts references
* Comparing assembly or service information
* Identifying component variations
* Researching model-year differences
* Understanding color or trim distinctions
* Interpreting old enthusiast documents
* Cross-checking parts or service notes

They are best used as supporting information, not as the only proof of a car's original equipment.

== Interpreting build/service codes ==

When using build/service codes:

* Do not assume the code is an RPO code.
* Do not assume the code represents a buyer-selected option.
* Check whether the code appears on the car's [[Service parts identification label]].
* Check model-year applicability.
* Compare the code with physical evidence on the car.
* Verify important conclusions against factory documentation where possible.
* Be cautious with old enthusiast lists that may contain errors, abbreviations, or unclear descriptions.

== Examples of possible code areas ==

Build/service code references may include codes related to:

* Body panels
* Paint or color variations
* Trim variations
* Engine-related components
* Transmission-related components
* Suspension parts
* Electrical components
* Model or package distinctions
* Service replacement parts

The exact meaning of a build/service code depends on its source and context.

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes include:

* Treating every code in a build/service list as an RPO code
* Assuming every code represents an optional extra
* Copying a build/service code into an RPO list without verification
* Ignoring model-year differences
* Assuming a code applies to all Fieros
* Using an enthusiast list as the only source for parts identification
* Confusing factory-installed equipment with service-replacement parts

== Documentation notes ==

When adding build/service code information to Fieropedia, include enough context to show what the code is being used for.

Useful details include:

* Code
* Description
* Source type
* Model-year applicability, if known
* Related part or system
* Whether the code is known to appear on a Service Parts Identification label
* Notes about uncertainty or verification

If a code is not confirmed as an RPO code, do not add it to the [[Fiero RPO code list]] as if it were one.

== Notes ==

Build/service codes can be useful, but they are not the same thing as RPO codes.

The safest approach is to treat them as supporting reference information unless they are confirmed on a specific car's [[Service parts identification label]] or verified by factory documentation.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Fiero RPO code list]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Part numbers]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]
[[Category:Part numbers]]

Fiero RPO code list

2026-07-22T12:20:15Z

Cliff: Created page with "'''Fiero RPO code list''' is a searchable reference list of RPO codes and option codes associated with the Pontiac Fiero. RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, options, colors, trims, drivetrain components, packages, and other build information. For general information about RPO codes and the factory label that lists them, see: * RPO codes * Service parts identification labe..."

'''Fiero RPO code list''' is a searchable reference list of [[RPO codes]] and option codes associated with the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, options, colors, trims, drivetrain components, packages, and other build information.

For general information about RPO codes and the factory label that lists them, see:

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Overview ==

This page is intended as a lookup list for codes found on the Fiero [[Service parts identification label]].

Because an RPO label contains many different types of codes, a single master list is useful when the code itself does not reveal whether it refers to an engine, transmission, paint color, trim code, wheel, audio system, suspension package, or other factory item.

Use the browser search function to find a code quickly.

== Cautions ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully.

Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, and meanings can vary by year, division, model, or application. Some codes on a Service Parts Identification label may identify standard equipment, mandatory equipment, package content, paint information, trim information, or factory build details rather than a separately ordered buyer option.

Many Fieros have also been modified, repaired, repainted, engine-swapped, or transmission-swapped. The RPO label identifies how the car was originally built, not necessarily how it is configured today.

== Code list ==

{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Code
! Description
! Category
! Notes / model-year applicability
|-
| AAA
| Additional standard equipment
| Equipment
| Verify exact meaning by model year
|-
| AD3
| Removable/hinged roof window, commonly referred to as sunroof
| Body / glass
| —
|-
| AF9
| Reclining bucket seats
| Interior
| Listed for 1984-1987 applications
|-
| AF9
| Adjustable lumbar seat equipment
| Interior
| Listed for 1988 application
|-
| AR9
| Manual reclining front bucket seats
| Interior
| —
|-
| AU3
| Power door locks
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| AV3
| Cargo tie-down fastener
| Body / cargo
| —
|-
| A01
| Soft Ray deep-tinted glass
| Glass
| —
|-
| A31
| Power windows
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| A90
| Electric remote decklid release
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| BC8
| Left and right front door pockets
| Interior
| Listed as available only with A31
|-
| BW1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BW8
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| BX1
| Special front-end exterior ornamentation
| Exterior
| —
|-
| BY1
| Extra rear ornamentation
| Exterior
| Verify wording and application
|-
| B20
| Luxury interior equipment
| Interior
| Associated with certain trim codes
|-
| B34
| Carpeted front floor mats
| Interior
| —
|-
| B48
| Deluxe trunk trim
| Interior / luggage compartment
| —
|-
| B57
| Deluxe extra trim
| Interior
| —
|-
| B6V
| Delete power door locks from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B6W
| Delete power windows from package order
| Delete / package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| B97
| Lower accent molding
| Exterior
| —
|-
| CD4
| Pulse windshield wiper system
| Electrical / wipers
| —
|-
| CJB
| T-top roof
| Body / roof
| 1988 only
|-
| C41
| Heater with fan and defroster
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| C41
| Base heater, non-air-conditioned car
| Heating / ventilation
| Listed for 1988
|-
| C49
| Electric rear-window defogger
| Electrical / glass
| —
|-
| C60
| Manual-control front air conditioning
| Air conditioning
| —
|-
| DB4
| Windshield sunshade with pockets
| Interior
| —
|-
| DC9
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| DG7
| Electric remote-control left and right mirrors
| Electrical / mirrors
| —
|-
| D4P
| 30-tooth blue VSS gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4T
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D4Q
| 31-tooth speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D7V
| Speedometer driven gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D9C
| 35-tooth vehicle speed sensor gear
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Part reference commonly listed as 25007335
|-
| D9D
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| D34
| Visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D35
| Painted outside rearview mirror
| Exterior / mirrors
| —
|-
| D42
| Engine-compartment screen
| Body / engine compartment
| Listed for 1984
|-
| D60
| Color and trim incompatibility override
| Paint / trim
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| D74
| Illuminated right-hand visor vanity mirror
| Interior
| —
|-
| D80
| Rear spoiler
| Exterior
| —
|-
| D96
| Upper body-side stripe
| Exterior
| —
|-
| E5Z
| Speedometer gears without adapter
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E9Y
| Vehicle speed sensor
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| —
|-
| E9Z
| Speedometer gears without keys
| Speedometer / drivetrain
| Verify exact application
|-
| E94
| Beauville / Rally STX equipment
| Package
| Verify Fiero applicability
|-
| FW5
| 4.10 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| FX8
| 3.61 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| F41
| Heavy-duty front and rear suspension
| Suspension
| Special suspension equipment
|-
| GX3
| 3.33 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| GY5
| 3.65 final-drive ratio
| Transmission / final drive
| —
|-
| K05
| Engine block heater
| Engine / electrical
| —
|-
| K22
| 94-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K34
| Electric cruise control
| Electrical / convenience
| —
|-
| K60
| 100-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K81
| 66-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| K99
| 85-amp generator/alternator
| Electrical / charging
| —
|-
| LR8
| 2.5L four-cylinder engine
| Engine
| [[Iron Duke]]
|-
| L44
| 2.8L V6 engine
| Engine
| [[2.8L V6]]
|-
| MD9
| 125C / TH125C three-speed automatic transaxle
| Transmission
| [[TH125 automatic]]
|-
| MG2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie/Getrag, 3.61 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Getrag 5-speed]]
|-
| MG3
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Muncie
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MM4
| Four-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MM5
| Five-speed manual transmission provisions
| Transmission
| —
|-
| MT2
| Five-speed manual transaxle, Isuzu, 3.35 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
|-
| MV9
| Three-speed automatic transmission, THM200C
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MX1
| Three-speed automatic transmission
| Transmission
| General automatic-transmission provision/application code
|-
| MY7
| Four-speed manual transmission, Isuzu
| Transmission
| Verify Fiero application
|-
| MY8
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.32 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M17
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 3.65 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| M19
| Four-speed manual transaxle, Muncie, 4.10 ratio
| Transmission
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
|-
| NA5
| Federal emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NB2
| California emissions equipment
| Emissions
| —
|-
| NK3
| Formula three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| NK4
| Leather-wrapped four-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| NN7
| Fuel-filler door lock delete
| Body / fuel
| —
|-
| NP5
| Leather-wrapped three-spoke steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| NX1
| 13 x 5.5 wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N24
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Listed for 1984-1985; same wheel family as PX1
|-
| N33
| Tilt steering column
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N36
| Sport steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N41
| Power steering
| Steering
| Power steering was not used on production Fieros
|-
| N46
| Four-spoke vinyl steering wheel
| Interior / steering
| —
|-
| N73
| Custom Sport wheel, variation 4
| Wheels
| Verify exact application
|-
| N78
| 14 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| N90
| 15 x 7 cast-aluminum wheel
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PB4
| Aluminum-wheel lock kit
| Wheels / security
| —
|-
| PHO
| Diamond-honeycomb wheels, 15 x 6 front and 15 x 7 rear
| Wheels
| Code may be read as PHO or PHO depending on source formatting
|-
| PON
| Pontiac Assembly Plant
| Assembly
| —
|-
| PXT
| 13-inch turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| —
|-
| PX1
| 13 x 5.5 turbo-finned aluminum wheels
| Wheels
| Same wheel family as N24
|-
| P02
| 13-inch color-coordinated Tri-Tech wheel covers
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P02
|-
| P06
| Wheel trim rings
| Wheels
| Code uses zero: P06
|-
| QAB
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1988
|-
| QDX
| P195/70R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QDY
| P195/70R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| QFE
| P185/75R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| QFG
| P185/75R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| QHS
| P185/80R13 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QHU
| P185/80R13 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPU
| P215/60R14 blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R14 white-letter steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| QPV
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tires, front and rear
| Tires
| Listed for 1986-1987; verify application
|-
| QRF
| P185/70R14 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZN
| P185/80R13 blackwall tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| QZT
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| —
|-
| TR9
| Courtesy lamp group
| Lighting
| Includes related courtesy-lamp codes
|-
| UA1
| Heavy-duty battery
| Electrical
| —
|-
| UL1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL5
| Radio delete
| Audio
| —
|-
| UL6
| AM radio with clock
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UM4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with seek/scan, auto-reverse, and clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| UM6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, auto-reverse cassette, and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| UM7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock and seek/scan
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| UQ6
| Subwoofer / Performance Sound speaker equipment
| Audio
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| UT4
| ETR AM/FM stereo with auto-reverse, seek/scan, equalizer, clock, and touch controls
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| UU6
| ETR AM/FM stereo with clock, cassette, equalizer, and seek/scan
| Audio
| —
|-
| UU7
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UU9
| ETR AM/FM stereo
| Audio
| Listed for 1984
|-
| UW5
| Provisions for stereo installation
| Audio
| —
|-
| UX1
| ETR AM/FM stereo with cassette, clock, search/replay, seek/scan, and equalizer
| Audio
| Listed for 1985-1988
|-
| U25
| Rear-compartment lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U29
| Instrument-panel courtesy lamp
| Lighting
| —
|-
| U63
| AM monaural radio without clock
| Audio
| —
|-
| U66
| Four-speaker system
| Audio
| Dual front dash speakers and dual rear/quarter speakers
|-
| VC8
| Substitution or deletion authorized
| Administrative / build
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| VK3
| Front license-plate mounting package
| Exterior
| —
|-
| V08
| Heavy-duty cooling
| Cooling system
| Code uses zero: V08
|-
| V53
| Luggage-carrier delete
| Exterior / decklid
| Listed for 1984
|-
| V56
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V58
| Decklid luggage carrier
| Exterior / decklid
| —
|-
| V73
| Bumper component / vehicle identification option group
| Administrative / exterior
| Verify meaning by year
|-
| WS1
| Option pick group
| Package / administrative
| Associated with V73 in some references
|-
| WS3
| Option pick group
| Package
| Listed for 1986
|-
| WS6
| Special performance package
| Suspension / package
| —
|-
| WS8
| Priced order acknowledged
| Administrative
| —
|-
| WS9
| High-mileage coupe
| Package
| Listed for 1984
|-
| WU2
| Fiero GT equipment
| Model / package
| [[Fiero GT]]
|-
| WV1
| Canadian protective equipment
| Package / protection
| Often interpreted as undercoating or related protection
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1984-1986
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1987; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| WV9
| Value leader package
| Package
| Listed for 1988; package/model relationship should be verified
|-
| W02
| Sport appearance package
| Exterior / package
| Listed for 1988; code uses zero: W02
|-
| W61
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W63
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1987
|-
| W66
| Formula option
| Model / package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| W69
| SE option / Special Edition
| Model / package
| —
|-
| XEM
| Goodyear Eagle GT+4 P205/60R15 blackwall steel-belted tire, front
| Tires
| Verify complete tire-package relationship
|-
| YT1
| Built-up custom door and quarter
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| YT9
| Fisher-furnished parts
| Body / assembly
| —
|-
| Y82
| Indy Pace Car limited edition
| Model / package
| 1984; includes multiple related equipment items
|-
| Y99
| Special Rally suspension package
| Suspension / package
| Listed for 1985-1986
|-
| YLM
| P215/60R15 blackwall steel-belted front and rear tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| YLM
| P205/60R15 front and P215/60R15 rear blackwall steel-belted tires
| Tires
| Verify exact application
|-
| Z35
| Advance price sheet
| Administrative
| —
|-
| ZV1
| Manufacturer's statement of origin
| Administrative
| —
|-
| 1SA
| Option group 1
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SB
| Option group 2
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 1SC
| Option group 3
| Package
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 13B
| Light Slate Gray cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 13C
| Light Slate Gray two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth; listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 13D
| Light Slate Gray Indy 500 / Sierra leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Verify model-year application
|-
| 13I
| Light Slate Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 14
| Light Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1985
|-
| 14U
| Light Gray Metallic upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 16
| Silver Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1988
|-
| 18
| Medium Gray Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 18L
| Medium Gray Metallic lower paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 19P
| Black wheel color
| Wheel color
| —
|-
| 21
| Bright Blue Metallic paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 40
| White paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1984-1986 and 1988
|-
| 40U
| White upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 41
| Black paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41L
| Black lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 41U
| Black upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 53
| Bright Yellow paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1988
|-
| 56
| Light Gold Metallic paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1986-1987
|-
| 60P
| Gold 15-inch diamond-spoke wheel color
| Wheel color
| Listed for 1988 GT
|-
| 62B
| Light Saddle Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62D
| Light Saddle Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 62I
| Light Saddle interior trim color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 622
| Light Saddle suede leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64B
| Medium Doeskin cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Genor cloth in 1984; Pallex cloth in 1985
|-
| 64C
| Medium Doeskin two-tone cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Placid/Pallex cloth
|-
| 64D
| Medium Doeskin two-tone Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 64I
| Medium Doeskin interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 643
| Medium Doeskin fleece/suede trim
| Interior trim
| Two-tone
|-
| 649
| Medium Doeskin seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 66B
| Medium Beechwood Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 66D
| Medium Beechwood Matrix cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 71
| Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71L
| Red lower accent paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 71U
| Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 77
| Ruby Red paint
| Paint
| Listed for 1987-1988
|-
| 81
| Bright Red paint
| Paint
| —
|-
| 81U
| Bright Red upper paint
| Paint
| Two-tone paint reference
|-
| 82B
| Dark Gray Ripple cloth trim
| Interior trim
| —
|-
| 82D
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray Pallex cloth deluxe trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988
|-
| 82I
| Medium Dark Gray interior color
| Interior color
| —
|-
| 139
| Light Slate Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 629
| Light Saddle seat-belt color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 822
| Dark Gray / Medium Dark Gray suede leather / Pallex cloth or Ventura leather / Pallex cloth trim
| Interior trim
| Dark Gray for 1986-1987; Medium Dark Gray for 1988; Ventura leather/Pallex listed for 1988
|-
| 829
| Medium Dark Gray seat-belt module/color
| Interior / seat belts
| —
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 6 plus two letters
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 7 plus two letters
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 8 plus two letters
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring code
| Suspension / springs
| The actual spring code uses 9 plus two letters
|-
| 6HY
| Left front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 7HZ
| Right front spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1985-1987
|-
| 8WY
| Left rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| 9WY
| Right rear spring
| Suspension / springs
| Listed for 1984-1987
|-
| WA-NNNN
| Fisher Body WA paint number
| Paint
| Used for paint cross-reference; NNNN represents the numeric paint code
|}

== WA paint numbers ==

The WA number on the Service Parts Identification label is a Fisher Body paint reference number. It may appear as a WA-number code near the bottom of the label.

Paint suppliers may use the WA number to cross-reference the correct paint formula.

Two-digit paint codes, such as 14, 16, 40, 41, 53, 56, 71, 77, or 81, may also appear in paint references. A code such as '''81U/16L''' indicates an upper and lower paint combination, with '''U''' referring to upper paint and '''L''' referring to lower paint.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]

== Spring codes ==

Spring codes are commonly listed as 6xx, 7xx, 8xx, and 9xx codes.

In general:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code pattern
! Position
|-
| 6xx
| Left front spring
|-
| 7xx
| Right front spring
|-
| 8xx
| Left rear spring
|-
| 9xx
| Right rear spring
|}

The exact spring code should be verified by model year, suspension package, and installed parts.

Related topics:

* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension]]
* [[1988 suspension]]

== Notes ==

This list is intended as a practical lookup aid, not a final authority for every GM or Fiero application.

When possible, verify codes against factory documentation, the original Service Parts Identification label, model-year literature, parts books, or other reliable references.

Some codes may appear more than once because their meaning changed by year, equipment, or application.

== External links ==

* [https://www.fierofocus.com/fierosails/OptionCodes.html Fiero Sails / Fiero Focus option code list]

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Production numbers]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

RPO codes

2026-07-22T12:17:19Z

Cliff: /* Common RPO topics */

'''RPO codes''' is an overview of Regular Production Option codes used to identify factory options, equipment, colors, trims, and configurations on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, colors, trims, drivetrain components, and other build information.

== Overview ==

A Fiero's RPO codes can help identify how the car was originally equipped from the factory.

RPO codes may describe items such as paint color, interior trim, transmission, engine, wheels, suspension package, audio system, glass, comfort features, appearance equipment, and other factory-installed items.

The most useful source for the RPO codes assigned to a specific Fiero is the [[Service parts identification label]].

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Production numbers]]

== Service Parts Identification label ==

The Fiero RPO list is found on the [[Service parts identification label]].

This label identifies the equipment and build information assigned to a specific car. It may include regular production options, standard equipment codes, mandatory equipment codes, paint information, drivetrain information, trim information, and other factory build data.

The label is useful when ordering parts, documenting a restoration, verifying original equipment, or comparing the car's current configuration with how it was built.

Related topic:

* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Not every code is an optional extra ==

Although RPO stands for Regular Production Option, not every code on the Service Parts Identification label necessarily represents a buyer-selected option.

Some codes may identify standard equipment, mandatory equipment, package content, emissions equipment, paint or trim information, drivetrain components, or other factory build details.

When documenting a specific car, avoid assuming that every listed code was separately ordered by the original buyer.

== Common RPO topics ==

For looking up an unknown code, see:

* [[Fiero RPO code list]]

Topic-specific pages include:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Glass RPO codes]]

== Fiero option identification ==

RPO codes are useful when verifying factory equipment, comparing model-year differences, checking originality, ordering parts, documenting a restoration, or researching production combinations.

For example, RPO codes can help identify:

* Original engine equipment
* Original transmission equipment
* Exterior paint color
* Interior trim color
* Wheel equipment
* Audio equipment
* Glass and mirror equipment
* Air-conditioning or comfort equipment
* Suspension or handling packages
* Appearance packages

RPO codes identify factory build information. They do not necessarily prove what is currently installed on the car decades later.

Many Fieros have been modified, repaired, repainted, engine-swapped, transmission-swapped, or restored. When ordering parts or diagnosing a car, use the RPO label together with physical inspection.

Related topics:

* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Parts interchange]]
* [[Production numbers]]
* [[Fiero history]]

== Engine and transmission codes ==

Engine and transmission RPO codes can help identify how a Fiero was originally equipped.

For transmission identification, the RPO code should be used together with physical inspection of the installed transmission. Fieros are old enough that transmissions may have been replaced, rebuilt, or swapped.

Related topics:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Engine]]
* [[Transmission]]

== Paint and trim ==

Paint and trim codes are often used together when documenting a car's original appearance.

Paint-related RPO codes can help identify the original exterior color or paint combination. Trim-related codes can help identify the original interior color or trim configuration.

Because Fieros may have been repainted, repaired, or modified, paint and trim codes should be compared with physical evidence on the car.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Interior]]

== Audio options ==

Factory audio equipment can be identified through RPO codes.

For example, the factory upgraded audio system commonly known as [[Performance Sound]] is associated with an RPO code.

Related topics:

* [[Performance Sound]]
* [[Factory radio]]
* [[Audio upgrades]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]

== Build/service codes versus RPO codes ==

RPO codes should not be confused with separate build-code or service-code lists that may appear in enthusiast documents, assembly references, or parts references.

Some build or service codes may describe component parts, assembly details, service identifiers, model or color differentiations, or parts used as part of standard equipment or option packages. They should not automatically be treated as RPO codes.

Related topic:

* [[Build/service codes]]

== Using RPO codes carefully ==

When using RPO codes:

* Read the code carefully; similar characters can be confused.
* Verify the code against a Fiero-specific or GM-specific source.
* Check model-year applicability.
* Remember that code meanings can vary by GM division, year, or application.
* Do not assume the car still has every original component.
* Use physical inspection when ordering parts for modified or repaired cars.
* Keep a photo of the Service Parts Identification label for reference.

== Missing or unreadable RPO label ==

If the Service Parts Identification label is missing, damaged, faded, painted over, or unreadable, original equipment may need to be verified using other sources.

Possible alternatives include:

* Original window sticker
* Dealer invoice or sales paperwork
* Build sheet, if available
* Previous owner records
* Factory documentation
* Physical inspection
* Paint evidence in hidden areas
* Transmission and engine identification
* Body-number plate information, where applicable

A missing label does not prove the car has been modified, but it removes one of the easiest factory references.

== Notes ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully. Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, while others may have different meanings depending on year, division, or application.

When possible, RPO-code articles should include the code, description, model-year applicability, related parts, and source of the information.

The RPO label identifies how the car was originally built. It does not necessarily identify every part currently installed on the car.

== See also ==

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Production numbers]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

RPO codes

2026-07-19T00:29:53Z

Cliff:

'''RPO codes''' is an overview of Regular Production Option codes used to identify factory options, equipment, colors, trims, and configurations on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

RPO stands for '''Regular Production Option'''. General Motors used RPO codes to identify factory-installed equipment, option packages, colors, trims, drivetrain components, and other build information.

== Overview ==

A Fiero's RPO codes can help identify how the car was originally equipped from the factory.

RPO codes may describe items such as paint color, interior trim, transmission, engine, wheels, suspension package, audio system, glass, comfort features, appearance equipment, and other factory-installed items.

The most useful source for the RPO codes assigned to a specific Fiero is the [[Service parts identification label]].

Related topics:

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Production numbers]]

== Service Parts Identification label ==

The Fiero RPO list is found on the [[Service parts identification label]].

This label identifies the equipment and build information assigned to a specific car. It may include regular production options, standard equipment codes, mandatory equipment codes, paint information, drivetrain information, trim information, and other factory build data.

The label is useful when ordering parts, documenting a restoration, verifying original equipment, or comparing the car's current configuration with how it was built.

Related topic:

* [[Service parts identification label]]

== Not every code is an optional extra ==

Although RPO stands for Regular Production Option, not every code on the Service Parts Identification label necessarily represents a buyer-selected option.

Some codes may identify standard equipment, mandatory equipment, package content, emissions equipment, paint or trim information, drivetrain components, or other factory build details.

When documenting a specific car, avoid assuming that every listed code was separately ordered by the original buyer.

== Common RPO topics ==

RPO-code articles may include:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Wheel RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]
* [[Suspension RPO codes]]
* [[Glass RPO codes]]

== Fiero option identification ==

RPO codes are useful when verifying factory equipment, comparing model-year differences, checking originality, ordering parts, documenting a restoration, or researching production combinations.

For example, RPO codes can help identify:

* Original engine equipment
* Original transmission equipment
* Exterior paint color
* Interior trim color
* Wheel equipment
* Audio equipment
* Glass and mirror equipment
* Air-conditioning or comfort equipment
* Suspension or handling packages
* Appearance packages

RPO codes identify factory build information. They do not necessarily prove what is currently installed on the car decades later.

Many Fieros have been modified, repaired, repainted, engine-swapped, transmission-swapped, or restored. When ordering parts or diagnosing a car, use the RPO label together with physical inspection.

Related topics:

* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Parts interchange]]
* [[Production numbers]]
* [[Fiero history]]

== Engine and transmission codes ==

Engine and transmission RPO codes can help identify how a Fiero was originally equipped.

For transmission identification, the RPO code should be used together with physical inspection of the installed transmission. Fieros are old enough that transmissions may have been replaced, rebuilt, or swapped.

Related topics:

* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Engine]]
* [[Transmission]]

== Paint and trim ==

Paint and trim codes are often used together when documenting a car's original appearance.

Paint-related RPO codes can help identify the original exterior color or paint combination. Trim-related codes can help identify the original interior color or trim configuration.

Because Fieros may have been repainted, repaired, or modified, paint and trim codes should be compared with physical evidence on the car.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Exterior color combinations]]
* [[Interior]]

== Audio options ==

Factory audio equipment can be identified through RPO codes.

For example, the factory upgraded audio system commonly known as [[Performance Sound]] is associated with an RPO code.

Related topics:

* [[Performance Sound]]
* [[Factory radio]]
* [[Audio upgrades]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]

== Build/service codes versus RPO codes ==

RPO codes should not be confused with separate build-code or service-code lists that may appear in enthusiast documents, assembly references, or parts references.

Some build or service codes may describe component parts, assembly details, service identifiers, model or color differentiations, or parts used as part of standard equipment or option packages. They should not automatically be treated as RPO codes.

Related topic:

* [[Build/service codes]]

== Using RPO codes carefully ==

When using RPO codes:

* Read the code carefully; similar characters can be confused.
* Verify the code against a Fiero-specific or GM-specific source.
* Check model-year applicability.
* Remember that code meanings can vary by GM division, year, or application.
* Do not assume the car still has every original component.
* Use physical inspection when ordering parts for modified or repaired cars.
* Keep a photo of the Service Parts Identification label for reference.

== Missing or unreadable RPO label ==

If the Service Parts Identification label is missing, damaged, faded, painted over, or unreadable, original equipment may need to be verified using other sources.

Possible alternatives include:

* Original window sticker
* Dealer invoice or sales paperwork
* Build sheet, if available
* Previous owner records
* Factory documentation
* Physical inspection
* Paint evidence in hidden areas
* Transmission and engine identification
* Body-number plate information, where applicable

A missing label does not prove the car has been modified, but it removes one of the easiest factory references.

== Notes ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully. Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, while others may have different meanings depending on year, division, or application.

When possible, RPO-code articles should include the code, description, model-year applicability, related parts, and source of the information.

The RPO label identifies how the car was originally built. It does not necessarily identify every part currently installed on the car.

== See also ==

* [[Service parts identification label]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Production numbers]]
* [[Parts interchange]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

Service parts identification label

2026-07-19T00:27:54Z

Cliff:

'''Service parts identification label''' refers to the factory label that lists equipment and build information for a specific [[Pontiac Fiero]].

The label is one of the main factory references for identifying [[RPO codes]], paint information, drivetrain equipment, trim information, and other factory-installed equipment.

== Overview ==

The service parts identification label is one of the most useful factory references on a Fiero. It can help determine how the car was originally equipped from the factory.

The label contains a list of three-character RPO codes. These codes identify factory options and equipment such as paint color, interior trim, transmission, audio system, glass, wheels, and other installed features.

Factory service information describes the service parts identification label as a vehicle-equipment identification label used to assist with servicing and determining replacement parts. The label includes regular production options as well as standard and mandatory options.

Related topics:

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo showing the Service Parts Identification label on a Fiero, preferably with personal information or VIN obscured if necessary.}}

The Service Parts Identification label is located in the front compartment area.

Fiero owner documentation identifies the label location as the left front inner fender in the front storage compartment.

Exact label location, label style, and surrounding trim may vary slightly by year, condition, repairs, or previous repainting.

If the label cannot be found, check for signs that the front compartment, inner fenders, or body panels have been repaired, repainted, replaced, or cleaned aggressively.

== Information on the label ==

The Service Parts Identification label may include:

* Vehicle identification information
* Wheelbase information
* Paint information
* Production options
* Special equipment
* Standard or mandatory equipment codes
* RPO codes

Because the label was intended to assist with service and replacement parts, it can be especially useful when identifying factory-installed equipment.

== RPO codes ==

RPO stands for Regular Production Option. Each RPO code identifies a factory option or equipment item.

Examples of RPO-code areas include:

* Engine
* Transmission
* Paint color
* Interior trim
* Audio system
* Wheels
* Glass
* Comfort features
* Appearance equipment

The Service Parts Identification label is one of the best places to verify which RPO codes were assigned to a specific car.

Related topics:

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Engine RPO codes]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Paint RPO codes]]
* [[Interior trim RPO codes]]
* [[Audio RPO codes]]

== Standard and mandatory options ==

Not every code on the Service Parts Identification label necessarily represents an optional extra chosen by the buyer.

Factory service information notes that the label can include regular production options as well as standard and mandatory options.

This means the label can include codes for equipment that was part of the model, required by a package, required for compliance, or otherwise installed as part of the vehicle build.

When documenting a car, avoid assuming that every listed code was a separately ordered option.

== Uses ==

The Service Parts Identification label can be useful for:

* Verifying factory equipment
* Identifying paint and trim codes
* Checking original options
* Identifying original transmission or drivetrain equipment
* Researching production combinations
* Ordering replacement parts
* Documenting a restoration
* Comparing the car's current condition with its original configuration
* Distinguishing factory equipment from later modifications

== Paint and trim information ==

The label can be useful when identifying paint and trim information.

Paint-related codes may help determine the original exterior color or two-tone/fascia-related paint information. Interior trim codes may help identify the original interior color or trim combination.

Because Fieros may have been repainted, repaired, or modified, paint and trim information on the label may not match the car's current appearance.

Related topics:

* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]

== Transmission and drivetrain identification ==

The Service Parts Identification label can help identify original drivetrain equipment.

For example, transmission RPO codes can help determine which transmission the car was originally built with.

However, many Fieros have had engines, transmissions, cradles, or other drivetrain parts replaced or swapped. The label identifies factory-installed equipment, not necessarily what is currently installed.

When ordering parts or diagnosing a car, use the label together with physical inspection of the actual installed components.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission RPO codes]]
* [[Engine]]
* [[Transmission]]

== Previous-owner changes ==

The presence or absence of equipment on the car today does not always prove how the car was originally built.

Many Fieros have been modified, repaired, repainted, swapped, or partially restored. The Service Parts Identification label can help distinguish factory-installed equipment from later changes.

However, the label should not be used as the only source when the car has been heavily modified.

== Missing or damaged labels ==

If the label is missing, damaged, painted over, faded, or unreadable, factory configuration may need to be verified through other sources such as:

* Original window sticker
* Dealer invoice or sales paperwork
* Build sheet, if available
* Previous owner records
* Factory documentation
* Physical inspection
* Paint evidence in hidden areas
* Transmission and engine identification
* Body-number plate information, where applicable

A missing label does not prove that a car has been modified, but it removes one of the easiest factory references.

== Build/service codes versus RPO codes ==

The Service Parts Identification label should not be confused with separate build-code or service-code lists that may appear in enthusiast documents or assembly references.

Some build or service codes may describe component parts, assembly details, service identifiers, model or color differentiations, or parts used as part of standard equipment or option packages. They should not automatically be treated as RPO codes.

Related topic:

* [[Build/service codes]]

== Privacy and documentation ==

When documenting a specific Fiero, include photos of the Service Parts Identification label where possible.

If the image clearly shows a VIN or other owner-identifying information, consider whether the image should be cropped, blurred, or partially obscured before being posted publicly.

For restoration or parts identification, a clear private photo of the full label can be useful even if a public version is partially obscured.

== Service notes ==

When using the Service Parts Identification label:

* Read codes carefully; some characters can be difficult to distinguish.
* Photograph the label before it fades further.
* Verify uncertain codes against a reliable RPO reference.
* Do not assume every code was a buyer-selected option.
* Do not assume the current car still matches every listed item.
* Use physical inspection when ordering parts for modified or repaired cars.
* Be careful when cleaning near the label.
* Avoid damaging or removing an original label.

== Notes ==

RPO-code information should be verified carefully. Some codes were used across many GM vehicles, and meanings can vary by year, division, or application.

The Service Parts Identification label is a factory equipment reference, not a complete history of the car. It identifies how the car was built, but not necessarily how it is currently configured decades later.

== See also ==

* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Build/service codes]]
* [[Factory options]]
* [[Paint codes]]
* [[Interior color codes]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Production numbers]]
* [[Factory specifications]]
* [[Part numbers]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Reference]]
[[Category:RPO codes]]

Code 42

2026-07-19T00:25:48Z

Cliff:

'''Code 42''' is a [[Diagnostic trouble codes|diagnostic trouble code]] related to the Electronic Spark Timing circuit on the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

Code 42 indicates that the [[ECM]] has detected a problem in the Electronic Spark Timing system, commonly involving the EST circuit, bypass circuit, ignition module, ECM, wiring, or connectors.

== Overview ==

The Fiero ignition system uses Electronic Spark Timing, often abbreviated as '''EST'''.

Under normal operation, the ECM can control ignition timing through the ignition module and related wiring. Depending on engine and ignition system, this may involve a distributor-mounted ignition module or a distributorless ignition module.

Code 42 is set when the ECM detects an unexpected condition in the Electronic Spark Timing circuit. This may involve the ignition module, ECM, bypass circuit, EST circuit, wiring, connectors, or related ignition-control circuits.

Code 42 should not automatically be treated as a failed ignition module. The ignition module is a common suspect, but wiring and connector faults can produce the same code.

Related topics:

* [[Electronic spark timing]]
* [[Ignition module failure]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[Ignition timing]]

== Flash pattern ==

Code 42 is displayed as:

* Four flashes
* Pause
* Two flashes

This represents code '''42'''.

'''Animated flash pattern:'''

[[File:Code42.gif|none]]

== Meaning ==

Code 42 usually indicates an Electronic Spark Timing circuit problem.

Possible causes include:

* Faulty ignition module
* Poor ignition module connector contact
* Open or grounded bypass circuit
* Open or grounded EST circuit
* Ignition module wiring problem
* Distributor connector problem, where applicable
* ECM wiring problem
* Poor ECM connector contact
* Faulty ECM
* Incorrect or damaged ignition wiring
* Poor grounds
* Previous-owner wiring modifications
* PROM or ECM-related connection issue, where applicable

Because the EST system depends on communication between the ignition module and ECM, a failure in either the module side or ECM-side wiring can set the code.

== Electronic Spark Timing operation ==

Electronic Spark Timing allows the ECM to control ignition timing during normal engine operation.

On distributor ignition systems, the ignition module initially controls spark timing during cranking and very low engine speed. After engine speed rises above the bypass threshold, the ECM switches to EST control and commands ignition timing through the EST circuit.

The system commonly involves:

* Reference signal
* Reference ground
* Bypass circuit
* EST circuit
* Ignition module
* ECM
* Related wiring and connectors

The reference signal provides the ECM with engine speed and crankshaft-position information. The bypass circuit is used to switch timing control from the ignition module to the ECM. The EST circuit is used by the ECM to control the ignition module.

If the bypass or EST circuit is open, grounded, shorted, or not switching correctly, Code 42 may be set.

== Bypass circuit ==

The bypass circuit is used to switch ignition timing control from module-controlled timing to ECM-controlled timing.

At low engine speed, the ignition module controls timing. Once the engine reaches the bypass threshold, the ECM applies voltage to the bypass circuit so timing control can transfer to the ECM.

If the bypass circuit is open or grounded, the ignition module may not switch properly to EST mode. This can set Code 42 and may leave the engine running on base module timing rather than normal ECM-controlled timing.

Symptoms may include poor performance, poor fuel economy, hesitation, or timing-related drivability problems.

== EST circuit ==

The EST circuit is used by the ECM to trigger or control the ignition module during ECM-controlled timing operation.

If the EST circuit is open, shorted, grounded, or otherwise not behaving as expected, the ECM may set Code 42.

Because the ECM does not directly know actual spark timing, correct base timing and proper EST circuit operation are important.

== Distributor ignition systems ==

On V6 Fieros with distributor ignition, the EST system works with:

* Distributor-mounted ignition module
* Distributor pickup coil
* Ignition coil
* Distributor connector
* ECM
* Reference circuit
* Bypass circuit
* EST circuit
* Related wiring and grounds

On these systems, Code 42 is often discussed together with [[Ignition module failure]], but the ignition module is only one possible cause.

A bad pickup coil, poor distributor connector, damaged wiring, poor ECM connection, or poor ground can cause similar symptoms or contribute to the diagnosis.

Related topics:

* [[Distributor]]
* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[Ignition module failure]]

== Distributorless ignition systems ==

Some four-cylinder Fieros use a distributorless ignition system rather than a conventional distributor.

On distributorless systems, the ignition module, crankshaft sensor, coil packs, ECM, and EST-related circuits perform the ignition-control functions.

Because the hardware is different, Code 42 diagnosis on a distributorless system should use the correct diagnostic information for that ignition system.

Do not assume V6 distributor-module diagnosis applies directly to a distributorless four-cylinder system.

Related topics:

* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Crankshaft sensor]]
* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[ECM]]

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms may include:

* Check engine light
* Stored Code 42
* No-start condition
* Hard starting
* Stalling
* Intermittent shutdown
* Engine starts but runs poorly
* Poor drivability
* Misfire
* Poor acceleration
* Poor fuel economy
* Timing-related drivability problems
* Engine appears to run on base timing
* Hot stall or hot restart problem, if related to ignition module or wiring

Some cars may set Code 42 with only minor drivability symptoms, while others may run poorly or fail to start depending on the fault.

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Confirm that Code 42 is present.
# Check whether other diagnostic trouble codes are also present.
# Determine which ignition system the car has.
# Inspect the ignition module connectors.
# Inspect distributor or DIS module wiring, depending on system.
# Check for damaged, loose, corroded, or overheated terminals.
# Check ignition power and ground.
# Check ECM grounds and ECM connector condition.
# Inspect the bypass and EST circuits.
# Check for previous wiring repairs or modifications.
# Check ignition module operation.
# Check pickup coil or crankshaft sensor operation, depending on system.
# Verify ignition timing and related ignition-system condition if applicable.
# Follow the correct diagnostic chart for the engine and ignition system.

Do not diagnose Code 42 by replacing the ignition module first unless testing or substitution is being used as part of a controlled diagnosis.

== Ignition module relationship ==

The ignition module is a common part to inspect when diagnosing Code 42.

However, Code 42 should not automatically be treated as a failed ignition module.

Wiring, connectors, grounds, ECM connections, bypass circuit faults, EST circuit faults, pickup coil problems, crank sensor problems, and related ignition components should also be checked.

Related topics:

* [[Ignition module failure]]
* [[Ignition module]]
* [[Distributor]]
* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[Ignition coil]]

== Pickup coil or crank sensor relationship ==

The ignition module needs an engine-position signal to control spark and provide reference information.

On distributor ignition systems, this signal comes from the pickup coil in the distributor.

On distributorless ignition systems, the crankshaft sensor is part of the ignition-module input system.

A weak, intermittent, or failed pickup coil or crankshaft sensor can create symptoms similar to ignition module or EST problems.

Related topics:

* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[Crankshaft sensor]]
* [[No-start diagnosis]]

== ECM relationship ==

The ECM is part of the EST system.

A Code 42 can involve ECM-side wiring, ECM connector problems, ground problems, PROM/CALPAK seating issues where applicable, or the ECM itself.

The ECM should not be blamed until ignition module connections, bypass and EST wiring, grounds, power feeds, and related ignition components have been checked.

Related topics:

* [[ECM]]
* [[PROM]]
* [[CALPAK]]
* [[Ground problems]]

== No-start relationship ==

Code 42 can appear together with no-start or stall complaints, but it is not the only possible no-start cause.

A crank/no-start diagnosis should also check:

* Spark
* Injector pulse
* Fuel pressure
* ECM power
* Ignition power feed
* Reference signal
* Pickup coil or crank sensor signal
* Ignition coil
* Module connectors
* ECM connectors

Related topics:

* [[No-start diagnosis]]
* [[Ignition module failure]]
* [[Fuel pressure test]]
* [[ALDL diagnostics]]

== Intermittent faults ==

Code 42 can be intermittent.

Intermittent Code 42 problems may be caused by:

* Heat-sensitive ignition module
* Loose ignition module connector
* Broken pickup-coil wires
* Heat-damaged wiring
* Poor ECM connector contact
* Poor ground
* Vibration-sensitive wiring fault
* Previous wiring repair
* Moisture or corrosion in connectors

If the car stalls when hot and restarts after cooling, the ignition module, pickup coil, wiring, and related connectors should be inspected carefully.

== Common mistakes ==

Common mistakes when diagnosing Code 42 include:

* Replacing the ECM before checking the ignition module and wiring
* Replacing the ignition module without checking connectors
* Confusing Code 42 with a simple timing-adjustment issue
* Ignoring pickup coil or crank sensor problems
* Ignoring poor grounds
* Ignoring previous-owner wiring modifications
* Assuming the same test procedure applies to distributor and distributorless ignition systems
* Setting base timing incorrectly and then blaming the ECM

== Service notes ==

When diagnosing Code 42:

* Use the correct diagnostic information for the engine and ignition system.
* Identify whether the car has distributor ignition or distributorless ignition.
* Inspect connectors before replacing parts.
* Check the EST and bypass circuits carefully.
* Check ignition power and ground.
* Check ECM grounds and connectors.
* Use proper heat-sink compound if replacing a distributor-mounted ignition module.
* Do not substitute ordinary dielectric grease for ignition-module heat-sink compound.
* Verify base timing if timing-related work has been performed.
* Do not assume every Code 42 is caused by the ignition module.

== Notes ==

Code 42 can be caused by the ignition module, but it can also be caused by wiring, connectors, grounds, ECM-side faults, or related ignition-system components.

A Code 42 diagnosis should focus on the Electronic Spark Timing system as a circuit, not just on one replaceable part.

== See also ==

* [[Diagnostic trouble codes]]
* [[ALDL diagnostics]]
* [[Ignition module failure]]
* [[Ignition module]]
* [[Electronic spark timing]]
* [[Ignition timing]]
* [[Distributor]]
* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[No-start diagnosis]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Electrical system]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Engine]]

Ignition module failure

2026-07-19T00:24:25Z

Cliff:

'''Ignition module failure''' is a common ignition-related problem on the [[Pontiac Fiero]], especially on V6 cars with distributor ignition.

A failing ignition module can cause a no-start condition, stalling, misfiring, intermittent shutdown, loss of spark, poor performance, or a hot engine that will not restart until it cools down.

== Overview ==

The ignition module is part of the ignition system.

On [[2.8L V6]] Fieros, the ignition module is mounted in the distributor and works with the distributor pickup coil, ignition coil, ECM, Electronic Spark Timing circuit, wiring, and related connectors.

Some four-cylinder Fieros use distributor ignition, while later four-cylinder Fieros use a distributorless ignition system. On distributorless systems, the ignition module is part of a different ignition arrangement involving crankshaft sensing and coil packs.

Because ignition-system layout depends on model year and engine, diagnosis should be based on the actual system installed in the car.

Related topics:

* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[Distributor]]
* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[Code 42]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the 2.8L V6 distributor ignition module location under the distributor cap, including the pickup coil leads and module connectors.}}

On V6 Fieros, the ignition module is located inside the distributor.

The distributor is mounted on the engine and also contains the pickup coil. The ignition module connects to the pickup coil, ignition coil, ECM-related circuits, tachometer signal circuit, and distributor wiring.

On distributorless four-cylinder systems, the ignition module is not in a distributor. It is part of the DIS ignition assembly and should be diagnosed using the correct information for that system.

== Function ==

The ignition module helps control ignition spark.

On distributor ignition systems, the ignition module receives a signal from the distributor pickup coil and controls ignition-coil triggering. It also provides reference information used by the ECM.

At low engine speed and during cranking, the module plays a direct role in spark control. Once the engine is running above the bypass threshold, the ECM can take over spark timing control through the Electronic Spark Timing system.

If the module, pickup coil, ignition coil, wiring, or ECM-related ignition circuits fail, the result may be no spark, poor spark control, Code 42, or a crank/no-start condition.

== Electronic Spark Timing relationship ==

The Fiero ignition system uses Electronic Spark Timing, often abbreviated as EST.

On distributor ignition systems, the ignition module and ECM communicate through circuits that include:

* Reference signal
* Reference ground
* Bypass circuit
* EST circuit
* Ignition power
* Tachometer signal

The ignition module provides a reference signal that allows the ECM to determine engine speed and timing information.

The bypass circuit is used to switch from module-controlled timing to ECM-controlled timing once engine speed is high enough. If the bypass or EST circuit is open, shorted, grounded, or not switching correctly, Code 42 may be set.

Related topic:

* [[Code 42]]

== V6 distributor ignition ==

On the 2.8L V6, the ignition module is part of the distributor ignition system.

Related parts include:

* Distributor
* Pickup coil
* Ignition module
* Ignition coil
* Distributor cap
* Rotor
* Spark plug wires
* Spark plugs
* ECM
* EST and bypass wiring
* Tachometer signal circuit

Because many of these parts can cause similar symptoms, the ignition module should not be diagnosed by symptoms alone.

== Four-cylinder ignition systems ==

Four-cylinder Fiero ignition systems vary by year.

Some four-cylinder Fieros use distributor ignition.

Later four-cylinder Fieros use a distributorless ignition system with an ignition module, crankshaft sensor, and coil packs rather than a conventional distributor.

Because the hardware and diagnosis are different, the term “ignition module” should be interpreted according to the engine and ignition system installed in the car.

Related topics:

* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[Crankshaft sensor]]
* [[Distributor]]

== Heat-related failure ==

Ignition modules can fail from heat, age, poor electrical connections, poor heat transfer, poor mounting-surface contact, or low-quality replacement parts.

A common owner-reported pattern is that the engine starts and runs when cold, then stalls or will not restart when hot. After the module cools down, the engine may restart.

Heat-related failure is common enough that many Fiero owners keep a spare ignition module and the tools needed to replace it.

== Heat-sink compound ==

When replacing a distributor-mounted ignition module, proper heat-sink compound should be used between the module and the distributor mounting surface.

Ordinary dielectric grease is not the same as heat-sink compound. Dielectric grease is useful for protecting some electrical connections, but it should not be used as a substitute for thermal compound under the ignition module.

The module mounting surface should be clean so heat can transfer properly from the module into the distributor base.

== Symptoms ==

Common symptoms of ignition module or related ignition-system problems include:

* Engine cranks but does not start
* Engine starts cold but stalls when hot
* Engine shuts off suddenly while driving
* Engine restarts after cooling down
* No spark
* Weak or intermittent spark
* Misfire
* Tachometer does not move while cranking
* Tachometer drops suddenly when the engine stalls
* Poor performance
* Reduced fuel economy
* Stored [[Code 42]] in some cases
* Intermittent no-start with no obvious fuel problem

These symptoms can also be caused by other ignition, fuel, ECM, wiring, or power-supply faults.

== Tachometer clue ==

On distributor ignition systems, tachometer behavior can be a useful clue.

If the engine is cranking but the tachometer does not move, the ignition module, pickup coil, distributor wiring, ignition power feed, reference circuit, or related connector should be checked.

A tachometer signal does not prove the ignition system is fully working, but a missing tach signal during cranking can help narrow the diagnosis.

== Code 42 relationship ==

Code 42 is related to the Electronic Spark Timing circuit.

A Code 42 does not automatically mean the ignition module itself has failed. Possible causes include:

* Faulty ignition module
* Poor ignition-module connection
* Open or grounded bypass circuit
* Open or grounded EST circuit
* Poor distributor connector contact
* Wiring fault between ignition module and ECM
* ECM connector problem
* ECM problem
* PROM not fully seated, where applicable

Because Code 42 can involve both the ignition module and wiring/ECM-related circuits, the diagnostic chart for Code 42 should be followed rather than replacing parts at random.

Related topic:

* [[Code 42]]

== Related components ==

Ignition module diagnosis should also include nearby and related parts:

* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[Distributor]]
* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[Spark plugs]]
* [[Spark plug wires]]
* [[Ignition timing]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Wiring harness]]
* [[Battery]]
* [[Fuses and relays]]

== No-start diagnosis ==

Ignition module failure is one possible cause of a crank/no-start condition.

A practical no-start diagnosis should determine whether the engine has:

* Spark
* Injector pulse
* Fuel pressure
* ECM power and reference signal
* Correct ignition power feed
* Usable pickup coil or crank signal, depending on system

On the 2.8L V6, factory no-start diagnosis includes checking for RPM indication during cranking, checking spark with a spark tester, checking injector pulse, and checking the ignition/reference circuit before condemning the ignition module.

Related topics:

* [[No-start diagnosis]]
* [[Code 42]]
* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[Distributor]]
* [[ALDL diagnostics]]
* [[Fuel pressure test]]

== Diagnosis ==

A practical diagnostic order is:

# Determine which ignition system the car has.
# Determine whether the engine has spark.
# Watch the tachometer while cranking.
# Check whether ECM data or diagnostic equipment shows RPM while cranking, if available.
# Inspect ignition module connectors.
# Inspect the distributor pickup coil and wiring, if equipped.
# Check ignition power and ground.
# Check the ignition coil.
# Read [[Diagnostic trouble codes]].
# Diagnose [[Code 42]] if present.
# Test or substitute the ignition module if appropriate.
# Inspect related wiring and ECM connections.
# Confirm that fuel pressure and injector pulse are not the real cause of the no-start.

Do not assume the ignition module is bad until power, ground, pickup/crank signal, coil, connectors, and related wiring have been considered.

== Pickup coil relationship ==

On distributor ignition systems, the pickup coil provides the signal the ignition module uses to trigger spark and provide reference information.

A failing pickup coil or damaged pickup-coil wiring can produce symptoms similar to ignition module failure.

Possible pickup-coil-related symptoms include:

* No spark
* Intermittent spark
* Stall when hot
* No tachometer movement while cranking
* Intermittent no-start
* Misfire or poor running

The pickup coil and its small wires should be inspected carefully when replacing or testing the ignition module.

Related topic:

* [[Pickup coil]]

== Ignition coil relationship ==

A bad ignition coil can also cause no spark, weak spark, intermittent spark, misfire, hard starting, or hot restart problems.

Before blaming the ignition module, check the ignition coil, coil connector, high-voltage coil wire, distributor cap, rotor, and spark plug wires.

Related topic:

* [[Ignition coil]]

== Connector and wiring problems ==

Ignition module problems are often discussed as part failures, but connector and wiring problems can create the same symptoms.

Common issues include:

* Loose distributor connectors
* Corroded terminals
* Broken pickup-coil wires
* Heat-damaged wiring
* Poor ignition-coil connector contact
* Poor ECM connector contact
* Poor ground
* Previous wiring repairs or modifications
* Harness damage near the distributor or exhaust heat

Intermittent ignition problems should include a careful connector and wiring inspection.

== Replacement ==

When replacing a distributor-mounted ignition module:

# Disconnect the battery if appropriate.
# Remove the distributor cap as needed.
# Note connector locations before disassembly.
# Disconnect the module connectors carefully.
# Remove the old module.
# Clean the mounting surface.
# Apply proper heat-sink compound.
# Install the replacement module.
# Reconnect wiring.
# Reinstall the distributor cap.
# Verify spark and engine operation.
# Check ignition timing if the distributor or timing-related parts were disturbed.

Use the correct module for the engine and ignition system.

== Roadside spare ==

Many Fiero owners carry a spare ignition module because sudden failure can leave the car stranded.

Useful roadside items may include:

* Spare ignition module
* Correct tool for module screws
* Small amount of proper heat-sink compound
* Basic hand tools
* Spare ignition coil, if desired
* Contact cleaner, if desired

A spare module is useful only if the actual problem is the module. Pickup coil failure, ignition-coil failure, bad wiring, loss of ignition power, or fuel-system problems can produce similar symptoms.

== Service notes ==

When working on the ignition module:

* Use the correct module for the engine and ignition system.
* Use proper heat-sink compound under distributor-mounted modules.
* Do not substitute ordinary dielectric grease for heat-sink compound.
* Inspect connectors before replacing parts.
* Inspect pickup-coil wiring on distributor systems.
* Check ignition power and ground.
* Check for Code 42 if the engine runs poorly or the Service Engine Soon light is on.
* Do not assume the ECM is bad before checking module, wiring, and connector faults.
* Do not assume every hot no-start is caused by the ignition module.

== Notes ==

Ignition module failure should not be diagnosed by symptoms alone.

Pickup coil failure, ignition coil failure, bad connectors, poor grounds, wiring faults, ECM issues, fuel-pressure problems, injector-pulse problems, and other ignition faults can produce similar symptoms.

Many Fiero owners keep a spare ignition module and the tools needed to replace it because sudden ignition module failure can leave the car stranded.

== See also ==

* [[No-start diagnosis]]
* [[Ignition coil]]
* [[Pickup coil]]
* [[Distributor]]
* [[Code 42]]
* [[ALDL diagnostics]]
* [[Fuel pressure test]]
* [[Electrical system]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Engine]]
* [[Common problems]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Engine]]
[[Category:Common problems]]

Radiator fan switch

2026-07-19T00:22:31Z

Cliff:

'''Radiator fan switch''' refers to the coolant-temperature switch used to control the [[Pontiac Fiero]] [[Radiator fan]] on systems that use a separate fan switch.

The radiator fan switch is part of the cooling-fan control circuit. It should not be confused with the [[Coolant temperature sensor]] used by the [[ECM]] or the [[Coolant temperature sender]] used by the dashboard [[Temperature gauge]].

== Overview ==

The Fiero uses several temperature-related parts, and they are often confused with one another.

The radiator fan switch, where used, controls or helps control the electric radiator fan.

The ECM coolant temperature sensor is used by the ECM for fuel control, warm-up behavior, and diagnostics.

The coolant temperature sender or temperature switch is used by the instrument cluster temperature gauge or warning-light circuit, depending on year and equipment.

Because these parts serve different purposes, a problem with one does not automatically mean the others are faulty.

Related topics:

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]
* [[Coolant temperature sender]]
* [[Temperature gauge]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the radiator fan switch location. Ideally include both the 2.8L V6 and 2.5L four-cylinder locations, and show how it differs from the ECM coolant temperature sensor and gauge sender.}}

The radiator fan switch is mounted on the engine cooling system.

The exact location depends on engine, year, and equipment.

On the 2.8L V6, the fan switch is separate from both the ECM coolant temperature sensor and the coolant temperature gauge sender.

On the 2.5L four-cylinder, the fan-switch arrangement may vary by year and configuration.

Because temperature-related parts are close enough in purpose to be confused, identify the correct switch before replacing or testing parts.

== Function ==

The radiator fan switch changes state when coolant temperature reaches its designed threshold.

In a switch-controlled system, the fan switch controls the relay side of the radiator fan circuit. The relay then switches power to the radiator fan motor.

Factory service information describes the coolant temperature fan switch as regulating voltage to the coolant fan relay, which operates the fan when engine coolant temperature exceeds approximately 230°F / 110°C.

A fan that does not turn on until a high indicated temperature does not automatically mean the fan switch has failed. The fan-on temperature is relatively high compared with normal thermostat opening temperature.

Related topics:

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]
* [[Cooling system]]
* [[Electrical system]]

== Fan switch versus relay ==

The radiator fan switch is the temperature-related control device.

The radiator fan relay is the electrical power-switching device.

The switch or control circuit activates the relay.

The relay powers the fan motor.

The fan motor current should not normally be routed directly through the temperature switch.

Related topic:

* [[Radiator fan relay]]

== Switch-controlled and ECM-controlled systems ==

Fiero fan-control strategy depends on model year, engine, and equipment.

Some systems use a coolant temperature fan switch to operate the radiator fan relay.

ECM-controlled systems use the ECM to provide the relay control path. In those systems, the ECM may command fan operation based on coolant temperature, A/C request, or certain coolant-temperature-sensor faults.

Because both types of control may be discussed in Fiero troubleshooting, identify the actual system before testing or replacing parts.

Related topics:

* [[ECM]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]
* [[Code 14]]
* [[Code 15]]

== Air-conditioning relationship ==

On air-conditioned cars, the radiator fan may run when the air conditioning is selected.

This means the fan may still work through the A/C-related control path even if the temperature-switch path has a problem.

Factory A/C diagnostic information includes checking engine cooling fan operation with the ignition on, engine off, A/C selected, and the engine coolant temperature fan switch disconnected. In that test, the cooling fan should run.

If the fan works with air conditioning but not from coolant temperature, the fan motor and part of the relay/wiring circuit may be functional, while the temperature-switch or temperature-control side still needs diagnosis.

If the fan does not work with either air conditioning or high coolant temperature, check the fan motor, relay, power feed, ground, wiring, and control circuit.

Related topic:

* [[Air conditioning]]

== Relationship to the radiator fan ==

If the radiator fan motor works when powered directly or when commanded by another circuit, but does not turn on from coolant temperature, the radiator fan switch or its wiring may be part of the problem.

However, the relay, wiring, fuse or fusible link, ground, fan motor, connector, and control circuit should also be checked.

Related topics:

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]

== Switch versus sensor versus sender ==

The radiator fan switch, ECM coolant temperature sensor, and dashboard temperature sender are different parts.

The radiator fan switch controls or helps control:

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]

The ECM coolant temperature sensor is used by:

* [[ECM]]
* Fuel mixture calculations
* Idle and warm-up behavior
* Diagnostic trouble codes such as [[Code 14]] and [[Code 15]]
* ECM-controlled fan operation, where applicable

The coolant temperature sender or temperature switch is used by:

* [[Temperature gauge]]
* Temperature warning light, depending on year and circuit

A fan problem should not automatically be diagnosed as an ECM coolant temperature sensor problem, and a gauge problem should not automatically be diagnosed as a radiator fan switch problem.

== Common symptoms ==

Possible radiator-fan-switch-related symptoms include:

* Fan does not turn on when the engine gets hot
* Engine overheats at idle or in traffic
* Temperature drops when driving faster
* Fan works with air conditioning but not from coolant temperature
* Fan turns on too late
* Fan never turns on
* Intermittent fan operation
* Temperature gauge rises while stationary
* Fan switch connector is loose, corroded, or damaged
* Incorrect temperature-related part was replaced

== Common causes ==

Common causes of fan-switch-related problems include:

* Faulty fan switch
* Poor fan-switch connector contact
* Broken fan-switch wiring
* Corroded terminals
* Poor ground or control-circuit path
* Failed radiator fan relay
* Failed fan motor
* Blown fuse or fusible-link problem
* Previous wiring modifications
* Incorrect switch installed
* Confusion with the ECM coolant temperature sensor
* Confusion with the temperature gauge sender or warning-light switch

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Confirm whether the engine is actually overheating.
# Check coolant level and cooling-system condition.
# Confirm which temperature-related component is the radiator fan switch.
# Check whether the radiator fan works when powered or commanded according to the correct test procedure.
# Check the fan fuse, fusible-link feed, or related power supply.
# Check the radiator fan relay.
# Inspect the fan switch connector.
# Inspect fan-switch wiring.
# Check for corrosion, damaged terminals, or poor contact.
# Check whether the fan operates with air conditioning if equipped.
# Test the fan switch according to the correct service procedure.
# Check the wiring diagram for the specific year, engine, and equipment.

Do not replace the ECM coolant temperature sensor or temperature gauge sender until the correct part has been identified.

== Testing cautions ==

The fan switch is part of an electrical control circuit, but the cooling system can be hot and pressurized when fan operation is being checked.

When testing the fan-switch circuit:

* Keep hands, tools, wiring, and clothing away from the fan.
* Remember that the fan may start unexpectedly.
* Do not open the cooling system when hot or pressurized.
* Use the correct wiring diagram.
* Identify whether the car uses switch-controlled or ECM-controlled fan logic.
* Do not bypass fuse or fusible-link protection.
* Avoid probing connectors in a way that damages terminals.

== Relationship to overheating ==

A bad radiator fan switch can cause overheating during idle, traffic, or low-speed driving.

If the car cools normally at road speed but overheats while stationary, the radiator fan system should be checked.

However, overheating can also be caused by:

* Trapped air
* Low coolant
* Crushed coolant pipes
* Restricted radiator
* Incorrect or faulty radiator cap
* Incorrect or faulty thermostat
* Water pump problem
* Collapsed hose
* Poor coolant flow
* Incorrect coolant filling procedure
* Temperature gauge or sender problem

Related topics:

* [[Overheating]]
* [[Cooling system]]
* [[Coolant filling procedure]]
* [[Thermostat]]
* [[Water pump]]
* [[Coolant pipes]]

== Manual fan switches ==

Some owners add a manual fan switch to turn the radiator fan on from inside the car.

A manual fan switch is usually wired into the relay control side of the circuit rather than carrying fan-motor current directly.

A manual switch may be useful as a diagnostic aid or temporary backup, but it should not be used to hide an unresolved cooling-system, relay, fan-motor, or fan-switch problem.

For a stock car, the original fan-control circuit should normally be diagnosed and repaired rather than bypassed.

== Notes ==

Do not replace the ECM coolant temperature sensor when the problem is only that the radiator fan does not turn on.

Do not replace the coolant temperature gauge sender when the problem is fan control.

Correct diagnosis depends on identifying which temperature-related part is being tested.

The fan switch controls the fan circuit only on systems that use a separate fan switch. ECM-controlled fan systems should be diagnosed according to the correct ECM and wiring information.

== See also ==

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]
* [[Cooling system]]
* [[Overheating]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]
* [[Coolant temperature sender]]
* [[Temperature gauge]]
* [[ECM]]
* [[Code 14]]
* [[Code 15]]
* [[Air conditioning]]
* [[Electrical system]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Cooling system]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Common problems]]

Radiator fan relay

2026-07-19T00:20:01Z

Cliff:

'''Radiator fan relay''' refers to the electrical relay used to switch power to the [[Pontiac Fiero]] [[Radiator fan]].

The radiator fan relay allows a low-current control circuit to turn on the higher-current radiator fan motor.

== Overview ==

The radiator fan motor requires more current than a simple temperature switch, ECM output, or control circuit should carry directly.

The radiator fan relay acts as an electrical switch. When the control side of the relay is activated, the relay closes and sends power to the radiator fan motor.

A faulty relay, poor connector, wiring problem, blown fuse or fusible link, bad ground, failed fan motor, or control-circuit problem can prevent the radiator fan from operating correctly.

Related topics:

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan switch]]
* [[Electrical system]]
* [[Overheating]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the radiator fan relay location near the left front corner of the Fiero front compartment.}}

The radiator fan relay is located in the front compartment area, near the front cooling-fan and radiator wiring.

Factory service information identifies the coolant fan relay location as the left front corner of the front compartment.

The exact relay appearance, bracket, connector position, and wiring should be checked against the correct model-year wiring diagram and the actual car.

The radiator fan relay should not be confused with the [[Radiator fan switch]]. The switch or ECM control circuit triggers fan operation; the relay switches power to the fan motor.

== Function ==

The radiator fan relay switches power to the fan motor.

A simplified fan-control path is:

# The engine reaches the fan-control temperature, the air conditioning requests fan operation, or another fan-control condition is met.
# The fan-control circuit activates the relay.
# The relay closes.
# Power is sent to the radiator fan motor.
# The radiator fan runs.

The relay allows the fan motor to receive the current it needs without routing all fan-motor current through the temperature switch, ECM, or control circuit.

== Power side and control side ==

The radiator fan relay has two basic sides:

* A high-current power side for the fan motor
* A low-current control side used to energize the relay

The power side carries fan-motor current.

The control side may be triggered by a coolant temperature switch, ECM control, air-conditioning request, or related wiring depending on year and equipment.

A relay can click even if the fan motor does not run. In that case, the control side may be working, while the power side, fan motor, fan ground, connector, or power feed may still have a problem.

== Fan-control systems ==

Fiero fan-control strategy depends on model year, engine, and equipment.

Depending on the car, radiator fan relay operation may involve:

* Coolant temperature fan switch
* ECM control
* Air-conditioning request
* A/C pressure or control circuit
* Fuse or fusible-link feed
* Relay power circuit
* Relay ground/control circuit
* Fan motor ground
* Related wiring and connectors

Some systems use a coolant temperature fan switch to operate the relay. ECM-controlled systems use the ECM to provide a ground path for the fan relay.

Because the Fiero fan-control circuit varies by year and equipment, diagnosis should use the correct wiring diagram for the specific car.

== ECM-controlled operation ==

On ECM-controlled fan systems, the ECM can energize the radiator fan relay by completing the relay ground/control circuit.

In this arrangement, the ECM may command fan operation for conditions such as:

* High coolant temperature
* Air-conditioning request
* Certain coolant temperature sensor circuit failures

Factory service information for ECM-controlled cooling-fan operation describes the ECM as providing the ground path that energizes the fan relay. In that system, the fan can be commanded on when coolant temperature is above approximately 108°C / 230°F, and the relay is de-energized again when coolant temperature drops to about 101°C.

This should not be assumed to describe every Fiero fan-control circuit. Earlier or different systems may use a temperature switch or other control path.

Related topics:

* [[ECM]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]
* [[Code 14]]
* [[Code 15]]

== Air-conditioning relationship ==

On air-conditioned cars, the radiator fan may run when the air conditioning is selected.

On ECM-controlled systems, an A/C request signal can cause the ECM to energize the cooling fan relay. The A/C clutch does not necessarily have to engage for the fan request to occur.

Other fan-control arrangements may use different A/C request or pressure-switch logic, depending on year and equipment.

If the fan works with air conditioning but not from temperature control, the fan motor and part of the relay circuit may be functional, while the temperature-control side still needs diagnosis.

If the fan does not work with either air conditioning or high coolant temperature, check the fan motor, relay, power feed, ground, wiring, and control circuit.

Related topic:

* [[Air conditioning]]

== Relationship to the radiator fan switch ==

The [[Radiator fan switch]] is a temperature-controlled switch used on some Fiero fan-control systems.

The radiator fan relay is the electrical power-switching device used to operate the fan motor.

The switch or control circuit activates the relay.

The relay powers the fan.

The radiator fan switch should not be confused with the temperature gauge sender, warning-light switch, coolant temperature sensor, or fan relay. These parts may have separate functions depending on year and equipment.

Related topics:

* [[Radiator fan switch]]
* [[Temperature gauge]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]
* [[Coolant temperature sender]]

== Relationship to the fan motor ==

The relay is part of the fan motor power circuit.

If the relay is commanded on but the fan does not run, the problem may be in:

* Relay contacts
* Fan motor
* Fan ground
* Power feed
* Fan connector
* Relay connector
* Wiring between relay and fan motor

If the fan motor runs when powered directly but not through the car's wiring, the relay circuit, control circuit, power feed, or ground should be checked.

Related topics:

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]

== Common symptoms ==

Possible radiator-fan-relay-related symptoms include:

* Radiator fan does not turn on
* Fan works intermittently
* Fan works only when jumped or powered directly
* Fan works with one control method but not another
* Engine overheats at idle or in traffic
* Relay clicks but fan does not run
* Relay does not click when fan should be commanded
* Fan runs constantly if relay contacts stick closed
* Melted, loose, corroded, or damaged relay connector
* Fan operates when the relay is tapped or moved

== Common causes ==

Common causes of fan-relay-related problems include:

* Failed radiator fan relay
* Poor relay connector contact
* Corroded terminals
* Broken wiring
* Blown fuse
* Fusible-link or power-feed problem
* Poor fan ground
* Failed fan motor
* Faulty radiator fan switch
* Faulty coolant temperature sensor or control input
* ECM or control-circuit problem, depending on year
* Air-conditioning request or pressure-switch issue
* Previous wiring modifications

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Confirm whether the engine is actually overheating.
# Check whether the radiator fan turns freely.
# Check whether the fan motor runs when powered according to the correct test procedure.
# Check the fan fuse, fusible-link feed, or related power supply.
# Inspect the radiator fan relay connector.
# Check for corrosion, heat damage, looseness, or poor contact.
# Listen or feel for relay operation when the fan is commanded.
# Test or substitute the relay if appropriate.
# Check whether power is present at the relay power terminal.
# Check whether the relay control side is being commanded.
# Check the fan motor ground.
# Check the radiator fan switch, ECM control, A/C request, or other control circuit as applicable.
# Check the wiring diagram for the specific year, engine, and configuration.

Do not replace the relay before checking whether the fan motor, power feed, ground, and control circuit are capable of operating.

== Relay clicks but fan does not run ==

If the relay clicks but the fan does not run, the relay control side may be working.

Possible causes include:

* Burned or failed relay contacts
* No power feed to the relay
* Poor relay connector contact
* Open wiring between relay and fan motor
* Failed fan motor
* Poor fan ground
* Damaged fan connector
* High resistance in the fan-motor circuit

A clicking relay does not prove the fan motor is receiving full power.

== Relay does not click ==

If the relay does not click when the fan should be commanded, possible causes include:

* No ignition or control-side feed, depending on circuit
* No relay ground/control signal
* Faulty radiator fan switch
* ECM control issue, where applicable
* Coolant temperature sensor or control-input problem, where applicable
* A/C request problem, where applicable
* Open wiring
* Poor connector contact
* Failed relay coil

The correct wiring diagram should be used to determine whether the relay is controlled by a switch, ECM, A/C circuit, or combination of inputs.

== Fan runs constantly ==

A radiator fan that runs constantly may be caused by:

* Relay contacts stuck closed
* Control circuit shorted to ground
* Manual fan-switch modification
* ECM command due to coolant sensor circuit failure, where applicable
* Incorrect wiring modification
* A/C request or control issue, depending on system

On ECM-controlled systems, certain coolant temperature sensor circuit failures can cause commanded fan operation.

Related topics:

* [[Code 14]]
* [[Code 15]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]

== Relationship to overheating ==

A failed radiator fan relay can cause overheating at idle, in traffic, or during low-speed operation.

If the car cools normally at road speed but overheats when stationary, the radiator fan circuit should be checked.

However, overheating can also be caused by:

* Low coolant
* Trapped air
* Crushed coolant pipes
* Restricted radiator
* Incorrect or faulty caps
* Thermostat problem
* Water pump problem
* Collapsed hose
* Temperature gauge or sender problem

Related topics:

* [[Cooling system]]
* [[Overheating]]
* [[Coolant filling procedure]]
* [[Thermostat]]
* [[Water pump]]
* [[Coolant pipes]]

== Manual fan switches ==

Some owners add a manual fan switch to control the radiator fan from inside the car.

A manual fan switch should normally be wired through the relay control side rather than carrying fan-motor current directly.

A manual switch should not bypass proper fuse or fusible-link protection.

Manual fan control may be useful as a diagnostic aid or temporary backup, but it should not be used to hide an unresolved cooling-system, relay, fan, or control-circuit fault.

== Service notes ==

When working on the radiator fan relay circuit:

* Keep hands, tools, wiring, and clothing away from the fan.
* The fan may start unexpectedly if commanded by the control circuit.
* Check the fan motor before condemning the relay.
* Check the relay connector for corrosion, looseness, heat damage, or pushed-out terminals.
* Check both the relay power side and relay control side.
* Verify whether the car uses switch-controlled or ECM-controlled fan logic.
* Verify whether the car has air conditioning.
* Use the correct wiring diagram for the model year and equipment.
* Do not assume every overheating problem is caused by the relay.

== Notes ==

Do not assume the fan relay is bad simply because the fan does not run.

The fan motor, fan switch, fuse or fusible link, wiring, ground, relay connector, and control circuit should all be considered.

The relay is separate from the engine-mounted temperature switch or coolant sensor.

== See also ==

* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan switch]]
* [[Cooling system]]
* [[Overheating]]
* [[Electrical system]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]
* [[Connector pinouts]]
* [[Coolant temperature sensor]]
* [[Temperature gauge]]
* [[Air conditioning]]
* [[ECM]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Cooling system]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Common problems]]

Fuses and relays

2026-07-19T00:16:14Z

Cliff: /* Power distribution and fusible links */

'''Fuses and relays''' refers to the fuse block, fuses, circuit breakers, fusible links, and relay-controlled circuits used in the [[Pontiac Fiero]] electrical system.

On the Fiero, many electrical problems can be traced to a blown fuse, poor fuse-block contact, a failed circuit breaker, a bad ground, damaged wiring, or a failed relay in a specific circuit.

== Fuse access location ==

The main fuse block is located under the left side of the instrument panel, on the driver's side.

Access to the fuses is through a fuse-block access door under the left side of the dash. The access door is released by pushing inward on the two release tabs near the center and swinging the door down toward the seat.

This location makes the fuse block accessible from the driver's footwell area.

== Fuse block layout ==

[[File:fuse_box.png|thumb|right|400px|Fiero fuse block layout.]]

The Fiero fuse block contains standard blade fuses and circuit breakers.

The fuse block includes circuits for engine control, fuel pump, lighting, heater and air conditioning, turn signals, brake lights, power windows, gauges, wipers, radio, courtesy lighting, and power accessories.

Because fuse labels are abbreviated, the fuse list below expands the labels into their common circuit meanings.

<div style="clear: right;"></div>

== Fuse list ==

The fuse-block labels most commonly shown for the Fiero are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Fuse / breaker label
! Rating
! Common meaning / circuit
! Notes
|-
| ECM IGN
| 10A
| ECM / Computer Command Control ignition feed
| Engine-control ignition power
|-
| F PUMP
| 10A
| Fuel pump relay / oil pressure switch feed
| Fuel pump circuit
|-
| TAIL
| 20A
| Tail lamps, parking lamps, side marker lamps, license plate lamp, and related illumination
| Exterior running lights and related illumination
|-
| FAN E
| 20A
| Coolant fan relay coil; engine/trunk blower on earlier V6 cars where equipped
| Cooling fan control circuit; verify by model year
|-
| TURN B/U
| 20A
| Turn-signal flasher and backup lamps
| Signal / reverse-light related
|-
| TBI INJ1
| 5A
| Throttle-body injection injector circuit 1
| Four-cylinder engine-control related
|-
| STOP HAZ
| 20A
| Stop lamps, hazard flasher, and warning chime
| Brake-light / hazard circuit
|-
| HTR/A/C
| 25A
| Heater / air-conditioning circuit
| HVAC-related power
|-
| GAUGES
| 10A
| Gauges and related warning/control circuits
| Instrument-related circuits
|-
| TBI INJ2
| 5A
| Throttle-body injection injector circuit 2
| Four-cylinder engine-control related
|-
| BAT
| 20A
| Battery-fed circuit
| Constant-power feed for related circuits
|-
| WDO
| 30A circuit breaker
| Power windows
| Power-window protection
|-
| INST LP
| 5A
| Instrument panel lamps and headlight warning
| Dash lighting / warning circuit
|-
| RADIO
| 10A
| Radio and related control circuits
| Radio, cruise control, VSS/TCC-related circuits depending on equipment
|-
| PWR ACC
| 30A circuit breaker
| Power door locks and rear window defogger
| Power accessory circuit
|-
| WIPER
| 25A
| Windshield wiper circuit
| Wiper motor / related circuit
|-
| CTSY/LID
| 25A
| Courtesy lights, rear compartment light, rear lock relay, and power sport mirror control
| Interior courtesy / rear compartment / power mirror-related circuit
|}

Because Fieros were offered with different engines, trim levels, and options, the exact downstream loads can vary by year and equipment. The fuse-block labels themselves are usually the most useful starting point for diagnosis.

== Power distribution and fusible links ==

The fuse block is only one part of the Fiero power distribution system.

The Fiero power distribution system may include:

* Fusible links
* Fuses
* Circuit breakers
* Light switch
* Ignition switch
* Related connectors and feed circuits

Fusible links are short protective wire sections used on higher-current feed circuits. They are intended to melt and stop current flow if excessive current occurs in a part of the electrical system that is not protected by ordinary fuses or circuit breakers.

Fusible links should not be replaced with ordinary wire.

Factory service information identifies fusible links in several power-distribution areas, including locations such as the battery junction block, forward lamp harness, starter solenoid, and rear bulkhead connector. Exact fusible-link locations, colors, ratings, and protected circuits should be checked against the correct model-year wiring diagram.

Related topics:

* [[Electrical system]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]
* [[Connector pinouts]]

== Rear fuse-block connectors ==

Some service information shows rear connector cavity locations at the back of the fuse block.

These rear connections can be relevant when diagnosing intermittent power loss, heat damage, loose terminals, or previous wiring repairs.

If rear fuse-block connector work is required, use the correct model-year wiring diagram and connector-location information. Do not rely only on the front fuse-block label.

== Circuit breakers ==

The Fiero fuse block also uses circuit breakers.

The most obvious circuit breakers shown in the fuse-block diagram are:

* '''WDO''' – 30A circuit breaker for the power-window circuit
* '''PWR ACC''' – 30A circuit breaker for power-accessory circuits

The owner's manual also notes that some circuits use circuit-breaker protection instead of an ordinary fuse. Examples include headlight wiring and the windshield wiper motor.

Unlike an ordinary fuse, a circuit breaker may open during an overload and later reset. This can create an intermittent problem where a circuit stops working, then works again after the breaker cools.

If a circuit breaker repeatedly opens, the cause of the overload should be found rather than bypassing the protection.

== Flasher and relay locations ==

The fuse block protects many circuits, but several flashers and relays are located elsewhere.

The owner's manual identifies these under-dash locations:

* The hazard flasher and horn relay are located under the right side of the instrument panel.
* The turn-signal flasher is located on the left side of the steering column, under the instrument panel.

The 1988 service manual gives additional component locations, including:

* Fuse block — behind the left side of the instrument panel
* Coolant fan relay — left front corner of the front compartment
* Fuel pump relay — engine compartment, left side of the rear bulkhead
* A/C power relay — front compartment, on the right side of the heater/A/C module
* High-speed blower relay — on the right side of the heater/A/C plenum

These locations are useful starting points, but relay locations and wiring details should still be verified against the correct model-year wiring diagram.

Related topics:

* [[Fuel pump relay]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]
* [[Headlight control module]]
* [[Horn]]
* [[Air conditioning]]

== What the common abbreviations mean ==

Some Fiero fuse-block abbreviations are not immediately obvious:

{| class="wikitable"
! Abbreviation
! Meaning
|-
| ECM IGN
| Engine Control Module ignition feed
|-
| F PUMP
| Fuel pump
|-
| HTR/A/C
| Heater / air conditioning
|-
| TURN B/U
| Turn signals / backup lamps
|-
| TBI INJ1 / INJ2
| Throttle-body injection injector circuits
|-
| STOP HAZ
| Stop lamps / hazards
|-
| WDO
| Power windows
|-
| INST LP
| Instrument lamps
|-
| CTSY/LID
| Courtesy / decklid circuit
|}

== Relay-controlled circuits ==

The fuse block protects many circuits, but the actual relay for a circuit may be located somewhere else in the car.

Important relay-controlled circuits include:

* [[Fuel pump]]
* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Headlights]]
* [[Horn]]
* [[Air conditioning]]

For some circuits, the fuse in the fuse block protects the control or supply side, while the actual load is switched by a relay located elsewhere in the car.

Examples:

* The '''F/PMP''' fuse is part of the fuel-pump circuit, but the actual pump is also controlled by the fuel-pump relay and oil-pressure-switch backup circuit.
* The '''HTR/A/C''' circuit is related to HVAC operation, but A/C and radiator-fan operation may also involve relays.
* The headlight system differs between 1984-1986 and 1987-1988 Fieros and should be diagnosed using the correct year-specific system information.

Related topics:

* [[Fuel pump relay]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]
* [[Headlight control module]]
* [[Headlight motor problems]]

== Common fuse-block problems ==

Common Fiero fuse and fuse-block problems include:

* Blown fuse
* Fuse installed with the wrong amperage
* Poor contact between fuse and fuse-block terminals
* Corrosion
* Heat damage
* Previous-owner wiring modifications
* Loose rear connector cavities
* Circuit breaker failure
* Repeatedly blown fuse caused by a short or failed component

A blown fuse should not simply be replaced repeatedly without finding the cause.

== Diagnosis ==

When diagnosing a Fiero fuse or relay-related electrical problem:

# Identify the affected circuit.
# Check the correct fuse or circuit breaker.
# Verify the fuse rating.
# Check for power on both sides of the fuse.
# Inspect the fuse-block terminals for corrosion or looseness.
# Check the rear connector cavities if there is evidence of heat or intermittent power loss.
# If the circuit also uses a relay, test that relay and the related wiring.
# Inspect grounds.
# Inspect for aftermarket wiring or previous repairs.

A fuse that looks good visually may still have poor contact or may not be receiving power.

== Repeatedly blown fuses ==

A fuse that blows repeatedly indicates a fault somewhere in the circuit.

Possible causes include:

* Short to ground
* Pinched or chafed wiring
* Failed motor
* Failed relay
* Failed switch
* Incorrect bulb or component
* Water intrusion
* Poor aftermarket wiring

Do not solve a repeatedly blown fuse by installing a higher-rated fuse.

== Notes ==

This page is mainly a Fiero fuse-block overview.

For detailed circuit diagnosis, it is often better to continue to the specific circuit page, such as:

* [[Fuel pump]]
* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Headlights]]
* [[Horn]]
* [[Air conditioning]]
* [[Electrical system]]

== See also ==

* [[Electrical system]]
* [[Ground problems]]
* [[Wiring diagrams]]
* [[Connector pinouts]]
* [[Fuel pump]]
* [[Fuel pump relay]]
* [[Radiator fan]]
* [[Radiator fan relay]]
* [[Headlights]]
* [[Headlight motor problems]]
* [[Headlight control module]]
* [[Horn]]
* [[Air conditioning]]
* [[No-start diagnosis]]
* [[Fuse block]]
* [[Circuit breakers]]
* [[Hazard flasher]]
* [[Turn signal flasher]]
* [[Power distribution]]
* [[Fusible links]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Electrical system]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]
[[Category:Reference]]

Transmission fluid

2026-07-19T00:14:56Z

Cliff: /* 1988 fluid capacities */

'''Transmission fluid''' refers to the lubricant or hydraulic fluid used in the manual and automatic transaxles of the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

Correct transmission fluid is important for lubrication, cooling, shifting quality, hydraulic operation, bearing life, synchronizer operation, and overall transmission durability. The correct fluid, capacity, and level-check procedure depend on the installed transmission.

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero used both manual and automatic transaxles.

Factory transmission types include:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]

Automatic and manual transaxles use fluid differently.

The automatic transaxle uses fluid for hydraulic pressure, lubrication, cooling, torque converter operation, and torque converter clutch operation.

Manual transaxles use fluid primarily to lubricate gears, bearings, shafts, synchronizers, differential components, and other internal parts.

Because many Fieros have been repaired, modified, or transmission-swapped over time, the installed transmission should be identified before adding, checking, or changing fluid.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo showing Fiero transmission fluid service points, such as the automatic transmission dipstick, manual transaxle fill/check point, drain plug, transmission pan, or axle-seal area.}}

The transmission is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

Fluid check, fill, and drain locations depend on the installed transmission.

The [[TH125 automatic]] has a dipstick and filler tube.

Manual transaxle fluid check and fill locations depend on the transmission type.

== Factory transmission types ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! Type
! Common RPO code
! Fluid-service notes
|-
| [[TH125 automatic]]
| 3-speed automatic transaxle
| MD9
| Uses automatic transmission fluid; level is checked with the dipstick using the correct procedure
|-
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual transaxle
| MY8, M19, M17
| Used on earlier Fiero manual applications; fluid information should be checked against the correct model year
|-
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MT2
| Used with the 2.5L four-cylinder; fluid and capacity should be checked for the installed transmission
|-
| [[Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| Used with later V6 applications; fluid and capacity should be checked for the installed transmission
|}

Transmission type should be verified before choosing fluid or following a service procedure.

== Factory fluid information ==

Factory fluid recommendations depend on model year, transmission type, and RPO code.

Factory service information for at least the 1988 model year identifies these transmission-related fluids and lubricants:

{| class="wikitable"
! Usage
! Fluid / lubricant information
! Notes
|-
| Automatic transmission / transaxle
| DEXRON-II automatic transmission fluid
| Applies to the 125C automatic transaxle
|-
| 5-speed manual transmission, where specified by RPO/application
| DEXRON-II automatic transmission fluid
| Listed for certain 5-speed manual applications; verify by transmission type and model year
|-
| Manual transaxle
| GM Part No. 12345349
| Factory part-number listing; modern replacement recommendations should be verified
|-
| Manual transmission / transaxle shift linkage
| Chassis grease
| For shift linkage lubrication
|-
| Automatic transmission / transaxle shift linkage
| Engine oil
| For shift linkage lubrication
|-
| Floor shift linkage
| Engine oil
| For shifter linkage lubrication
|}

Do not assume that every Fiero manual transmission uses the same fluid. Fluid recommendations vary by transmission type and may also be affected by later superseded GM fluid specifications.

When servicing a transmission, verify the correct fluid recommendation for the model year, RPO code, and installed transmission.

== Factory 1988 fluid capacities ==

Factory service information for the 1988 Fiero lists the following transmission capacities:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Manufacturer / type
! Refill capacity
! Overhaul capacity
|-
| 125C automatic transaxle
| MD9
| 3-speed automatic
| 3.8 L / 8.0 pt
| 4.7 L / 10.0 pt
|-
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| Muncie / Getrag
| 1.9 L / 4.1 pt
| —
|-
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MT2
| Isuzu
| 2.5 L / 5.3 pt
| —
|}

These figures are verified from 1988 factory service information. They are useful reference values for the listed transmissions, but earlier model-year documentation, replacement transmissions, rebuilt transmissions, dry-fill conditions, or swapped cars should be checked against the correct information for the actual transmission installed.

== Automatic transmission fluid ==

Automatic-equipped Fieros used the [[TH125 automatic]], also known as the TH125C or 125C.

Automatic transmission fluid is used for:

* Hydraulic pressure
* Gear engagement
* Torque converter operation
* Torque converter clutch operation
* Lubrication
* Cooling
* Internal cleaning and debris suspension

Fluid level and condition are especially important in an automatic transmission. Incorrect fluid level can cause shifting problems, slipping, overheating, delayed engagement, erratic operation, or internal damage.

Related topics:

* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Automatic fluid level ==

Automatic transmission fluid level should be checked using the correct procedure for the transmission.

General points:

* Park the vehicle safely.
* Use the correct gear-selector position.
* Check the fluid at the correct temperature.
* Read the dipstick carefully.
* Do not allow the transmission to remain low on fluid.
* Do not overfill the transmission.

Low fluid can cause slipping, delayed engagement, erratic shifting, overheating, air entering the hydraulic system, and internal damage.

Overfilling can cause foaming, venting, leaks, erratic operation, and incorrect dipstick readings.

== Automatic fluid condition ==

Automatic fluid condition can provide useful diagnostic information, but appearance alone can be misleading.

Possible warning signs include:

* Burnt smell
* Very dark fluid
* Milky or pink fluid
* Foamy fluid
* Air bubbles on the dipstick
* Metal debris
* Clutch material in the pan
* Rubber particles
* Engine coolant contamination
* Repeatedly low fluid level

Dark color or stronger odor does not always prove transmission failure by itself. Fluid level, contamination, debris, operating symptoms, and service history should be considered together.

Air bubbles on the dipstick can indicate air entering the suction side of the system and may cause erratic operation or slipping.

Milky or pink fluid can indicate water or coolant contamination and should be investigated.

== Automatic fluid and filter service ==

The [[TH125 automatic]] has a removable transmission pan and internal screen/filter.

A normal automatic fluid service may include:

# Raise and safely support the vehicle.
# Place a drain pan under the transmission pan.
# Loosen or remove pan bolts as needed to drain the fluid.
# Remove the pan and gasket.
# Remove the screen/filter and seal.
# Inspect the pan and filter area for debris or contamination.
# Clean the pan and gasket surfaces.
# Install the new screen/filter and seal.
# Install the pan with a new gasket.
# Refill with the correct automatic transmission fluid.
# Check the fluid level using the correct procedure.
# Recheck for leaks.

Debris in the pan or screen/filter should not be ignored.

Material to watch for includes:

* Metal particles
* Clutch-facing material
* Rubber particles
* Engine coolant
* Heavy sludge or unusual debris

If contamination is found, the source should be identified and corrected rather than simply replacing the fluid.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]

== Automatic service interval ==

Automatic transmission service interval depends on use.

Severe operating conditions can include:

* Heavy city traffic
* High outside temperatures
* Hilly or mountainous driving
* Frequent trailer pulling
* Commercial use such as taxi, police, or delivery service
* Dusty-area operation

Under severe service, the automatic transaxle fluid and strainer are serviced more often than under normal use.

For a general Fieropedia page, the important point is that automatic fluid service interval depends on model year, maintenance schedule, and driving conditions.

== Manual transmission fluid ==

Manual-transmission Fieros use fluid to lubricate internal transaxle parts.

Manual transaxle fluid lubricates:

* Gears
* Bearings
* Shafts
* Synchronizers
* Differential components
* Internal shift components

Factory manual transmissions include:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]

Manual transmission fluid recommendations can vary by transmission type and model year. Do not assume that all Fiero manual transmissions use the same fluid or capacity.

== Manual transmission fluid level ==

Manual transaxle fluid level should be checked using the correct procedure for the installed transmission.

General checks include:

* Identify the installed transmission.
* Locate the correct fill/check point.
* Check the fluid only under the correct conditions.
* Add only the correct fluid.
* Avoid overfilling.
* Reinstall plugs or dipsticks correctly.
* Check for leaks after service.

Low fluid can cause bearing noise, gear noise, hard shifting, synchronizer wear, overheating, and internal damage.

== Manual transmission fluid condition ==

Manual transmission fluid condition can affect shifting and transmission life.

Possible warning signs include:

* Low fluid level
* Metallic debris
* Water contamination
* Wrong fluid type
* Gear noise
* Bearing noise
* Hard shifting
* Grinding
* Fluid leaks
* Dark or contaminated fluid

Incorrect or contaminated fluid can contribute to poor shifting or synchronizer complaints, but many Fiero manual-transmission shifting complaints are caused by clutch hydraulic problems, shift cable problems, or worn linkage rather than fluid alone.

Related topics:

* [[Grinding gears]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]

== Fluid type cautions ==

Fluid recommendations are a common source of confusion in Fiero discussions.

Before adding or replacing transmission fluid:

* Identify the transmission.
* Check the correct model-year information.
* Avoid mixing unknown fluids if possible.
* Do not assume automatic and manual transmissions use the same fluid.
* Do not assume all manual transmissions use the same fluid.
* Do not rely only on what a previous owner used.
* Be cautious with universal fluid recommendations.
* Verify whether a modern replacement fluid is appropriate before using it.

Factory fluid part numbers and specifications may have been superseded over time. When documenting fluid information, Fieropedia should distinguish between original factory information, later service recommendations, and aftermarket owner practice.

== DEXRON-II, DEXRON-III, and later fluids ==

Original Fiero documentation may refer to older GM automatic transmission fluids such as DEXRON-II.

Later replacement fluids may have superseded earlier fluids, but Fieropedia should avoid making broad modern-fluid claims unless they are supported by reliable service information.

For practical service work, owners should verify that any modern fluid is suitable for the installed transmission and the intended use.

== Leaks ==

Transmission fluid leaks should be inspected and repaired.

Common leak areas include:

* Axle seals
* Transmission pan gasket on automatic transmissions
* Cooler lines on automatic transmissions
* Fill plug or drain plug
* Dipstick tube
* Case seams
* Vent area
* Input shaft or bellhousing area
* Previous repair areas

A leak should not be ignored. Low fluid can cause serious internal damage.

== Axle seals ==

Axle seals are common leak points on Fiero transaxles.

A leaking axle seal may leave fluid on the transaxle case, cradle, suspension parts, or ground. If the leak is severe, the transmission fluid level may drop low enough to cause noise, poor shifting, overheating, or internal damage.

Related topics:

* [[Drive axle]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Cooler lines ==

Automatic-equipped Fieros use transmission cooler lines.

Cooler-line problems can cause:

* Fluid leaks
* Low fluid level
* Transmission overheating
* Fluid contamination
* Damage after incorrect repair or routing

Cooler lines should be inspected when servicing the [[TH125 automatic]] or diagnosing automatic transmission fluid loss.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]

== Symptoms of incorrect, low, or contaminated fluid ==

Possible symptoms include:

* Hard shifting
* Grinding
* Gear noise
* Bearing noise
* Slipping automatic transmission
* Harsh automatic shifts
* Delayed automatic engagement
* Erratic automatic shifting
* Torque converter clutch complaints
* Overheating
* Fluid smell
* Fluid leak
* Transmission failure

These symptoms can also be caused by clutch problems, shift cables, internal wear, hydraulic faults, wiring faults, torque converter clutch problems, engine performance problems, mounts, or axle problems.

== Relationship to clutch problems ==

Manual-transmission fluid problems can cause noise or shifting issues, but many Fiero manual shifting complaints are caused by incomplete clutch release.

Before blaming the fluid or the transmission itself, also check:

* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]
* [[Shift cable]]

If the car shifts easily with the engine off but grinds with the engine running, clutch release should be checked first.

== Relationship to automatic problems ==

Automatic transmission fluid level and condition are basic diagnostic checks.

Automatic transmission symptoms may involve:

* Fluid level
* Fluid condition
* Filter or strainer restriction
* Torque converter clutch operation
* Shift cable adjustment
* Throttle valve cable adjustment
* Cooler line problems
* Internal transmission wear
* Engine performance problems

Related topics:

* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Diagnosis ==

Basic transmission-fluid diagnostic checks include:

# Identify the installed transmission.
# Check for leaks.
# Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
# Inspect fluid color and smell.
# Check for contamination.
# Check for air bubbles or foaming.
# Check for metal debris.
# Verify the correct fluid type.
# Check service history if available.
# Inspect related components such as cooler lines, axle seals, plugs, pan gasket, or dipstick tube.
# Recheck operation after service.

Fluid diagnosis should be combined with clutch, cable, hydraulic, mount, and transmission-specific checks.

== Service notes ==

When servicing transmission fluid:

* Identify the transmission before buying fluid.
* Use the correct fluid type.
* Use the correct fill/check procedure.
* Avoid overfilling.
* Avoid running the transmission low on fluid.
* Clean around fill and drain points before opening them.
* Inspect for leaks after service.
* Dispose of used fluid properly.
* Recheck level after driving if the service procedure requires it.
* Do not assume a previous owner used the correct fluid.
* Do not assume 1984-1988 transmissions all use the same capacity or service procedure.

== Notes ==

Transmission fluid is a basic maintenance item, but the correct procedure depends on the installed transmission.

Factory 1988 information is useful for 1988 cars, but earlier Fieros and transmission-swapped cars should be checked against the correct information for the actual transmission installed.

== Forum discussions ==

Useful repair or diagnostic threads may be added here when they contain practical information about transmission fluid service, transmission leaks, fluid selection, automatic transmission pan service, manual transaxle fill procedures, or confirmed fluid-related fixes.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Grinding gears]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]
* [[Service procedures]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]

Transmission fluid

2026-07-19T00:14:06Z

Cliff: /* Factory fluid information */

'''Transmission fluid''' refers to the lubricant or hydraulic fluid used in the manual and automatic transaxles of the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

Correct transmission fluid is important for lubrication, cooling, shifting quality, hydraulic operation, bearing life, synchronizer operation, and overall transmission durability. The correct fluid, capacity, and level-check procedure depend on the installed transmission.

== Overview ==

The Pontiac Fiero used both manual and automatic transaxles.

Factory transmission types include:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]

Automatic and manual transaxles use fluid differently.

The automatic transaxle uses fluid for hydraulic pressure, lubrication, cooling, torque converter operation, and torque converter clutch operation.

Manual transaxles use fluid primarily to lubricate gears, bearings, shafts, synchronizers, differential components, and other internal parts.

Because many Fieros have been repaired, modified, or transmission-swapped over time, the installed transmission should be identified before adding, checking, or changing fluid.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo showing Fiero transmission fluid service points, such as the automatic transmission dipstick, manual transaxle fill/check point, drain plug, transmission pan, or axle-seal area.}}

The transmission is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

Fluid check, fill, and drain locations depend on the installed transmission.

The [[TH125 automatic]] has a dipstick and filler tube.

Manual transaxle fluid check and fill locations depend on the transmission type.

== Factory transmission types ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! Type
! Common RPO code
! Fluid-service notes
|-
| [[TH125 automatic]]
| 3-speed automatic transaxle
| MD9
| Uses automatic transmission fluid; level is checked with the dipstick using the correct procedure
|-
| [[Muncie 4-speed]]
| 4-speed manual transaxle
| MY8, M19, M17
| Used on earlier Fiero manual applications; fluid information should be checked against the correct model year
|-
| [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MT2
| Used with the 2.5L four-cylinder; fluid and capacity should be checked for the installed transmission
|-
| [[Getrag 5-speed]]
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| Used with later V6 applications; fluid and capacity should be checked for the installed transmission
|}

Transmission type should be verified before choosing fluid or following a service procedure.

== Factory fluid information ==

Factory fluid recommendations depend on model year, transmission type, and RPO code.

Factory service information for at least the 1988 model year identifies these transmission-related fluids and lubricants:

{| class="wikitable"
! Usage
! Fluid / lubricant information
! Notes
|-
| Automatic transmission / transaxle
| DEXRON-II automatic transmission fluid
| Applies to the 125C automatic transaxle
|-
| 5-speed manual transmission, where specified by RPO/application
| DEXRON-II automatic transmission fluid
| Listed for certain 5-speed manual applications; verify by transmission type and model year
|-
| Manual transaxle
| GM Part No. 12345349
| Factory part-number listing; modern replacement recommendations should be verified
|-
| Manual transmission / transaxle shift linkage
| Chassis grease
| For shift linkage lubrication
|-
| Automatic transmission / transaxle shift linkage
| Engine oil
| For shift linkage lubrication
|-
| Floor shift linkage
| Engine oil
| For shifter linkage lubrication
|}

Do not assume that every Fiero manual transmission uses the same fluid. Fluid recommendations vary by transmission type and may also be affected by later superseded GM fluid specifications.

When servicing a transmission, verify the correct fluid recommendation for the model year, RPO code, and installed transmission.

== 1988 fluid capacities ==

For 1988 Fieros, the listed transmission capacities are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Manufacturer / type
! Refill capacity
! Overhaul capacity
|-
| 125C automatic transaxle
| MD9
| 3-speed automatic
| 3.8 L / 8.0 pt
| 4.7 L / 10.0 pt
|-
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| Muncie / Getrag
| 1.9 L / 4.1 pt
| —
|-
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MT2
| Isuzu
| 2.5 L / 5.3 pt
| —
|}

These figures apply to 1988 service information. Earlier Fieros, replacement transmissions, rebuilt transmissions, or swapped cars should be checked against the correct information for the actual transmission installed.

== Automatic transmission fluid ==

Automatic-equipped Fieros used the [[TH125 automatic]], also known as the TH125C or 125C.

Automatic transmission fluid is used for:

* Hydraulic pressure
* Gear engagement
* Torque converter operation
* Torque converter clutch operation
* Lubrication
* Cooling
* Internal cleaning and debris suspension

Fluid level and condition are especially important in an automatic transmission. Incorrect fluid level can cause shifting problems, slipping, overheating, delayed engagement, erratic operation, or internal damage.

Related topics:

* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Automatic fluid level ==

Automatic transmission fluid level should be checked using the correct procedure for the transmission.

General points:

* Park the vehicle safely.
* Use the correct gear-selector position.
* Check the fluid at the correct temperature.
* Read the dipstick carefully.
* Do not allow the transmission to remain low on fluid.
* Do not overfill the transmission.

Low fluid can cause slipping, delayed engagement, erratic shifting, overheating, air entering the hydraulic system, and internal damage.

Overfilling can cause foaming, venting, leaks, erratic operation, and incorrect dipstick readings.

== Automatic fluid condition ==

Automatic fluid condition can provide useful diagnostic information, but appearance alone can be misleading.

Possible warning signs include:

* Burnt smell
* Very dark fluid
* Milky or pink fluid
* Foamy fluid
* Air bubbles on the dipstick
* Metal debris
* Clutch material in the pan
* Rubber particles
* Engine coolant contamination
* Repeatedly low fluid level

Dark color or stronger odor does not always prove transmission failure by itself. Fluid level, contamination, debris, operating symptoms, and service history should be considered together.

Air bubbles on the dipstick can indicate air entering the suction side of the system and may cause erratic operation or slipping.

Milky or pink fluid can indicate water or coolant contamination and should be investigated.

== Automatic fluid and filter service ==

The [[TH125 automatic]] has a removable transmission pan and internal screen/filter.

A normal automatic fluid service may include:

# Raise and safely support the vehicle.
# Place a drain pan under the transmission pan.
# Loosen or remove pan bolts as needed to drain the fluid.
# Remove the pan and gasket.
# Remove the screen/filter and seal.
# Inspect the pan and filter area for debris or contamination.
# Clean the pan and gasket surfaces.
# Install the new screen/filter and seal.
# Install the pan with a new gasket.
# Refill with the correct automatic transmission fluid.
# Check the fluid level using the correct procedure.
# Recheck for leaks.

Debris in the pan or screen/filter should not be ignored.

Material to watch for includes:

* Metal particles
* Clutch-facing material
* Rubber particles
* Engine coolant
* Heavy sludge or unusual debris

If contamination is found, the source should be identified and corrected rather than simply replacing the fluid.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]

== Automatic service interval ==

Automatic transmission service interval depends on use.

Severe operating conditions can include:

* Heavy city traffic
* High outside temperatures
* Hilly or mountainous driving
* Frequent trailer pulling
* Commercial use such as taxi, police, or delivery service
* Dusty-area operation

Under severe service, the automatic transaxle fluid and strainer are serviced more often than under normal use.

For a general Fieropedia page, the important point is that automatic fluid service interval depends on model year, maintenance schedule, and driving conditions.

== Manual transmission fluid ==

Manual-transmission Fieros use fluid to lubricate internal transaxle parts.

Manual transaxle fluid lubricates:

* Gears
* Bearings
* Shafts
* Synchronizers
* Differential components
* Internal shift components

Factory manual transmissions include:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]

Manual transmission fluid recommendations can vary by transmission type and model year. Do not assume that all Fiero manual transmissions use the same fluid or capacity.

== Manual transmission fluid level ==

Manual transaxle fluid level should be checked using the correct procedure for the installed transmission.

General checks include:

* Identify the installed transmission.
* Locate the correct fill/check point.
* Check the fluid only under the correct conditions.
* Add only the correct fluid.
* Avoid overfilling.
* Reinstall plugs or dipsticks correctly.
* Check for leaks after service.

Low fluid can cause bearing noise, gear noise, hard shifting, synchronizer wear, overheating, and internal damage.

== Manual transmission fluid condition ==

Manual transmission fluid condition can affect shifting and transmission life.

Possible warning signs include:

* Low fluid level
* Metallic debris
* Water contamination
* Wrong fluid type
* Gear noise
* Bearing noise
* Hard shifting
* Grinding
* Fluid leaks
* Dark or contaminated fluid

Incorrect or contaminated fluid can contribute to poor shifting or synchronizer complaints, but many Fiero manual-transmission shifting complaints are caused by clutch hydraulic problems, shift cable problems, or worn linkage rather than fluid alone.

Related topics:

* [[Grinding gears]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]

== Fluid type cautions ==

Fluid recommendations are a common source of confusion in Fiero discussions.

Before adding or replacing transmission fluid:

* Identify the transmission.
* Check the correct model-year information.
* Avoid mixing unknown fluids if possible.
* Do not assume automatic and manual transmissions use the same fluid.
* Do not assume all manual transmissions use the same fluid.
* Do not rely only on what a previous owner used.
* Be cautious with universal fluid recommendations.
* Verify whether a modern replacement fluid is appropriate before using it.

Factory fluid part numbers and specifications may have been superseded over time. When documenting fluid information, Fieropedia should distinguish between original factory information, later service recommendations, and aftermarket owner practice.

== DEXRON-II, DEXRON-III, and later fluids ==

Original Fiero documentation may refer to older GM automatic transmission fluids such as DEXRON-II.

Later replacement fluids may have superseded earlier fluids, but Fieropedia should avoid making broad modern-fluid claims unless they are supported by reliable service information.

For practical service work, owners should verify that any modern fluid is suitable for the installed transmission and the intended use.

== Leaks ==

Transmission fluid leaks should be inspected and repaired.

Common leak areas include:

* Axle seals
* Transmission pan gasket on automatic transmissions
* Cooler lines on automatic transmissions
* Fill plug or drain plug
* Dipstick tube
* Case seams
* Vent area
* Input shaft or bellhousing area
* Previous repair areas

A leak should not be ignored. Low fluid can cause serious internal damage.

== Axle seals ==

Axle seals are common leak points on Fiero transaxles.

A leaking axle seal may leave fluid on the transaxle case, cradle, suspension parts, or ground. If the leak is severe, the transmission fluid level may drop low enough to cause noise, poor shifting, overheating, or internal damage.

Related topics:

* [[Drive axle]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Cooler lines ==

Automatic-equipped Fieros use transmission cooler lines.

Cooler-line problems can cause:

* Fluid leaks
* Low fluid level
* Transmission overheating
* Fluid contamination
* Damage after incorrect repair or routing

Cooler lines should be inspected when servicing the [[TH125 automatic]] or diagnosing automatic transmission fluid loss.

Related topics:

* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]

== Symptoms of incorrect, low, or contaminated fluid ==

Possible symptoms include:

* Hard shifting
* Grinding
* Gear noise
* Bearing noise
* Slipping automatic transmission
* Harsh automatic shifts
* Delayed automatic engagement
* Erratic automatic shifting
* Torque converter clutch complaints
* Overheating
* Fluid smell
* Fluid leak
* Transmission failure

These symptoms can also be caused by clutch problems, shift cables, internal wear, hydraulic faults, wiring faults, torque converter clutch problems, engine performance problems, mounts, or axle problems.

== Relationship to clutch problems ==

Manual-transmission fluid problems can cause noise or shifting issues, but many Fiero manual shifting complaints are caused by incomplete clutch release.

Before blaming the fluid or the transmission itself, also check:

* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]
* [[Shift cable]]

If the car shifts easily with the engine off but grinds with the engine running, clutch release should be checked first.

== Relationship to automatic problems ==

Automatic transmission fluid level and condition are basic diagnostic checks.

Automatic transmission symptoms may involve:

* Fluid level
* Fluid condition
* Filter or strainer restriction
* Torque converter clutch operation
* Shift cable adjustment
* Throttle valve cable adjustment
* Cooler line problems
* Internal transmission wear
* Engine performance problems

Related topics:

* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Diagnosis ==

Basic transmission-fluid diagnostic checks include:

# Identify the installed transmission.
# Check for leaks.
# Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
# Inspect fluid color and smell.
# Check for contamination.
# Check for air bubbles or foaming.
# Check for metal debris.
# Verify the correct fluid type.
# Check service history if available.
# Inspect related components such as cooler lines, axle seals, plugs, pan gasket, or dipstick tube.
# Recheck operation after service.

Fluid diagnosis should be combined with clutch, cable, hydraulic, mount, and transmission-specific checks.

== Service notes ==

When servicing transmission fluid:

* Identify the transmission before buying fluid.
* Use the correct fluid type.
* Use the correct fill/check procedure.
* Avoid overfilling.
* Avoid running the transmission low on fluid.
* Clean around fill and drain points before opening them.
* Inspect for leaks after service.
* Dispose of used fluid properly.
* Recheck level after driving if the service procedure requires it.
* Do not assume a previous owner used the correct fluid.
* Do not assume 1984-1988 transmissions all use the same capacity or service procedure.

== Notes ==

Transmission fluid is a basic maintenance item, but the correct procedure depends on the installed transmission.

Factory 1988 information is useful for 1988 cars, but earlier Fieros and transmission-swapped cars should be checked against the correct information for the actual transmission installed.

== Forum discussions ==

Useful repair or diagnostic threads may be added here when they contain practical information about transmission fluid service, transmission leaks, fluid selection, automatic transmission pan service, manual transaxle fill procedures, or confirmed fluid-related fixes.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Grinding gears]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]
* [[Service procedures]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]

Clutch hydraulic system

2026-07-19T00:12:36Z

Cliff: /* Hydraulic routing */

'''Clutch hydraulic system''' refers to the hydraulic clutch release system used in manual-transmission [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

The Fiero does not use a mechanical clutch cable. Instead, clutch pedal movement is transferred hydraulically from the clutch master cylinder at the front of the car to the clutch slave cylinder at the transmission.

== Overview ==

Manual-transmission Fieros use a hydraulic system to operate the clutch.

When the driver presses the clutch pedal, the [[Clutch master cylinder]] pushes fluid through a hydraulic line to the [[Clutch slave cylinder]]. The slave cylinder then moves the clutch release arm, which releases the clutch.

A properly working hydraulic system is essential for clean shifting. If the hydraulic system does not move the slave cylinder far enough, the clutch may not fully disengage.

Incomplete clutch release can cause hard shifting, gear clash, grinding, or difficulty selecting reverse even when the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Grinding gears]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Fiero clutch hydraulic system, including the clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, flexible hose sections, slave cylinder, and release arm.}}

The clutch master cylinder is mounted at the front of the car near the clutch pedal area.

The hydraulic line runs from the front of the car to the rear engine compartment.

The clutch slave cylinder is mounted at the transmission and operates the clutch release arm.

Because the system runs almost the full length of the car, leaks, trapped air, damaged pipe, damaged flexible hose sections, or poor bleeding can all affect clutch operation.

== Main components ==

The clutch hydraulic system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch pedal pushrod connection
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* Fluid reservoir
* Hydraulic clutch pipe
* Flexible hose sections
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* Bleeder screw
* Slave-cylinder pushrod
* Clutch release arm
* Related brackets and hardware

The clutch assembly itself is separate from the hydraulic system, but both must work correctly for the clutch to release.

Related topic:

* [[Clutch]]

== Hydraulic routing ==

The Fiero hydraulic clutch system includes the clutch pedal assembly, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic pipe, flexible hose section, clutch slave cylinder, slave-cylinder pushrod, and clutch release lever.

The general path is:

# Clutch pedal
# Clutch master cylinder
# Hydraulic pipe / line
# Flexible hose section
# Clutch slave cylinder
# Slave-cylinder pushrod
# Clutch release lever

The exact routing, hose design, brackets, and related hardware should be checked against the correct model year and installed transmission.

== How the system works ==

When the clutch pedal is pressed, the master-cylinder pushrod moves the master-cylinder piston.

Early piston movement closes the reservoir port, after which continued piston movement forces fluid through the outlet line toward the slave cylinder.

Fluid pressure moves the slave-cylinder piston outward. The slave-cylinder pushrod then moves the clutch release arm.

When the clutch pedal is released, clutch spring pressure returns the release mechanism and fluid returns toward the master cylinder. Near the end of the master-cylinder return stroke, the reservoir port opens again so fluid can move between the system and reservoir.

== Hydraulic fluid ==

The clutch hydraulic system uses brake fluid.

Use DOT 3 brake fluid or equivalent brake fluid specified for the clutch hydraulic system.

Do not use mineral oil, paraffin-base oil, engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, or other non-brake-fluid lubricants in the clutch hydraulic system. Incorrect fluid can damage the rubber parts inside the master and slave cylinders.

Fluid level and condition are important. Low fluid, contaminated fluid, old fluid, or incorrect fluid can cause clutch release problems or damage hydraulic seals.

Related topics:

* [[Brake fluid]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]

== Common problems ==

Common Fiero clutch hydraulic problems include:

* Air in the hydraulic system
* Low clutch fluid
* External fluid leak
* Internal master cylinder bypass
* Master-cylinder rear seal failure
* Master-cylinder center valve seal problem
* Internal slave-cylinder leakage
* External slave-cylinder leakage
* Worn or leaking slave cylinder
* Worn or leaking master cylinder
* Damaged hydraulic pipe
* Damaged flexible hose
* Loose or leaking connections
* Bleeding difficulty
* Insufficient slave-cylinder travel
* Bent or worn clutch pedal
* Worn pushrod or clevis connection
* Incorrect or mismatched replacement parts
* Incorrect master or slave cylinder size
* Overfilled reservoir

Hydraulic problems are often mistaken for transmission problems.

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of clutch hydraulic problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Grinding when selecting gears
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Clutch pedal feels soft or spongy
* Clutch pedal goes to the floor
* Little or no pedal resistance
* Clutch engages very close to the floor
* Car creeps forward with the clutch pedal pressed
* Slave cylinder does not move far enough
* Fluid level drops over time
* Visible fluid leak
* Fluid near the master cylinder dust cover
* Fluid near the clutch pedal
* Fluid at the slave cylinder or slave-cylinder boot
* Problem improves temporarily after bleeding
* Reservoir fluid level rises when the pedal is depressed

If the clutch does not fully disengage, the transmission may grind or resist going into gear even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

== Air in the system ==

Air in the clutch hydraulic system is a common cause of poor clutch release.

Because air compresses more than hydraulic fluid, air in the system can reduce slave-cylinder movement.

Possible causes of air in the system include:

* Low fluid level
* Leaking master cylinder
* Leaking slave cylinder
* Loose fittings
* Damaged hydraulic line
* Damaged flexible hose
* Recent hydraulic service
* Incorrect bleeding procedure

A spongy clutch pedal is a common clue that air is present.

Related topic:

* [[Clutch bleeding]]

== Slave-cylinder travel ==

Slave-cylinder travel is an important diagnostic measurement.

If the slave cylinder does not move far enough when the clutch pedal is pressed, the clutch may not fully release.

Insufficient slave-cylinder travel can be caused by:

* Air in the hydraulic system
* Weak or leaking master cylinder
* Weak or leaking slave cylinder
* Master-cylinder internal bypass
* Damaged hydraulic line
* Damaged flexible hose
* Bent clutch pedal
* Worn pedal linkage
* Worn clevis or pushrod connection
* Incorrect slave cylinder
* Incorrect pushrod or release hardware

When diagnosing hard shifting or gear grinding, slave-cylinder movement should be checked before assuming internal transmission failure.

== Master cylinder problems ==

The clutch master cylinder can fail externally or internally.

External failure may show fluid leakage near the master cylinder, inside the front compartment, or near the clutch pedal area.

Internal failure may allow fluid to bypass the piston seal without an obvious external leak. This can reduce pressure and cause poor slave-cylinder movement.

A useful clue is fluid behavior in the reservoir. If the fluid level in the reservoir rises noticeably as the clutch pedal is depressed, a master-cylinder center valve seal problem may be present.

Related topic:

* [[Clutch master cylinder]]

== Slave cylinder problems ==

The clutch slave cylinder can leak externally or fail internally.

External leakage may be visible at the slave cylinder body, boot, bleeder area, or mounting area.

Internal leakage or seal problems can reduce movement even if the leak is not immediately obvious.

If fluid is found in or around the slave cylinder, the slave cylinder should be inspected carefully.

Related topic:

* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]

== Clutch pedal and pushrod relationship ==

Hydraulic problems are not the only cause of poor clutch release.

A bent or worn clutch pedal can reduce master-cylinder travel. Wear at the clutch pedal, pivot, clevis, or pushrod connection can also reduce useful master-cylinder movement.

The clutch pushrod should remain properly aligned with the pedal bracket during operation. The clutch pedal lever and pivot must remain square, and the connection between the pedal and master-cylinder pushrod should not be loose or sloppy.

Related topic:

* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Bleeding ==

Bleeding removes air from the clutch hydraulic system.

Fiero clutch bleeding can be difficult if air is trapped in the long hydraulic line or slave cylinder, if the slave cylinder is not positioned favorably, or if the master or slave cylinder is worn.

If the system repeatedly needs bleeding, there is likely an underlying leak, worn cylinder, bad connection, damaged line, or other fault.

Related topic:

* [[Clutch bleeding]]

== Service caution ==

Before removing the slave cylinder, the master-cylinder pushrod should be disconnected from the clutch pedal.

If the slave cylinder is removed and the clutch pedal is depressed, the slave cylinder can be damaged.

This is especially important during clutch, transmission, slave-cylinder, or bracket work.

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Check the clutch fluid level.
# Inspect the fluid condition.
# Look for leaks at the master cylinder.
# Look for fluid near the clutch pedal or master-cylinder dust cover.
# Look for leaks at the slave cylinder.
# Inspect the hydraulic pipe and flexible hose sections.
# Check hydraulic connections for leaks.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch pedal for bending, wear, or looseness.
# Inspect the master-cylinder pushrod connection.
# Check slave-cylinder movement.
# Bleed the system if air is suspected.
# Recheck slave-cylinder movement after bleeding.
# Determine whether the problem is hydraulic, mechanical, cable-related, or internal to the clutch/transmission.

A hydraulic diagnosis should be done before replacing the clutch or transmission.

If clutch operation improves after bleeding but then deteriorates again, inspect for hydraulic pressure loss rather than repeating the same bleeding procedure indefinitely. The master cylinder, slave cylinder, fittings, bleeder screw, hydraulic line, flexible hose sections, and pedal/pushrod geometry should all be checked.

== Hydraulic diagnosis clues ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Symptom
! Possible cause
! Notes
|-
| Pedal travels to the floor with little or no pressure
| No fluid, leaking pipe or hose, leaking connection, faulty master cylinder, or faulty slave cylinder
| Check fluid level and inspect the full hydraulic system
|-
| Pedal travels to the floor and fluid is present at the master-cylinder dust cover
| Master-cylinder rear seal failure
| Inspect or replace the master cylinder, then bleed the system
|-
| Pedal travels to the floor and the reservoir fluid level rises as the pedal is pressed
| Master-cylinder center valve seal problem
| Indicates possible internal master-cylinder fault
|-
| Fluid is present near the master cylinder and clutch pedal
| Master-cylinder rear seal failure
| May leak into the pedal/front compartment area
|-
| Fluid is present at the slave cylinder or on the cylinder body
| Slave-cylinder seal problem
| Inspect or replace the slave cylinder, then bleed the system
|-
| Pedal feels spongy
| Air in the system
| Check fluid level, bleed, and inspect for the reason air entered
|-
| Pedal effort is high with long pedal travel
| Incorrect master or slave cylinder size
| Verify correct parts for the installed transmission and model year
|-
| Pedal effort and travel are normal, but gears cannot be selected
| Clutch mechanism or transmission problem
| Check clutch, shifter, cables, and transmission diagnosis
|-
| Clutch slips
| Worn clutch disc, hydraulic fault, or overfilled reservoir
| Do not assume the hydraulic system is the only cause
|-
| Pedal effort and travel are normal, but shifting is difficult
| Clutch mechanism, transmission, or clevis/linkage wear
| Inspect mechanical clutch and shift system as well as hydraulics
|}

== Relationship to shifting problems ==

Many Fiero shifting problems are caused by incomplete clutch release.

If the clutch does not fully disengage, the transmission input shaft may continue turning when the driver tries to shift. This can cause grinding, hard shifting, or difficulty selecting reverse.

Common complaints that may be hydraulic-related include:

* “It will not go into gear.”
* “It grinds going into reverse.”
* “It shifts fine with the engine off, but not with the engine running.”
* “The pedal feels soft.”
* “The clutch pedal goes to the floor.”
* “Bleeding helped for a while, but the problem came back.”

Related topics:

* [[Grinding gears]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Clutch]]

== Relationship to transmission type ==

The clutch hydraulic system is used with all factory manual Fiero transmissions:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]

Parts and details may vary by model year, engine, and transmission, so replacement parts should be matched to the actual installed transmission and clutch hardware.

== Relationship to shift cables ==

Clutch hydraulic problems and shift cable problems can produce similar symptoms.

A hydraulic problem may prevent the clutch from fully releasing.

A cable or shifter problem may prevent the transmission from being fully selected even when the clutch releases correctly.

Useful distinction:

* If the car shifts easily with the engine off but grinds or resists with the engine running, check clutch release first.
* If certain gears cannot be selected even with the engine off, inspect the shifter, shift cables, cable brackets, and transmission linkage.
* If slave-cylinder travel is low, diagnose the hydraulic system before blaming the transmission.

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the clutch hydraulic system:

* Keep the reservoir full during bleeding.
* Do not allow air to enter the system.
* Use DOT 3 brake fluid or equivalent specified brake fluid.
* Do not use mineral oil or paraffin-base oil.
* Inspect both master and slave cylinders.
* Check for leaks before and after bleeding.
* Verify slave-cylinder travel.
* Inspect the clutch pedal if travel is insufficient.
* Inspect the pushrod and pedal connection.
* Verify that replacement parts match the installed transmission.
* Do not assume a new part is correct or good.
* Do not assume every grinding or hard-shifting problem is an internal transmission failure.

== Notes ==

The Fiero clutch hydraulic system is a common source of shifting complaints.

A careful diagnosis should consider the master cylinder, slave cylinder, hydraulic pipe, flexible hose sections, pedal, pushrod connection, bleeding procedure, release arm, clutch assembly, shift cables, and transmission together.

== See also ==

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Grinding gears]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]

Getrag 5-speed

2026-07-19T00:10:53Z

Cliff: /* Notes */

'''Getrag 5-speed''' refers to the five-speed manual transaxle used in later V6-equipped [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

In Fiero owner usage, “Getrag 5-speed” usually refers to the factory five-speed manual transmission used with the 2.8L V6. In factory service information, this transmission may also be identified as the '''Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle'''.

It should not be confused with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]], which was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

== Overview ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle used in later Fiero V6 applications.

It replaced the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]] and provided a fifth gear for improved highway cruising. In Fiero discussions, it is commonly considered the factory performance five-speed manual transmission.

The Getrag 5-speed is desirable because it was paired with the factory 2.8L V6 and provides both a sporty manual transmission and a highway-friendly overdrive gear.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Getrag 5-speed transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero, preferably showing the transmission case, shift cables, clutch slave cylinder, mounts, axle locations, and fluid level indicator.}}

The Getrag 5-speed is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

This transmission may be referred to as:

* Getrag 5-speed
* Getrag five-speed
* Getrag manual transmission
* Getrag/Muncie 5-speed
* Muncie 282
* Muncie 282 five-speed
* 5-speed manual
* V6 5-speed

The “Getrag” name is commonly used by Fiero owners, while factory service information may identify the same transmission as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed manual transaxle.

Because different GM manual transaxles may share similar layouts or similar casual names, parts should be identified by the actual transmission, application, case features, brackets, cables, RPO code, and related hardware.

== Fiero applications ==

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6 in later Fiero production.

It is commonly associated with:

* Later V6 Fieros
* Later 1986 V6 Fieros after the Getrag became available
* 1987 V6 Fieros
* 1988 V6 Fieros
* GT models equipped with the five-speed manual
* 1988 Formula models equipped with the five-speed manual

Related model-year pages:

* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly rather than relying only on model year, trim, or engine.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed
|-
| Type
| Transverse manual transaxle
|-
| Factory service name
| Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle
|-
| Common Fiero name
| Getrag 5-speed
|-
| Common Fiero RPO code
| MG2
|-
| Speeds
| 5 forward speeds
|-
| Reverse
| Yes
|-
| Overdrive
| Yes
|-
| Factory Fiero use
| Later V6 models
|-
| Factory four-cylinder Fiero use
| No
|-
| Clutch operation
| Hydraulic
|-
| Shift operation
| Cable-operated
|-
| Common Fiero role
| Factory V6 five-speed manual transmission
|}

The Fiero Getrag 5-speed is commonly described by owners as Getrag-designed and Muncie-built. In factory service information, the transaxle may be identified as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed.

== General design ==

The Muncie 282 / Getrag 5-speed is a constant-mesh manual transaxle.

The transaxle contains:

* Transmission case
* Clutch and differential case
* Input shaft and gears
* Output shaft and gears
* Ring gear and differential assembly
* Shift rails and forks
* Synchronizers
* Reverse gear and idler mechanism

All forward gears are synchronized. Reverse is not synchronized.

The differential is built into the transaxle and drives the Fiero rear axle shafts.

== Features ==

Important features include:

* Fifth-speed overdrive
* Cable-operated shifting
* Hydraulic clutch operation
* Synchronizers with blocker rings
* Separate select and shift cables
* Differential integrated into the transaxle
* Adjustable cable connections at the transaxle levers

The fifth gear reduces engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 four-speed manual transmission.

== Gear ratios ==

The Fiero V6 Getrag 5-speed is associated with RPO code '''MG2'''.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 3.50
|-
| 2nd
| 2.05
|-
| 3rd
| 1.38
|-
| 4th
| 0.94
|-
| 5th
| 0.72
|-
| Final drive
| 3.61
|}

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear and helps reduce engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]].

Because Fieros are often modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped, the actual installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Operation ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a manually shifted transaxle.

The driver selects gears using the interior shifter. The shifter operates the transmission through a select cable and a shift cable.

When one cable moves, the other cable should remain stationary. The cable ends attach to ball studs at the shifter and to levers at the transaxle.

The clutch is operated hydraulically using a clutch pedal, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, and clutch slave cylinder.

== Shift cables and shifter ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses shift and select cables between the interior shifter and the transmission.

Cable condition and adjustment are important. Worn, stretched, damaged, or misadjusted cables can cause poor shifting, difficulty selecting gears, or an inability to engage certain gears.

The Getrag cable and bracket arrangement should not be assumed to interchange with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] without verification.

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Cable adjustment ==

The Getrag 5-speed shift cables are adjustable at the transaxle levers.

Cable adjustment can affect whether the transmission fully selects the intended gear. Incorrect cable adjustment, damaged cable ends, loose cable brackets, or incorrect cables can cause shifting complaints that may be mistaken for internal transmission failure.

Before condemning the transmission, check:

* Shifter condition
* Shift and select cables
* Cable ends
* Cable brackets
* Cable adjustment
* Transaxle shift levers
* Clutch release travel

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Clutch system ==

Like other manual-transmission Fieros, the Getrag 5-speed uses a hydraulic clutch system.

The clutch system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch master cylinder
* Hydraulic clutch line
* Clutch slave cylinder
* Release arm
* Clutch pressure plate and disc
* Throwout bearing

Clutch hydraulic problems can be mistaken for transmission problems.

A clutch that does not fully disengage can cause hard shifting or grinding even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Fluid service ==

The Getrag 5-speed requires the correct transmission fluid.

Factory service information for the Fiero MG2 Muncie/Getrag 5-speed lists the refill capacity as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Refill capacity
|-
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| 1.9 L / 4.1 pt
|}

Fluid level and condition are important for gear and bearing life. Low, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can contribute to noise, wear, and shifting problems.

When servicing the transmission, verify the correct fluid specification and capacity for the model year and installed transmission.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Service procedures]]

== Fluid level indicator ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses a fluid level indicator assembly.

This is one of the useful identification and service features of the transmission. When checking or filling the transmission, use the correct procedure for the installed transmission and do not assume that the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] procedure is identical.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Common problems ==

Common Getrag 5-speed topics include:

* Worn or misadjusted shift cables
* Clutch hydraulic problems
* Difficulty shifting into gear
* Grinding during shifts
* Worn synchronizers
* Gear noise
* Fluid leaks
* Axle seal leaks
* Shift shaft seal leaks
* Worn mounts
* Previous incorrect service
* Confusion with other five-speed transmissions
* Parts availability issues

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of Getrag 5-speed problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Gear clash or grinding
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Difficulty shifting into second or third gear
* Transmission pops out of gear
* Clutch does not fully disengage
* Noise while driving
* Noise that changes with gear selection
* Fluid leak
* Excessive drivetrain movement
* Shifter feels loose or vague

== Diagnosis ==

Before assuming the transmission itself has failed, basic checks should include:

# Verify that the transmission is actually a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed.
# Check clutch hydraulic operation.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch master cylinder and slave cylinder.
# Check for air in the clutch hydraulic system.
# Inspect shift and select cables.
# Check cable adjustment.
# Inspect cable brackets and cable ends.
# Inspect transaxle shift levers.
# Inspect transmission and engine mounts.
# Check transmission fluid level and condition.
# Inspect axle seals and related leak points.
# Determine whether the problem occurs in one gear, several gears, or all gears.

A clutch, cable, or mount problem can cause shifting complaints that feel like internal transmission failure.

== Relationship to the Isuzu 5-speed ==

The Getrag 5-speed and [[Isuzu 5-speed]] are both factory Fiero five-speed manual transmissions, but they were used in different factory applications.

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6.

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

Because both are five-speed manuals, the two are sometimes confused. Parts, cables, brackets, mounts, internal components, clutch parts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange without verification.

== Relationship to the Muncie 4-speed ==

The [[Muncie 4-speed]] was used before the Getrag 5-speed became available in V6 applications.

The Getrag 5-speed added a fifth gear and became the later factory manual transmission for V6 Fieros.

Some owners prefer the Getrag for highway cruising because of its fifth gear, while some owners prefer certain four-speed versions for other reasons such as gearing, simplicity, or availability.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The Getrag 5-speed is commonly considered one of the more desirable factory Fiero manual transmissions for engine swaps.

However, transmission choice for an engine swap depends on:

* Engine torque
* Intended driving style
* Gear ratios
* Highway rpm
* Strength
* Clutch compatibility
* Mounts
* Shift cables
* Axles
* Parts availability

The Getrag may be retained in some engine-swap cars, but high-output applications should be evaluated carefully.

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The Getrag 5-speed is generally suitable for stock V6 Fiero use when in good condition.

Its advantages include:

* Five forward gears
* Overdrive for highway driving
* Factory V6 application
* Good match for the 2.8L V6
* Desirable factory manual transmission option
* Better highway cruising than non-overdrive transmissions

Limitations include:

* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Possible shift-cable and clutch-hydraulic issues
* Parts availability concerns
* Not all five-speed Fiero parts interchange
* Must be identified correctly before ordering parts
* High-output swaps may exceed what is reasonable for a stock used transmission

== Identification ==

The Getrag 5-speed can be identified by transmission case features, shift cable arrangement, model year, engine application, RPO code, and related mounting hardware.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MG2'''
* Factory V6 application in later Fiero production
* Five-speed shift pattern
* Getrag / Muncie 282 case features
* Getrag-specific shift and select cable arrangement
* Fluid level indicator assembly
* Transaxle shift levers and brackets
* Clutch slave cylinder and bracket arrangement

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or swapped over time, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car's year or trim alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the Getrag 5-speed:

* Verify that the car actually has a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed before ordering parts.
* Do not assume Isuzu or Muncie 4-speed parts interchange.
* Check clutch hydraulics before condemning the transmission.
* Inspect shift and select cables.
* Inspect cable brackets and transaxle shift levers.
* Use the correct fluid.
* Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
* Check mounts if there is drivetrain movement or clunking.
* Verify axle seal condition if fluid leaks are present.
* Verify transmission code and application when exact identification matters.
* Be cautious when using an original used transmission behind a high-output swap.

== Notes ==

The Getrag 5-speed is one of the most commonly discussed Fiero manual transmissions because it was the later factory V6 five-speed.

In owner discussions, the name “Getrag” is common. In factory service information, the same transmission may be identified as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed manual transaxle. When exact parts or service procedures matter, identify the installed transmission directly.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

Getrag 5-speed

2026-07-19T00:10:11Z

Cliff: /* Fluid service */

'''Getrag 5-speed''' refers to the five-speed manual transaxle used in later V6-equipped [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

In Fiero owner usage, “Getrag 5-speed” usually refers to the factory five-speed manual transmission used with the 2.8L V6. In factory service information, this transmission may also be identified as the '''Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle'''.

It should not be confused with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]], which was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

== Overview ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle used in later Fiero V6 applications.

It replaced the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]] and provided a fifth gear for improved highway cruising. In Fiero discussions, it is commonly considered the factory performance five-speed manual transmission.

The Getrag 5-speed is desirable because it was paired with the factory 2.8L V6 and provides both a sporty manual transmission and a highway-friendly overdrive gear.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Getrag 5-speed transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero, preferably showing the transmission case, shift cables, clutch slave cylinder, mounts, axle locations, and fluid level indicator.}}

The Getrag 5-speed is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

This transmission may be referred to as:

* Getrag 5-speed
* Getrag five-speed
* Getrag manual transmission
* Getrag/Muncie 5-speed
* Muncie 282
* Muncie 282 five-speed
* 5-speed manual
* V6 5-speed

The “Getrag” name is commonly used by Fiero owners, while factory service information may identify the same transmission as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed manual transaxle.

Because different GM manual transaxles may share similar layouts or similar casual names, parts should be identified by the actual transmission, application, case features, brackets, cables, RPO code, and related hardware.

== Fiero applications ==

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6 in later Fiero production.

It is commonly associated with:

* Later V6 Fieros
* Later 1986 V6 Fieros after the Getrag became available
* 1987 V6 Fieros
* 1988 V6 Fieros
* GT models equipped with the five-speed manual
* 1988 Formula models equipped with the five-speed manual

Related model-year pages:

* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly rather than relying only on model year, trim, or engine.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed
|-
| Type
| Transverse manual transaxle
|-
| Factory service name
| Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle
|-
| Common Fiero name
| Getrag 5-speed
|-
| Common Fiero RPO code
| MG2
|-
| Speeds
| 5 forward speeds
|-
| Reverse
| Yes
|-
| Overdrive
| Yes
|-
| Factory Fiero use
| Later V6 models
|-
| Factory four-cylinder Fiero use
| No
|-
| Clutch operation
| Hydraulic
|-
| Shift operation
| Cable-operated
|-
| Common Fiero role
| Factory V6 five-speed manual transmission
|}

The Fiero Getrag 5-speed is commonly described by owners as Getrag-designed and Muncie-built. In factory service information, the transaxle may be identified as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed.

== General design ==

The Muncie 282 / Getrag 5-speed is a constant-mesh manual transaxle.

The transaxle contains:

* Transmission case
* Clutch and differential case
* Input shaft and gears
* Output shaft and gears
* Ring gear and differential assembly
* Shift rails and forks
* Synchronizers
* Reverse gear and idler mechanism

All forward gears are synchronized. Reverse is not synchronized.

The differential is built into the transaxle and drives the Fiero rear axle shafts.

== Features ==

Important features include:

* Fifth-speed overdrive
* Cable-operated shifting
* Hydraulic clutch operation
* Synchronizers with blocker rings
* Separate select and shift cables
* Differential integrated into the transaxle
* Adjustable cable connections at the transaxle levers

The fifth gear reduces engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 four-speed manual transmission.

== Gear ratios ==

The Fiero V6 Getrag 5-speed is associated with RPO code '''MG2'''.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 3.50
|-
| 2nd
| 2.05
|-
| 3rd
| 1.38
|-
| 4th
| 0.94
|-
| 5th
| 0.72
|-
| Final drive
| 3.61
|}

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear and helps reduce engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]].

Because Fieros are often modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped, the actual installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Operation ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a manually shifted transaxle.

The driver selects gears using the interior shifter. The shifter operates the transmission through a select cable and a shift cable.

When one cable moves, the other cable should remain stationary. The cable ends attach to ball studs at the shifter and to levers at the transaxle.

The clutch is operated hydraulically using a clutch pedal, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, and clutch slave cylinder.

== Shift cables and shifter ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses shift and select cables between the interior shifter and the transmission.

Cable condition and adjustment are important. Worn, stretched, damaged, or misadjusted cables can cause poor shifting, difficulty selecting gears, or an inability to engage certain gears.

The Getrag cable and bracket arrangement should not be assumed to interchange with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] without verification.

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Cable adjustment ==

The Getrag 5-speed shift cables are adjustable at the transaxle levers.

Cable adjustment can affect whether the transmission fully selects the intended gear. Incorrect cable adjustment, damaged cable ends, loose cable brackets, or incorrect cables can cause shifting complaints that may be mistaken for internal transmission failure.

Before condemning the transmission, check:

* Shifter condition
* Shift and select cables
* Cable ends
* Cable brackets
* Cable adjustment
* Transaxle shift levers
* Clutch release travel

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Clutch system ==

Like other manual-transmission Fieros, the Getrag 5-speed uses a hydraulic clutch system.

The clutch system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch master cylinder
* Hydraulic clutch line
* Clutch slave cylinder
* Release arm
* Clutch pressure plate and disc
* Throwout bearing

Clutch hydraulic problems can be mistaken for transmission problems.

A clutch that does not fully disengage can cause hard shifting or grinding even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Fluid service ==

The Getrag 5-speed requires the correct transmission fluid.

Factory service information for the Fiero MG2 Muncie/Getrag 5-speed lists the refill capacity as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Refill capacity
|-
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| 1.9 L / 4.1 pt
|}

Fluid level and condition are important for gear and bearing life. Low, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can contribute to noise, wear, and shifting problems.

When servicing the transmission, verify the correct fluid specification and capacity for the model year and installed transmission.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Service procedures]]

== Fluid level indicator ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses a fluid level indicator assembly.

This is one of the useful identification and service features of the transmission. When checking or filling the transmission, use the correct procedure for the installed transmission and do not assume that the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] procedure is identical.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Common problems ==

Common Getrag 5-speed topics include:

* Worn or misadjusted shift cables
* Clutch hydraulic problems
* Difficulty shifting into gear
* Grinding during shifts
* Worn synchronizers
* Gear noise
* Fluid leaks
* Axle seal leaks
* Shift shaft seal leaks
* Worn mounts
* Previous incorrect service
* Confusion with other five-speed transmissions
* Parts availability issues

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of Getrag 5-speed problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Gear clash or grinding
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Difficulty shifting into second or third gear
* Transmission pops out of gear
* Clutch does not fully disengage
* Noise while driving
* Noise that changes with gear selection
* Fluid leak
* Excessive drivetrain movement
* Shifter feels loose or vague

== Diagnosis ==

Before assuming the transmission itself has failed, basic checks should include:

# Verify that the transmission is actually a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed.
# Check clutch hydraulic operation.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch master cylinder and slave cylinder.
# Check for air in the clutch hydraulic system.
# Inspect shift and select cables.
# Check cable adjustment.
# Inspect cable brackets and cable ends.
# Inspect transaxle shift levers.
# Inspect transmission and engine mounts.
# Check transmission fluid level and condition.
# Inspect axle seals and related leak points.
# Determine whether the problem occurs in one gear, several gears, or all gears.

A clutch, cable, or mount problem can cause shifting complaints that feel like internal transmission failure.

== Relationship to the Isuzu 5-speed ==

The Getrag 5-speed and [[Isuzu 5-speed]] are both factory Fiero five-speed manual transmissions, but they were used in different factory applications.

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6.

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

Because both are five-speed manuals, the two are sometimes confused. Parts, cables, brackets, mounts, internal components, clutch parts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange without verification.

== Relationship to the Muncie 4-speed ==

The [[Muncie 4-speed]] was used before the Getrag 5-speed became available in V6 applications.

The Getrag 5-speed added a fifth gear and became the later factory manual transmission for V6 Fieros.

Some owners prefer the Getrag for highway cruising because of its fifth gear, while some owners prefer certain four-speed versions for other reasons such as gearing, simplicity, or availability.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The Getrag 5-speed is commonly considered one of the more desirable factory Fiero manual transmissions for engine swaps.

However, transmission choice for an engine swap depends on:

* Engine torque
* Intended driving style
* Gear ratios
* Highway rpm
* Strength
* Clutch compatibility
* Mounts
* Shift cables
* Axles
* Parts availability

The Getrag may be retained in some engine-swap cars, but high-output applications should be evaluated carefully.

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The Getrag 5-speed is generally suitable for stock V6 Fiero use when in good condition.

Its advantages include:

* Five forward gears
* Overdrive for highway driving
* Factory V6 application
* Good match for the 2.8L V6
* Desirable factory manual transmission option
* Better highway cruising than non-overdrive transmissions

Limitations include:

* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Possible shift-cable and clutch-hydraulic issues
* Parts availability concerns
* Not all five-speed Fiero parts interchange
* Must be identified correctly before ordering parts
* High-output swaps may exceed what is reasonable for a stock used transmission

== Identification ==

The Getrag 5-speed can be identified by transmission case features, shift cable arrangement, model year, engine application, RPO code, and related mounting hardware.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MG2'''
* Factory V6 application in later Fiero production
* Five-speed shift pattern
* Getrag / Muncie 282 case features
* Getrag-specific shift and select cable arrangement
* Fluid level indicator assembly
* Transaxle shift levers and brackets
* Clutch slave cylinder and bracket arrangement

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or swapped over time, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car's year or trim alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the Getrag 5-speed:

* Verify that the car actually has a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed before ordering parts.
* Do not assume Isuzu or Muncie 4-speed parts interchange.
* Check clutch hydraulics before condemning the transmission.
* Inspect shift and select cables.
* Inspect cable brackets and transaxle shift levers.
* Use the correct fluid.
* Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
* Check mounts if there is drivetrain movement or clunking.
* Verify axle seal condition if fluid leaks are present.
* Verify transmission code and application when exact identification matters.
* Be cautious when using an original used transmission behind a high-output swap.

== Notes ==

The Getrag 5-speed is one of the most commonly discussed Fiero manual transmissions because it was the later factory V6 five-speed.

In owner discussions, the name “Getrag” is common. In factory 1988 service information, the same general Fiero five-speed V6 transaxle family is identified as the Muncie 282. When exact parts or service procedures matter, identify the installed transmission directly.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

Getrag 5-speed

2026-07-19T00:09:24Z

Cliff: /* Specifications */

'''Getrag 5-speed''' refers to the five-speed manual transaxle used in later V6-equipped [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

In Fiero owner usage, “Getrag 5-speed” usually refers to the factory five-speed manual transmission used with the 2.8L V6. In factory service information, this transmission may also be identified as the '''Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle'''.

It should not be confused with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]], which was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

== Overview ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle used in later Fiero V6 applications.

It replaced the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]] and provided a fifth gear for improved highway cruising. In Fiero discussions, it is commonly considered the factory performance five-speed manual transmission.

The Getrag 5-speed is desirable because it was paired with the factory 2.8L V6 and provides both a sporty manual transmission and a highway-friendly overdrive gear.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Getrag 5-speed transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero, preferably showing the transmission case, shift cables, clutch slave cylinder, mounts, axle locations, and fluid level indicator.}}

The Getrag 5-speed is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

This transmission may be referred to as:

* Getrag 5-speed
* Getrag five-speed
* Getrag manual transmission
* Getrag/Muncie 5-speed
* Muncie 282
* Muncie 282 five-speed
* 5-speed manual
* V6 5-speed

The “Getrag” name is commonly used by Fiero owners, while factory service information may identify the same transmission as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed manual transaxle.

Because different GM manual transaxles may share similar layouts or similar casual names, parts should be identified by the actual transmission, application, case features, brackets, cables, RPO code, and related hardware.

== Fiero applications ==

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6 in later Fiero production.

It is commonly associated with:

* Later V6 Fieros
* Later 1986 V6 Fieros after the Getrag became available
* 1987 V6 Fieros
* 1988 V6 Fieros
* GT models equipped with the five-speed manual
* 1988 Formula models equipped with the five-speed manual

Related model-year pages:

* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly rather than relying only on model year, trim, or engine.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed
|-
| Type
| Transverse manual transaxle
|-
| Factory service name
| Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle
|-
| Common Fiero name
| Getrag 5-speed
|-
| Common Fiero RPO code
| MG2
|-
| Speeds
| 5 forward speeds
|-
| Reverse
| Yes
|-
| Overdrive
| Yes
|-
| Factory Fiero use
| Later V6 models
|-
| Factory four-cylinder Fiero use
| No
|-
| Clutch operation
| Hydraulic
|-
| Shift operation
| Cable-operated
|-
| Common Fiero role
| Factory V6 five-speed manual transmission
|}

The Fiero Getrag 5-speed is commonly described by owners as Getrag-designed and Muncie-built. In factory service information, the transaxle may be identified as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed.

== General design ==

The Muncie 282 / Getrag 5-speed is a constant-mesh manual transaxle.

The transaxle contains:

* Transmission case
* Clutch and differential case
* Input shaft and gears
* Output shaft and gears
* Ring gear and differential assembly
* Shift rails and forks
* Synchronizers
* Reverse gear and idler mechanism

All forward gears are synchronized. Reverse is not synchronized.

The differential is built into the transaxle and drives the Fiero rear axle shafts.

== Features ==

Important features include:

* Fifth-speed overdrive
* Cable-operated shifting
* Hydraulic clutch operation
* Synchronizers with blocker rings
* Separate select and shift cables
* Differential integrated into the transaxle
* Adjustable cable connections at the transaxle levers

The fifth gear reduces engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 four-speed manual transmission.

== Gear ratios ==

The Fiero V6 Getrag 5-speed is associated with RPO code '''MG2'''.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 3.50
|-
| 2nd
| 2.05
|-
| 3rd
| 1.38
|-
| 4th
| 0.94
|-
| 5th
| 0.72
|-
| Final drive
| 3.61
|}

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear and helps reduce engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]].

Because Fieros are often modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped, the actual installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Operation ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a manually shifted transaxle.

The driver selects gears using the interior shifter. The shifter operates the transmission through a select cable and a shift cable.

When one cable moves, the other cable should remain stationary. The cable ends attach to ball studs at the shifter and to levers at the transaxle.

The clutch is operated hydraulically using a clutch pedal, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, and clutch slave cylinder.

== Shift cables and shifter ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses shift and select cables between the interior shifter and the transmission.

Cable condition and adjustment are important. Worn, stretched, damaged, or misadjusted cables can cause poor shifting, difficulty selecting gears, or an inability to engage certain gears.

The Getrag cable and bracket arrangement should not be assumed to interchange with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] without verification.

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Cable adjustment ==

The Getrag 5-speed shift cables are adjustable at the transaxle levers.

Cable adjustment can affect whether the transmission fully selects the intended gear. Incorrect cable adjustment, damaged cable ends, loose cable brackets, or incorrect cables can cause shifting complaints that may be mistaken for internal transmission failure.

Before condemning the transmission, check:

* Shifter condition
* Shift and select cables
* Cable ends
* Cable brackets
* Cable adjustment
* Transaxle shift levers
* Clutch release travel

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Clutch system ==

Like other manual-transmission Fieros, the Getrag 5-speed uses a hydraulic clutch system.

The clutch system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch master cylinder
* Hydraulic clutch line
* Clutch slave cylinder
* Release arm
* Clutch pressure plate and disc
* Throwout bearing

Clutch hydraulic problems can be mistaken for transmission problems.

A clutch that does not fully disengage can cause hard shifting or grinding even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Fluid service ==

The Getrag 5-speed requires the correct transmission fluid.

For 1988 Fieros, the MG2 Muncie/Getrag 5-speed refill capacity is listed as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Refill capacity
|-
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| 1.9 L / 4.1 pt
|}

Fluid level and condition are important for gear and bearing life. Low, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can contribute to noise, wear, and shifting problems.

When servicing the transmission, verify the correct fluid specification for the model year and installed transmission.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Service procedures]]

== Fluid level indicator ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses a fluid level indicator assembly.

This is one of the useful identification and service features of the transmission. When checking or filling the transmission, use the correct procedure for the installed transmission and do not assume that the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] procedure is identical.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Common problems ==

Common Getrag 5-speed topics include:

* Worn or misadjusted shift cables
* Clutch hydraulic problems
* Difficulty shifting into gear
* Grinding during shifts
* Worn synchronizers
* Gear noise
* Fluid leaks
* Axle seal leaks
* Shift shaft seal leaks
* Worn mounts
* Previous incorrect service
* Confusion with other five-speed transmissions
* Parts availability issues

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of Getrag 5-speed problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Gear clash or grinding
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Difficulty shifting into second or third gear
* Transmission pops out of gear
* Clutch does not fully disengage
* Noise while driving
* Noise that changes with gear selection
* Fluid leak
* Excessive drivetrain movement
* Shifter feels loose or vague

== Diagnosis ==

Before assuming the transmission itself has failed, basic checks should include:

# Verify that the transmission is actually a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed.
# Check clutch hydraulic operation.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch master cylinder and slave cylinder.
# Check for air in the clutch hydraulic system.
# Inspect shift and select cables.
# Check cable adjustment.
# Inspect cable brackets and cable ends.
# Inspect transaxle shift levers.
# Inspect transmission and engine mounts.
# Check transmission fluid level and condition.
# Inspect axle seals and related leak points.
# Determine whether the problem occurs in one gear, several gears, or all gears.

A clutch, cable, or mount problem can cause shifting complaints that feel like internal transmission failure.

== Relationship to the Isuzu 5-speed ==

The Getrag 5-speed and [[Isuzu 5-speed]] are both factory Fiero five-speed manual transmissions, but they were used in different factory applications.

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6.

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

Because both are five-speed manuals, the two are sometimes confused. Parts, cables, brackets, mounts, internal components, clutch parts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange without verification.

== Relationship to the Muncie 4-speed ==

The [[Muncie 4-speed]] was used before the Getrag 5-speed became available in V6 applications.

The Getrag 5-speed added a fifth gear and became the later factory manual transmission for V6 Fieros.

Some owners prefer the Getrag for highway cruising because of its fifth gear, while some owners prefer certain four-speed versions for other reasons such as gearing, simplicity, or availability.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The Getrag 5-speed is commonly considered one of the more desirable factory Fiero manual transmissions for engine swaps.

However, transmission choice for an engine swap depends on:

* Engine torque
* Intended driving style
* Gear ratios
* Highway rpm
* Strength
* Clutch compatibility
* Mounts
* Shift cables
* Axles
* Parts availability

The Getrag may be retained in some engine-swap cars, but high-output applications should be evaluated carefully.

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The Getrag 5-speed is generally suitable for stock V6 Fiero use when in good condition.

Its advantages include:

* Five forward gears
* Overdrive for highway driving
* Factory V6 application
* Good match for the 2.8L V6
* Desirable factory manual transmission option
* Better highway cruising than non-overdrive transmissions

Limitations include:

* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Possible shift-cable and clutch-hydraulic issues
* Parts availability concerns
* Not all five-speed Fiero parts interchange
* Must be identified correctly before ordering parts
* High-output swaps may exceed what is reasonable for a stock used transmission

== Identification ==

The Getrag 5-speed can be identified by transmission case features, shift cable arrangement, model year, engine application, RPO code, and related mounting hardware.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MG2'''
* Factory V6 application in later Fiero production
* Five-speed shift pattern
* Getrag / Muncie 282 case features
* Getrag-specific shift and select cable arrangement
* Fluid level indicator assembly
* Transaxle shift levers and brackets
* Clutch slave cylinder and bracket arrangement

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or swapped over time, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car's year or trim alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the Getrag 5-speed:

* Verify that the car actually has a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed before ordering parts.
* Do not assume Isuzu or Muncie 4-speed parts interchange.
* Check clutch hydraulics before condemning the transmission.
* Inspect shift and select cables.
* Inspect cable brackets and transaxle shift levers.
* Use the correct fluid.
* Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
* Check mounts if there is drivetrain movement or clunking.
* Verify axle seal condition if fluid leaks are present.
* Verify transmission code and application when exact identification matters.
* Be cautious when using an original used transmission behind a high-output swap.

== Notes ==

The Getrag 5-speed is one of the most commonly discussed Fiero manual transmissions because it was the later factory V6 five-speed.

In owner discussions, the name “Getrag” is common. In factory 1988 service information, the same general Fiero five-speed V6 transaxle family is identified as the Muncie 282. When exact parts or service procedures matter, identify the installed transmission directly.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

Getrag 5-speed

2026-07-19T00:08:09Z

Cliff: /* Naming */

'''Getrag 5-speed''' refers to the five-speed manual transaxle used in later V6-equipped [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

In Fiero owner usage, “Getrag 5-speed” usually refers to the factory five-speed manual transmission used with the 2.8L V6. In factory service information, this transmission may also be identified as the '''Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle'''.

It should not be confused with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]], which was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

== Overview ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle used in later Fiero V6 applications.

It replaced the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]] and provided a fifth gear for improved highway cruising. In Fiero discussions, it is commonly considered the factory performance five-speed manual transmission.

The Getrag 5-speed is desirable because it was paired with the factory 2.8L V6 and provides both a sporty manual transmission and a highway-friendly overdrive gear.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Getrag 5-speed transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero, preferably showing the transmission case, shift cables, clutch slave cylinder, mounts, axle locations, and fluid level indicator.}}

The Getrag 5-speed is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

This transmission may be referred to as:

* Getrag 5-speed
* Getrag five-speed
* Getrag manual transmission
* Getrag/Muncie 5-speed
* Muncie 282
* Muncie 282 five-speed
* 5-speed manual
* V6 5-speed

The “Getrag” name is commonly used by Fiero owners, while factory service information may identify the same transmission as the '''Muncie 282''' five-speed manual transaxle.

Because different GM manual transaxles may share similar layouts or similar casual names, parts should be identified by the actual transmission, application, case features, brackets, cables, RPO code, and related hardware.

== Fiero applications ==

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6 in later Fiero production.

It is commonly associated with:

* Later V6 Fieros
* Later 1986 V6 Fieros after the Getrag became available
* 1987 V6 Fieros
* 1988 V6 Fieros
* GT models equipped with the five-speed manual
* 1988 Formula models equipped with the five-speed manual

Related model-year pages:

* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly rather than relying only on model year, trim, or engine.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed
|-
| Type
| Transverse manual transaxle
|-
| Factory service name
| Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle
|-
| Common Fiero name
| Getrag 5-speed
|-
| Common Fiero RPO code
| MG2
|-
| Speeds
| 5 forward speeds
|-
| Reverse
| Yes
|-
| Overdrive
| Yes
|-
| Factory Fiero use
| Later V6 models
|-
| Factory four-cylinder Fiero use
| No
|-
| Clutch operation
| Hydraulic
|-
| Shift operation
| Cable-operated
|-
| Common Fiero role
| Factory V6 five-speed manual transmission
|}

The Fiero Getrag 5-speed is commonly described by owners as Getrag-designed and Muncie-built. In factory 1988 service information, the transaxle is treated as the Muncie 282 five-speed.

== General design ==

The Muncie 282 / Getrag 5-speed is a constant-mesh manual transaxle.

The transaxle contains:

* Transmission case
* Clutch and differential case
* Input shaft and gears
* Output shaft and gears
* Ring gear and differential assembly
* Shift rails and forks
* Synchronizers
* Reverse gear and idler mechanism

All forward gears are synchronized. Reverse is not synchronized.

The differential is built into the transaxle and drives the Fiero rear axle shafts.

== Features ==

Important features include:

* Fifth-speed overdrive
* Cable-operated shifting
* Hydraulic clutch operation
* Synchronizers with blocker rings
* Separate select and shift cables
* Differential integrated into the transaxle
* Adjustable cable connections at the transaxle levers

The fifth gear reduces engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 four-speed manual transmission.

== Gear ratios ==

The Fiero V6 Getrag 5-speed is associated with RPO code '''MG2'''.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 3.50
|-
| 2nd
| 2.05
|-
| 3rd
| 1.38
|-
| 4th
| 0.94
|-
| 5th
| 0.72
|-
| Final drive
| 3.61
|}

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear and helps reduce engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]].

Because Fieros are often modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped, the actual installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Operation ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a manually shifted transaxle.

The driver selects gears using the interior shifter. The shifter operates the transmission through a select cable and a shift cable.

When one cable moves, the other cable should remain stationary. The cable ends attach to ball studs at the shifter and to levers at the transaxle.

The clutch is operated hydraulically using a clutch pedal, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, and clutch slave cylinder.

== Shift cables and shifter ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses shift and select cables between the interior shifter and the transmission.

Cable condition and adjustment are important. Worn, stretched, damaged, or misadjusted cables can cause poor shifting, difficulty selecting gears, or an inability to engage certain gears.

The Getrag cable and bracket arrangement should not be assumed to interchange with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] without verification.

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Cable adjustment ==

The Getrag 5-speed shift cables are adjustable at the transaxle levers.

Cable adjustment can affect whether the transmission fully selects the intended gear. Incorrect cable adjustment, damaged cable ends, loose cable brackets, or incorrect cables can cause shifting complaints that may be mistaken for internal transmission failure.

Before condemning the transmission, check:

* Shifter condition
* Shift and select cables
* Cable ends
* Cable brackets
* Cable adjustment
* Transaxle shift levers
* Clutch release travel

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Clutch system ==

Like other manual-transmission Fieros, the Getrag 5-speed uses a hydraulic clutch system.

The clutch system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch master cylinder
* Hydraulic clutch line
* Clutch slave cylinder
* Release arm
* Clutch pressure plate and disc
* Throwout bearing

Clutch hydraulic problems can be mistaken for transmission problems.

A clutch that does not fully disengage can cause hard shifting or grinding even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Fluid service ==

The Getrag 5-speed requires the correct transmission fluid.

For 1988 Fieros, the MG2 Muncie/Getrag 5-speed refill capacity is listed as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Refill capacity
|-
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| 1.9 L / 4.1 pt
|}

Fluid level and condition are important for gear and bearing life. Low, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can contribute to noise, wear, and shifting problems.

When servicing the transmission, verify the correct fluid specification for the model year and installed transmission.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Service procedures]]

== Fluid level indicator ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses a fluid level indicator assembly.

This is one of the useful identification and service features of the transmission. When checking or filling the transmission, use the correct procedure for the installed transmission and do not assume that the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] procedure is identical.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Common problems ==

Common Getrag 5-speed topics include:

* Worn or misadjusted shift cables
* Clutch hydraulic problems
* Difficulty shifting into gear
* Grinding during shifts
* Worn synchronizers
* Gear noise
* Fluid leaks
* Axle seal leaks
* Shift shaft seal leaks
* Worn mounts
* Previous incorrect service
* Confusion with other five-speed transmissions
* Parts availability issues

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of Getrag 5-speed problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Gear clash or grinding
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Difficulty shifting into second or third gear
* Transmission pops out of gear
* Clutch does not fully disengage
* Noise while driving
* Noise that changes with gear selection
* Fluid leak
* Excessive drivetrain movement
* Shifter feels loose or vague

== Diagnosis ==

Before assuming the transmission itself has failed, basic checks should include:

# Verify that the transmission is actually a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed.
# Check clutch hydraulic operation.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch master cylinder and slave cylinder.
# Check for air in the clutch hydraulic system.
# Inspect shift and select cables.
# Check cable adjustment.
# Inspect cable brackets and cable ends.
# Inspect transaxle shift levers.
# Inspect transmission and engine mounts.
# Check transmission fluid level and condition.
# Inspect axle seals and related leak points.
# Determine whether the problem occurs in one gear, several gears, or all gears.

A clutch, cable, or mount problem can cause shifting complaints that feel like internal transmission failure.

== Relationship to the Isuzu 5-speed ==

The Getrag 5-speed and [[Isuzu 5-speed]] are both factory Fiero five-speed manual transmissions, but they were used in different factory applications.

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6.

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

Because both are five-speed manuals, the two are sometimes confused. Parts, cables, brackets, mounts, internal components, clutch parts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange without verification.

== Relationship to the Muncie 4-speed ==

The [[Muncie 4-speed]] was used before the Getrag 5-speed became available in V6 applications.

The Getrag 5-speed added a fifth gear and became the later factory manual transmission for V6 Fieros.

Some owners prefer the Getrag for highway cruising because of its fifth gear, while some owners prefer certain four-speed versions for other reasons such as gearing, simplicity, or availability.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The Getrag 5-speed is commonly considered one of the more desirable factory Fiero manual transmissions for engine swaps.

However, transmission choice for an engine swap depends on:

* Engine torque
* Intended driving style
* Gear ratios
* Highway rpm
* Strength
* Clutch compatibility
* Mounts
* Shift cables
* Axles
* Parts availability

The Getrag may be retained in some engine-swap cars, but high-output applications should be evaluated carefully.

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The Getrag 5-speed is generally suitable for stock V6 Fiero use when in good condition.

Its advantages include:

* Five forward gears
* Overdrive for highway driving
* Factory V6 application
* Good match for the 2.8L V6
* Desirable factory manual transmission option
* Better highway cruising than non-overdrive transmissions

Limitations include:

* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Possible shift-cable and clutch-hydraulic issues
* Parts availability concerns
* Not all five-speed Fiero parts interchange
* Must be identified correctly before ordering parts
* High-output swaps may exceed what is reasonable for a stock used transmission

== Identification ==

The Getrag 5-speed can be identified by transmission case features, shift cable arrangement, model year, engine application, RPO code, and related mounting hardware.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MG2'''
* Factory V6 application in later Fiero production
* Five-speed shift pattern
* Getrag / Muncie 282 case features
* Getrag-specific shift and select cable arrangement
* Fluid level indicator assembly
* Transaxle shift levers and brackets
* Clutch slave cylinder and bracket arrangement

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or swapped over time, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car's year or trim alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the Getrag 5-speed:

* Verify that the car actually has a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed before ordering parts.
* Do not assume Isuzu or Muncie 4-speed parts interchange.
* Check clutch hydraulics before condemning the transmission.
* Inspect shift and select cables.
* Inspect cable brackets and transaxle shift levers.
* Use the correct fluid.
* Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
* Check mounts if there is drivetrain movement or clunking.
* Verify axle seal condition if fluid leaks are present.
* Verify transmission code and application when exact identification matters.
* Be cautious when using an original used transmission behind a high-output swap.

== Notes ==

The Getrag 5-speed is one of the most commonly discussed Fiero manual transmissions because it was the later factory V6 five-speed.

In owner discussions, the name “Getrag” is common. In factory 1988 service information, the same general Fiero five-speed V6 transaxle family is identified as the Muncie 282. When exact parts or service procedures matter, identify the installed transmission directly.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

Getrag 5-speed

2026-07-19T00:07:27Z

Cliff:

'''Getrag 5-speed''' refers to the five-speed manual transaxle used in later V6-equipped [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

In Fiero owner usage, “Getrag 5-speed” usually refers to the factory five-speed manual transmission used with the 2.8L V6. In factory service information, this transmission may also be identified as the '''Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle'''.

It should not be confused with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]], which was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

== Overview ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle used in later Fiero V6 applications.

It replaced the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]] and provided a fifth gear for improved highway cruising. In Fiero discussions, it is commonly considered the factory performance five-speed manual transmission.

The Getrag 5-speed is desirable because it was paired with the factory 2.8L V6 and provides both a sporty manual transmission and a highway-friendly overdrive gear.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Getrag 5-speed transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero, preferably showing the transmission case, shift cables, clutch slave cylinder, mounts, axle locations, and fluid level indicator.}}

The Getrag 5-speed is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

This transmission may be referred to as:

* Getrag 5-speed
* Getrag five-speed
* Getrag manual transmission
* Getrag/Muncie 5-speed
* Muncie 282
* Muncie 282 five-speed
* 5-speed manual
* V6 5-speed

The “Getrag” name is commonly used by Fiero owners, while factory service information for 1988 uses the Muncie 282 name.

Because different GM manual transaxles may share similar layouts or similar casual names, parts should be identified by the actual transmission, application, case features, brackets, cables, RPO code, and related hardware.

== Fiero applications ==

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6 in later Fiero production.

It is commonly associated with:

* Later V6 Fieros
* Later 1986 V6 Fieros after the Getrag became available
* 1987 V6 Fieros
* 1988 V6 Fieros
* GT models equipped with the five-speed manual
* 1988 Formula models equipped with the five-speed manual

Related model-year pages:

* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly rather than relying only on model year, trim, or engine.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed
|-
| Type
| Transverse manual transaxle
|-
| Factory service name
| Muncie 282 five-speed manual transaxle
|-
| Common Fiero name
| Getrag 5-speed
|-
| Common Fiero RPO code
| MG2
|-
| Speeds
| 5 forward speeds
|-
| Reverse
| Yes
|-
| Overdrive
| Yes
|-
| Factory Fiero use
| Later V6 models
|-
| Factory four-cylinder Fiero use
| No
|-
| Clutch operation
| Hydraulic
|-
| Shift operation
| Cable-operated
|-
| Common Fiero role
| Factory V6 five-speed manual transmission
|}

The Fiero Getrag 5-speed is commonly described by owners as Getrag-designed and Muncie-built. In factory 1988 service information, the transaxle is treated as the Muncie 282 five-speed.

== General design ==

The Muncie 282 / Getrag 5-speed is a constant-mesh manual transaxle.

The transaxle contains:

* Transmission case
* Clutch and differential case
* Input shaft and gears
* Output shaft and gears
* Ring gear and differential assembly
* Shift rails and forks
* Synchronizers
* Reverse gear and idler mechanism

All forward gears are synchronized. Reverse is not synchronized.

The differential is built into the transaxle and drives the Fiero rear axle shafts.

== Features ==

Important features include:

* Fifth-speed overdrive
* Cable-operated shifting
* Hydraulic clutch operation
* Synchronizers with blocker rings
* Separate select and shift cables
* Differential integrated into the transaxle
* Adjustable cable connections at the transaxle levers

The fifth gear reduces engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 four-speed manual transmission.

== Gear ratios ==

The Fiero V6 Getrag 5-speed is associated with RPO code '''MG2'''.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 3.50
|-
| 2nd
| 2.05
|-
| 3rd
| 1.38
|-
| 4th
| 0.94
|-
| 5th
| 0.72
|-
| Final drive
| 3.61
|}

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear and helps reduce engine rpm during highway driving compared with the earlier V6 [[Muncie 4-speed]].

Because Fieros are often modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped, the actual installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Operation ==

The Getrag 5-speed is a manually shifted transaxle.

The driver selects gears using the interior shifter. The shifter operates the transmission through a select cable and a shift cable.

When one cable moves, the other cable should remain stationary. The cable ends attach to ball studs at the shifter and to levers at the transaxle.

The clutch is operated hydraulically using a clutch pedal, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, and clutch slave cylinder.

== Shift cables and shifter ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses shift and select cables between the interior shifter and the transmission.

Cable condition and adjustment are important. Worn, stretched, damaged, or misadjusted cables can cause poor shifting, difficulty selecting gears, or an inability to engage certain gears.

The Getrag cable and bracket arrangement should not be assumed to interchange with the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] without verification.

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Cable adjustment ==

The Getrag 5-speed shift cables are adjustable at the transaxle levers.

Cable adjustment can affect whether the transmission fully selects the intended gear. Incorrect cable adjustment, damaged cable ends, loose cable brackets, or incorrect cables can cause shifting complaints that may be mistaken for internal transmission failure.

Before condemning the transmission, check:

* Shifter condition
* Shift and select cables
* Cable ends
* Cable brackets
* Cable adjustment
* Transaxle shift levers
* Clutch release travel

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Clutch system ==

Like other manual-transmission Fieros, the Getrag 5-speed uses a hydraulic clutch system.

The clutch system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch master cylinder
* Hydraulic clutch line
* Clutch slave cylinder
* Release arm
* Clutch pressure plate and disc
* Throwout bearing

Clutch hydraulic problems can be mistaken for transmission problems.

A clutch that does not fully disengage can cause hard shifting or grinding even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Fluid service ==

The Getrag 5-speed requires the correct transmission fluid.

For 1988 Fieros, the MG2 Muncie/Getrag 5-speed refill capacity is listed as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Refill capacity
|-
| Muncie/Getrag 5-speed manual transaxle
| MG2
| 1.9 L / 4.1 pt
|}

Fluid level and condition are important for gear and bearing life. Low, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can contribute to noise, wear, and shifting problems.

When servicing the transmission, verify the correct fluid specification for the model year and installed transmission.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Service procedures]]

== Fluid level indicator ==

The Getrag 5-speed uses a fluid level indicator assembly.

This is one of the useful identification and service features of the transmission. When checking or filling the transmission, use the correct procedure for the installed transmission and do not assume that the [[Isuzu 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] procedure is identical.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission fluid]]

== Common problems ==

Common Getrag 5-speed topics include:

* Worn or misadjusted shift cables
* Clutch hydraulic problems
* Difficulty shifting into gear
* Grinding during shifts
* Worn synchronizers
* Gear noise
* Fluid leaks
* Axle seal leaks
* Shift shaft seal leaks
* Worn mounts
* Previous incorrect service
* Confusion with other five-speed transmissions
* Parts availability issues

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of Getrag 5-speed problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Gear clash or grinding
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Difficulty shifting into second or third gear
* Transmission pops out of gear
* Clutch does not fully disengage
* Noise while driving
* Noise that changes with gear selection
* Fluid leak
* Excessive drivetrain movement
* Shifter feels loose or vague

== Diagnosis ==

Before assuming the transmission itself has failed, basic checks should include:

# Verify that the transmission is actually a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed.
# Check clutch hydraulic operation.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch master cylinder and slave cylinder.
# Check for air in the clutch hydraulic system.
# Inspect shift and select cables.
# Check cable adjustment.
# Inspect cable brackets and cable ends.
# Inspect transaxle shift levers.
# Inspect transmission and engine mounts.
# Check transmission fluid level and condition.
# Inspect axle seals and related leak points.
# Determine whether the problem occurs in one gear, several gears, or all gears.

A clutch, cable, or mount problem can cause shifting complaints that feel like internal transmission failure.

== Relationship to the Isuzu 5-speed ==

The Getrag 5-speed and [[Isuzu 5-speed]] are both factory Fiero five-speed manual transmissions, but they were used in different factory applications.

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6.

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

Because both are five-speed manuals, the two are sometimes confused. Parts, cables, brackets, mounts, internal components, clutch parts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange without verification.

== Relationship to the Muncie 4-speed ==

The [[Muncie 4-speed]] was used before the Getrag 5-speed became available in V6 applications.

The Getrag 5-speed added a fifth gear and became the later factory manual transmission for V6 Fieros.

Some owners prefer the Getrag for highway cruising because of its fifth gear, while some owners prefer certain four-speed versions for other reasons such as gearing, simplicity, or availability.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The Getrag 5-speed is commonly considered one of the more desirable factory Fiero manual transmissions for engine swaps.

However, transmission choice for an engine swap depends on:

* Engine torque
* Intended driving style
* Gear ratios
* Highway rpm
* Strength
* Clutch compatibility
* Mounts
* Shift cables
* Axles
* Parts availability

The Getrag may be retained in some engine-swap cars, but high-output applications should be evaluated carefully.

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The Getrag 5-speed is generally suitable for stock V6 Fiero use when in good condition.

Its advantages include:

* Five forward gears
* Overdrive for highway driving
* Factory V6 application
* Good match for the 2.8L V6
* Desirable factory manual transmission option
* Better highway cruising than non-overdrive transmissions

Limitations include:

* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Possible shift-cable and clutch-hydraulic issues
* Parts availability concerns
* Not all five-speed Fiero parts interchange
* Must be identified correctly before ordering parts
* High-output swaps may exceed what is reasonable for a stock used transmission

== Identification ==

The Getrag 5-speed can be identified by transmission case features, shift cable arrangement, model year, engine application, RPO code, and related mounting hardware.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MG2'''
* Factory V6 application in later Fiero production
* Five-speed shift pattern
* Getrag / Muncie 282 case features
* Getrag-specific shift and select cable arrangement
* Fluid level indicator assembly
* Transaxle shift levers and brackets
* Clutch slave cylinder and bracket arrangement

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or swapped over time, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car's year or trim alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the Getrag 5-speed:

* Verify that the car actually has a Getrag / Muncie 282 5-speed before ordering parts.
* Do not assume Isuzu or Muncie 4-speed parts interchange.
* Check clutch hydraulics before condemning the transmission.
* Inspect shift and select cables.
* Inspect cable brackets and transaxle shift levers.
* Use the correct fluid.
* Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
* Check mounts if there is drivetrain movement or clunking.
* Verify axle seal condition if fluid leaks are present.
* Verify transmission code and application when exact identification matters.
* Be cautious when using an original used transmission behind a high-output swap.

== Notes ==

The Getrag 5-speed is one of the most commonly discussed Fiero manual transmissions because it was the later factory V6 five-speed.

In owner discussions, the name “Getrag” is common. In factory 1988 service information, the same general Fiero five-speed V6 transaxle family is identified as the Muncie 282. When exact parts or service procedures matter, identify the installed transmission directly.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[2.8L V6]]
* [[1986.5 Fiero GT]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

Isuzu 5-speed

2026-07-19T00:05:52Z

Cliff: /* Fluid service */

'''Isuzu 5-speed''' refers to the five-speed manual transaxle used in four-cylinder [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

The Isuzu 5-speed was the factory five-speed manual transmission used with the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] Fiero. It should not be confused with the [[Getrag 5-speed]], which was used with the [[2.8L V6]].

== Overview ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle used in four-cylinder Fieros.

It was introduced during Fiero production as a more fuel-efficient alternative to the earlier four-speed manual transmission. Because it has an overdrive fifth gear, it allows lower engine rpm at highway speeds than the four-speed manual or the [[TH125 automatic]].

In Fiero discussions, the Isuzu 5-speed is commonly associated with economy, light shifting effort, and good highway cruising when used behind the stock 2.5L engine.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Isuzu 5-speed transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero, preferably showing the transmission case, shift cables, clutch slave cylinder, mounts, axle locations, and fluid check/fill area.}}

The Isuzu 5-speed is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

The transmission is commonly called:

* Isuzu 5-speed
* Isuzu manual transmission
* Isuzu five-speed
* 5-speed Isuzu
* 5-speed manual
* Four-cylinder 5-speed

In factory service information, the unit may also be identified as the '''5-speed Isuzu 76 mm manual transaxle'''.

In Fiero usage, “Isuzu 5-speed” usually refers to the five-speed manual transmission used behind the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

== Fiero applications ==

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder Fiero from 1985 through 1988.

It replaced the 1984 four-cylinder Muncie 4-speed manual transmissions as the factory manual transmission for four-cylinder Fieros.

It was not the factory V6 five-speed transmission. V6 five-speed Fieros used the [[Getrag 5-speed]].

Common factory applications include:

* 1985 four-cylinder Fieros
* 1986 four-cylinder Fieros
* 1987 four-cylinder Fieros
* 1988 four-cylinder Fieros

Related model-year pages:

* [[1985 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been modified or repaired over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly rather than relying only on model year, trim, or engine.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! Isuzu 5-speed
|-
| Type
| Transverse manual transaxle
|-
| Factory service description
| 5-speed Isuzu 76 mm manual transaxle
|-
| Common Fiero RPO code
| MT2
|-
| Other related RPO reference
| MK7, where applicable in service information
|-
| Speeds
| 5 forward speeds
|-
| Reverse
| Yes
|-
| Overdrive
| Yes
|-
| Factory Fiero use
| 1985-1988 2.5L four-cylinder models
|-
| Factory V6 Fiero use
| No
|-
| Clutch operation
| Hydraulic
|-
| Shift operation
| Cable-operated
|-
| Common Fiero role
| Economy-oriented five-speed manual transmission
|}

The Isuzu 5-speed was the factory five-speed manual transmission for four-cylinder Fieros. Gear ratios, codes, and service details should still be verified against the actual installed transmission when exact information matters.

== Gear ratios ==

The Fiero four-cylinder Isuzu 5-speed is associated with RPO code '''MT2'''.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 3.73
|-
| 2nd
| 2.04
|-
| 3rd
| 1.45
|-
| 4th
| 1.03
|-
| 5th
| 0.74
|-
| Final drive
| 3.35
|}

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear and helps reduce engine rpm during highway driving.

Because Fieros are often modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped, the actual installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== General design ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle.

The transaxle combines the manual transmission and differential in one unit. It is mounted behind the passenger compartment with the engine and drives the rear wheels through axle shafts.

The transmission is shifted by cables from the interior shifter and uses the Fiero hydraulic clutch system for clutch release.

== Operation ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is a manually shifted transaxle.

The driver selects gears using the interior shifter. The shifter operates the transmission through shift and select cables.

The clutch is operated hydraulically using a clutch pedal, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, and clutch slave cylinder.

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear intended to reduce cruising rpm and improve highway fuel economy.

== Shift cables and shifter ==

The Isuzu 5-speed uses shift and select cables between the interior shifter and the transmission.

Cable condition and adjustment are important. Worn, stretched, damaged, or misadjusted cables can cause poor shifting, difficulty selecting gears, or an inability to engage certain gears.

The Isuzu cable and bracket arrangement should not be assumed to interchange with the [[Getrag 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] without verification.

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Clutch system ==

Like other manual-transmission Fieros, the Isuzu 5-speed uses a hydraulic clutch system.

The clutch system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch master cylinder
* Hydraulic clutch line
* Clutch slave cylinder
* Release arm
* Clutch pressure plate and disc
* Throwout bearing

Clutch hydraulic problems can be mistaken for transmission problems.

A clutch that does not fully disengage can cause hard shifting or grinding even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Fluid service ==

The Isuzu 5-speed requires the correct transmission fluid.

Factory service information for the Fiero Isuzu 5-speed lists the MT2 refill capacity as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Manufacturer
! Refill capacity
|-
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MT2
| Isuzu
| 2.5 L / 5.3 pt
|}

Fluid level and condition are important for gear and bearing life. Low, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can contribute to noise, wear, and shifting problems.

When servicing the transmission, verify the correct fluid specification and capacity for the model year and installed transmission.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Service procedures]]

== Common problems ==

Common Isuzu 5-speed topics include:

* Worn or misadjusted shift cables
* Clutch hydraulic problems
* Difficulty shifting into gear
* Grinding during shifts
* Worn synchronizers
* Gear noise
* Fluid leaks
* Axle seal leaks
* Worn mounts
* Previous incorrect service
* Confusion with other five-speed transmissions
* Weakness when used behind higher-output engine swaps

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of Isuzu 5-speed problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Gear clash or grinding
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Transmission pops out of gear
* Clutch does not fully disengage
* Noise while driving
* Noise that changes with gear selection
* Fluid leak
* Excessive drivetrain movement
* Shifter feels loose or vague

== Diagnosis ==

Before assuming the transmission itself has failed, basic checks should include:

# Verify that the transmission is actually an Isuzu 5-speed.
# Check clutch hydraulic operation.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch master cylinder and slave cylinder.
# Check for air in the clutch hydraulic system.
# Inspect shift and select cables.
# Check cable adjustment.
# Inspect cable brackets and cable ends.
# Inspect transmission and engine mounts.
# Check transmission fluid level and condition.
# Inspect axle seals and related leak points.
# Determine whether the problem occurs in one gear, several gears, or all gears.

A clutch, cable, or mount problem can cause shifting complaints that feel like internal transmission failure.

== Relationship to the Getrag 5-speed ==

The Isuzu 5-speed and [[Getrag 5-speed]] are both factory Fiero five-speed manual transmissions, but they were used in different factory applications.

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine from 1985 through 1988.

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6 in later V6 Fieros.

Because both are five-speed manuals, the two are sometimes confused in owner discussions. Parts, cables, brackets, mounts, internal components, clutch parts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange without verification.

== Relationship to the Muncie 4-speed ==

The [[Muncie 4-speed]] was used in earlier Fiero manual applications.

For four-cylinder Fieros, the Isuzu 5-speed replaced the earlier four-speed manual arrangement and provided an overdrive fifth gear for lower highway rpm.

Because the Muncie 4-speed and Isuzu 5-speed are different transmissions, parts, cables, brackets, mounts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is sometimes used in engine-swap cars because of availability, gearing, or because it is already installed in the car.

However, it was not the factory V6 performance transmission and is generally not considered the strongest Fiero manual transmission choice for high-output swaps.

For engine swaps, transmission choice depends on:

* Engine torque
* Intended driving style
* Gear ratios
* Highway rpm
* Strength
* Clutch compatibility
* Mounts
* Shift cables
* Axles
* Parts availability

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is generally suitable for stock four-cylinder Fiero use when in good condition.

Its advantages include:

* Five forward gears
* Overdrive for highway driving
* Light shifting feel
* Good match for the 2.5L engine
* Better highway cruising than non-overdrive transmissions
* Common factory pairing with the Iron Duke

Limitations include:

* Not the factory V6 five-speed
* Not usually preferred for high-torque engine swaps
* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Possible shift-cable and clutch-hydraulic issues
* Parts and interchange details must be verified carefully
* Confusion with other five-speed manual transmissions

== Identification ==

The Isuzu 5-speed can be identified by transmission case features, shift cable arrangement, model year, engine application, RPO code, and related mounting hardware.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MT2'''
* Four-cylinder factory application
* Five-speed shift pattern
* Isuzu-specific shift cable arrangement
* Transmission case features
* Mounting brackets
* Clutch slave cylinder and bracket arrangement
* Service parts identification label, if still present
* Physical inspection of the installed transmission

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or swapped over time, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car's year or trim alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the Isuzu 5-speed:

* Verify that the car actually has the Isuzu transmission before ordering parts.
* Do not assume Getrag or Muncie 4-speed parts interchange.
* Check clutch hydraulics before condemning the transmission.
* Inspect shift and select cables.
* Inspect cable brackets and transaxle shift levers.
* Use the correct fluid.
* Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
* Check mounts if there is drivetrain movement or clunking.
* Verify axle seal condition if fluid leaks are present.
* Verify transmission code and application when exact identification matters.
* Be cautious with high-power engine swaps.

== Notes ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is the factory five-speed manual transmission most closely associated with four-cylinder Fieros.

It provides an overdrive fifth gear and is generally well suited to stock 2.5L use. For V6 cars, high-output swaps, or parts replacement, the installed transmission should be identified directly because Fiero five-speed transmissions do not all share the same parts, cables, brackets, or service procedures.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[2.8L V6]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

Isuzu 5-speed

2026-07-19T00:04:54Z

Cliff: /* Naming */

'''Isuzu 5-speed''' refers to the five-speed manual transaxle used in four-cylinder [[Pontiac Fiero]] models.

The Isuzu 5-speed was the factory five-speed manual transmission used with the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] Fiero. It should not be confused with the [[Getrag 5-speed]], which was used with the [[2.8L V6]].

== Overview ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle used in four-cylinder Fieros.

It was introduced during Fiero production as a more fuel-efficient alternative to the earlier four-speed manual transmission. Because it has an overdrive fifth gear, it allows lower engine rpm at highway speeds than the four-speed manual or the [[TH125 automatic]].

In Fiero discussions, the Isuzu 5-speed is commonly associated with economy, light shifting effort, and good highway cruising when used behind the stock 2.5L engine.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the Isuzu 5-speed transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero, preferably showing the transmission case, shift cables, clutch slave cylinder, mounts, axle locations, and fluid check/fill area.}}

The Isuzu 5-speed is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

The transmission is commonly called:

* Isuzu 5-speed
* Isuzu manual transmission
* Isuzu five-speed
* 5-speed Isuzu
* 5-speed manual
* Four-cylinder 5-speed

In factory service information, the unit may also be identified as the '''5-speed Isuzu 76 mm manual transaxle'''.

In Fiero usage, “Isuzu 5-speed” usually refers to the five-speed manual transmission used behind the 2.5L four-cylinder engine.

== Fiero applications ==

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder Fiero from 1985 through 1988.

It replaced the 1984 four-cylinder Muncie 4-speed manual transmissions as the factory manual transmission for four-cylinder Fieros.

It was not the factory V6 five-speed transmission. V6 five-speed Fieros used the [[Getrag 5-speed]].

Common factory applications include:

* 1985 four-cylinder Fieros
* 1986 four-cylinder Fieros
* 1987 four-cylinder Fieros
* 1988 four-cylinder Fieros

Related model-year pages:

* [[1985 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been modified or repaired over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly rather than relying only on model year, trim, or engine.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! Isuzu 5-speed
|-
| Type
| Transverse manual transaxle
|-
| Factory service description
| 5-speed Isuzu 76 mm manual transaxle
|-
| Common Fiero RPO code
| MT2
|-
| Other related RPO reference
| MK7, where applicable in service information
|-
| Speeds
| 5 forward speeds
|-
| Reverse
| Yes
|-
| Overdrive
| Yes
|-
| Factory Fiero use
| 1985-1988 2.5L four-cylinder models
|-
| Factory V6 Fiero use
| No
|-
| Clutch operation
| Hydraulic
|-
| Shift operation
| Cable-operated
|-
| Common Fiero role
| Economy-oriented five-speed manual transmission
|}

The Isuzu 5-speed was the factory five-speed manual transmission for four-cylinder Fieros. Gear ratios, codes, and service details should still be verified against the actual installed transmission when exact information matters.

== Gear ratios ==

The Fiero four-cylinder Isuzu 5-speed is associated with RPO code '''MT2'''.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 3.73
|-
| 2nd
| 2.04
|-
| 3rd
| 1.45
|-
| 4th
| 1.03
|-
| 5th
| 0.74
|-
| Final drive
| 3.35
|}

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear and helps reduce engine rpm during highway driving.

Because Fieros are often modified, repaired, or transmission-swapped, the actual installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== General design ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is a transverse manual transaxle.

The transaxle combines the manual transmission and differential in one unit. It is mounted behind the passenger compartment with the engine and drives the rear wheels through axle shafts.

The transmission is shifted by cables from the interior shifter and uses the Fiero hydraulic clutch system for clutch release.

== Operation ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is a manually shifted transaxle.

The driver selects gears using the interior shifter. The shifter operates the transmission through shift and select cables.

The clutch is operated hydraulically using a clutch pedal, clutch master cylinder, hydraulic line, and clutch slave cylinder.

The fifth gear is an overdrive gear intended to reduce cruising rpm and improve highway fuel economy.

== Shift cables and shifter ==

The Isuzu 5-speed uses shift and select cables between the interior shifter and the transmission.

Cable condition and adjustment are important. Worn, stretched, damaged, or misadjusted cables can cause poor shifting, difficulty selecting gears, or an inability to engage certain gears.

The Isuzu cable and bracket arrangement should not be assumed to interchange with the [[Getrag 5-speed]] or [[Muncie 4-speed]] without verification.

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission identification]]

== Clutch system ==

Like other manual-transmission Fieros, the Isuzu 5-speed uses a hydraulic clutch system.

The clutch system includes:

* Clutch pedal
* Clutch master cylinder
* Hydraulic clutch line
* Clutch slave cylinder
* Release arm
* Clutch pressure plate and disc
* Throwout bearing

Clutch hydraulic problems can be mistaken for transmission problems.

A clutch that does not fully disengage can cause hard shifting or grinding even if the transmission itself is not damaged.

Related topics:

* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Clutch master cylinder]]
* [[Clutch slave cylinder]]
* [[Clutch bleeding]]
* [[Clutch pedal]]

== Fluid service ==

The Isuzu 5-speed requires the correct transmission fluid.

For 1988 Fieros, the MT2 Isuzu 5-speed refill capacity is listed as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Manufacturer
! Refill capacity
|-
| 5-speed manual transaxle
| MT2
| Isuzu
| 2.5 L / 5.3 pt
|}

Fluid level and condition are important for gear and bearing life. Low, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can contribute to noise, wear, and shifting problems.

When servicing the transmission, verify the correct fluid specification for the model year and installed transmission.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Service procedures]]

== Common problems ==

Common Isuzu 5-speed topics include:

* Worn or misadjusted shift cables
* Clutch hydraulic problems
* Difficulty shifting into gear
* Grinding during shifts
* Worn synchronizers
* Gear noise
* Fluid leaks
* Axle seal leaks
* Worn mounts
* Previous incorrect service
* Confusion with other five-speed transmissions
* Weakness when used behind higher-output engine swaps

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of Isuzu 5-speed problems include:

* Hard shifting
* Gear clash or grinding
* Difficulty selecting reverse
* Difficulty selecting first gear
* Transmission pops out of gear
* Clutch does not fully disengage
* Noise while driving
* Noise that changes with gear selection
* Fluid leak
* Excessive drivetrain movement
* Shifter feels loose or vague

== Diagnosis ==

Before assuming the transmission itself has failed, basic checks should include:

# Verify that the transmission is actually an Isuzu 5-speed.
# Check clutch hydraulic operation.
# Check clutch pedal travel.
# Inspect the clutch master cylinder and slave cylinder.
# Check for air in the clutch hydraulic system.
# Inspect shift and select cables.
# Check cable adjustment.
# Inspect cable brackets and cable ends.
# Inspect transmission and engine mounts.
# Check transmission fluid level and condition.
# Inspect axle seals and related leak points.
# Determine whether the problem occurs in one gear, several gears, or all gears.

A clutch, cable, or mount problem can cause shifting complaints that feel like internal transmission failure.

== Relationship to the Getrag 5-speed ==

The Isuzu 5-speed and [[Getrag 5-speed]] are both factory Fiero five-speed manual transmissions, but they were used in different factory applications.

The Isuzu 5-speed was used with the 2.5L four-cylinder engine from 1985 through 1988.

The Getrag 5-speed was used with the 2.8L V6 in later V6 Fieros.

Because both are five-speed manuals, the two are sometimes confused in owner discussions. Parts, cables, brackets, mounts, internal components, clutch parts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange without verification.

== Relationship to the Muncie 4-speed ==

The [[Muncie 4-speed]] was used in earlier Fiero manual applications.

For four-cylinder Fieros, the Isuzu 5-speed replaced the earlier four-speed manual arrangement and provided an overdrive fifth gear for lower highway rpm.

Because the Muncie 4-speed and Isuzu 5-speed are different transmissions, parts, cables, brackets, mounts, and service procedures should not be assumed to interchange.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is sometimes used in engine-swap cars because of availability, gearing, or because it is already installed in the car.

However, it was not the factory V6 performance transmission and is generally not considered the strongest Fiero manual transmission choice for high-output swaps.

For engine swaps, transmission choice depends on:

* Engine torque
* Intended driving style
* Gear ratios
* Highway rpm
* Strength
* Clutch compatibility
* Mounts
* Shift cables
* Axles
* Parts availability

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is generally suitable for stock four-cylinder Fiero use when in good condition.

Its advantages include:

* Five forward gears
* Overdrive for highway driving
* Light shifting feel
* Good match for the 2.5L engine
* Better highway cruising than non-overdrive transmissions
* Common factory pairing with the Iron Duke

Limitations include:

* Not the factory V6 five-speed
* Not usually preferred for high-torque engine swaps
* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Possible shift-cable and clutch-hydraulic issues
* Parts and interchange details must be verified carefully
* Confusion with other five-speed manual transmissions

== Identification ==

The Isuzu 5-speed can be identified by transmission case features, shift cable arrangement, model year, engine application, RPO code, and related mounting hardware.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MT2'''
* Four-cylinder factory application
* Five-speed shift pattern
* Isuzu-specific shift cable arrangement
* Transmission case features
* Mounting brackets
* Clutch slave cylinder and bracket arrangement
* Service parts identification label, if still present
* Physical inspection of the installed transmission

Because many Fieros have been modified, repaired, or swapped over time, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car's year or trim alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Service notes ==

When working on the Isuzu 5-speed:

* Verify that the car actually has the Isuzu transmission before ordering parts.
* Do not assume Getrag or Muncie 4-speed parts interchange.
* Check clutch hydraulics before condemning the transmission.
* Inspect shift and select cables.
* Inspect cable brackets and transaxle shift levers.
* Use the correct fluid.
* Check fluid level using the correct procedure.
* Check mounts if there is drivetrain movement or clunking.
* Verify axle seal condition if fluid leaks are present.
* Verify transmission code and application when exact identification matters.
* Be cautious with high-power engine swaps.

== Notes ==

The Isuzu 5-speed is the factory five-speed manual transmission most closely associated with four-cylinder Fieros.

It provides an overdrive fifth gear and is generally well suited to stock 2.5L use. For V6 cars, high-output swaps, or parts replacement, the installed transmission should be identified directly because Fiero five-speed transmissions do not all share the same parts, cables, brackets, or service procedures.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]
* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[TH125 automatic]]
* [[Clutch]]
* [[Clutch hydraulic system]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Manual shifter]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[2.8L V6]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

TH125 automatic

2026-07-19T00:01:27Z

Cliff: /* Fluid capacity */

'''TH125 automatic''' refers to the three-speed automatic transaxle used in the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

The Fiero automatic transmission is commonly referred to as the '''TH125''', '''TH125C''', '''Turbo-Hydramatic 125C''', '''125C''', or '''3T40''', depending on naming convention and context. It was the factory automatic transmission available throughout Fiero production.

== Overview ==

The TH125 automatic is a transverse three-speed automatic transaxle used with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] Fiero engines.

It was designed for transverse-engine GM applications. In the Fiero, it was used in the car's mid-engine transverse drivetrain layout.

Compared with the manual transmissions available in the Fiero, the TH125 automatic provides easier driving and simpler operation, but it does not have an overdrive gear.

Because it has only three forward gears, engine rpm at highway speed is generally higher than it would be with a later overdrive automatic.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the TH125 automatic transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero engine bay, preferably showing its relationship to the engine, cradle, axles, shift cable, throttle valve cable, dipstick, cooler lines, and electrical connector.}}

The TH125 automatic is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

The Fiero automatic transmission may be referred to by several names:

* TH125
* TH125C
* Turbo-Hydramatic 125
* Turbo-Hydramatic 125C
* 125C
* 3T40
* MD9

In Fiero owner discussions, “TH125” is commonly used as a shorthand name.

The “C” designation refers to the torque converter clutch version. In later GM naming, the same basic transmission family was commonly called the 3T40.

The Fiero automatic transmission is associated with RPO code '''MD9'''.

== General Motors background ==

The TH125 was part of General Motors' family of transverse automatic transaxles.

It was used in a wide range of GM transverse-engine vehicles. Although the Fiero is mid-engine rather than front-engine, the engine and transmission are still mounted transversely, allowing GM to use a transverse automatic transaxle layout.

The Fiero used the TH125C automatic transaxle from 1984 through 1988.

== Fiero applications ==

The TH125 automatic was available in automatic-equipped Fieros from 1984 through 1988.

It was used behind:

* [[Iron Duke|2.5L Iron Duke]]
* [[2.8L V6]]

Related model-year pages:

* [[1984 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1985 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, or modified over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing, code, or service details matter.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! TH125 automatic
|-
| Type
| Transverse automatic transaxle
|-
| GM designation
| TH125C / 125C / 3T40
|-
| RPO code
| MD9
|-
| Speeds
| 3 forward speeds
|-
| Overdrive
| No
|-
| Torque converter clutch
| Yes, on TH125C applications
|-
| Fiero model years
| 1984-1988
|-
| Fiero applications
| Automatic-equipped 2.5L four-cylinder and 2.8L V6 models
|-
| Shift operation
| Automatic hydraulic control with external cable inputs and electrical TCC control
|}

Gear ratios, final-drive ratios, and transmission codes can vary by year and application.

== Gear ratios and final drive ==

The TH125C automatic has three forward gears and no overdrive.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 2.84
|-
| 2nd
| 1.60
|-
| 3rd
| 1.00
|-
| Reverse
| Commonly listed as approximately 2.07
|}

Factory final-drive ratios varied by model year and transmission code.

{| class="wikitable"
! Model year
! Final drive
! Code
! RPO
|-
| 1984
| 3.18
| PF
| MD9
|-
| 1985
| 3.06
| CD
| MD9
|-
| 1985
| 3.18
| PF
| MD9
|-
| 1986
| 3.06
| 6CD
| MD9
|-
| 1986
| 3.18
| 6PF
| MD9
|-
| 1987
| 3.33
| 7CPC
| MD9
|-
| 1987
| 2.84
| 7PSC
| MD9
|-
| 1988
| 3.33
| 8CPC
| MD9
|-
| 1988
| 2.84
| 8PSC
| MD9
|}

The final-drive ratio affects engine rpm, acceleration feel, and cruising behavior. A numerically higher ratio generally gives more mechanical advantage but higher engine rpm at a given road speed.

Because Fieros are often modified or repaired with replacement transmissions, the actual transmission code should be checked when exact final-drive identification matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Operation ==

The TH125 is a hydraulically controlled automatic transaxle.

It uses a torque converter, internal hydraulic circuits, clutches, bands, valves, governor control, throttle valve control, and electrical torque converter clutch control.

The transmission automatically shifts between its three forward gears. The driver selects ranges using the shifter inside the car.

Because the transmission has no overdrive, highway rpm is higher than it would be with a later overdrive automatic.

== Shift ranges ==

The automatic shifter selects the transmission range.

Common range positions include:

* Park
* Reverse
* Neutral
* Drive
* Second
* Low

A misadjusted shift cable can cause the shifter position to disagree with the actual transmission range. Range-selection problems should be diagnosed before assuming internal transmission failure.

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Torque converter ==

The torque converter connects the engine to the automatic transmission hydraulically.

It allows the engine to continue running when the vehicle is stopped in gear and provides torque multiplication during acceleration.

Torque converter problems can cause symptoms such as slipping, shudder, vibration, poor acceleration, or unusual noises. These symptoms can overlap with engine, mount, axle, and internal transmission problems.

Related topic:

* [[Torque converter]]

== Torque converter clutch ==

TH125C applications use a torque converter clutch, often abbreviated as TCC.

The TCC can lock the torque converter under certain driving conditions to reduce converter slip, improve efficiency, and lower heat.

TCC-related problems can cause symptoms such as:

* Engine stalls when coming to a stop
* Converter clutch does not lock
* Converter clutch stays locked
* Harsh engagement
* Bucking or shuddering
* Poor drivability
* Increased transmission temperature

Related topic:

* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Torque converter clutch control ==

The TH125C torque converter clutch is electrically controlled and hydraulically applied.

In simplified form, the TCC control system involves:

* Brake switch
* Third-gear switch
* Torque converter clutch solenoid
* ECM control circuit
* Internal hydraulic apply circuit

The brake switch allows the converter clutch to release when the brake pedal is pressed. The third-gear switch is used so lockup occurs only when the transmission is in third gear. The TCC solenoid controls hydraulic apply of the converter clutch, and the ECM completes the control circuit when operating conditions are correct.

A TCC problem can feel like a transmission shift problem because converter lockup and release can change engine rpm and drivability.

Possible TCC-related symptoms include:

* Engine stalls when coming to a stop
* Bucking or harsh behavior while slowing down
* Converter clutch does not lock
* Converter clutch stays locked
* No noticeable rpm change during lockup or release
* Poor fuel economy
* Unusual drivability at steady cruising speed

If the converter clutch remains applied when the car slows or stops, the engine can behave much like a manual-transmission car stopping without the clutch pedal being pressed.

Diagnosis should include the brake switch, third-gear switch, TCC solenoid, wiring, connectors, ECM control circuit, and internal hydraulic operation before assuming the entire transmission has failed.

== Shift cable and selector ==

The Fiero automatic uses a shift cable to select transmission ranges.

A misadjusted, worn, or damaged shift cable can cause incorrect range selection, difficulty shifting, or a mismatch between the shifter position and actual transmission range.

Symptoms of shift-cable or range-selection problems can include:

* Shifter position does not match the actual range
* Difficulty selecting Park
* Difficulty selecting Reverse
* Car starts only in certain shifter positions
* No movement in the expected range
* Range indicator disagreement

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Interior]]

== Throttle valve cable ==

The TH125 automatic uses a throttle valve cable.

The throttle valve cable should not be treated as only a kickdown cable. It is part of transmission shift control. If the cable is binding, disconnected, incorrectly routed, or incorrectly adjusted, shift timing and shift behavior can be affected.

Possible throttle valve cable-related symptoms include:

* Late shifts
* Early shifts
* Harsh shifts
* Slipping or poor shift feel
* Downshift problems
* Shift timing that does not match throttle position

Throttle valve cable condition and adjustment should be checked before assuming internal transmission failure.

== Fluid and cooling ==

Automatic transmission fluid is essential for lubrication, hydraulic control, cooling, torque converter operation, and internal transmission operation.

The TH125 uses cooler lines connected to the radiator or transmission cooler circuit.

Fluid condition and level are important. Low, dirty, overheated, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can cause shifting problems or transmission damage.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Transmission cooler lines]]
* [[Radiator]]

== Fluid capacity ==

Factory 1988 service information lists the MD9 / 125C automatic transaxle capacities as:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Refill capacity
! Overhaul capacity
|-
| 125C automatic transaxle
| MD9
| 3.8 L / 8.0 pt
| 4.7 L / 10.0 pt
|}

Because the TH125C / 125C automatic was used throughout Fiero production, these figures are useful Fiero 125C reference values. However, earlier model-year documentation, rebuilt transmissions, replacement units, dry-fill conditions, and non-original transmissions should still be checked against the correct information for the actual transmission.

== Fluid and filter service ==

Fluid level and fluid condition are important on the TH125 automatic.

Incorrect fluid level can cause shift problems. Fluid that is burnt-smelling, contaminated, foamy, milky, or badly degraded may indicate overheating, air entry, coolant contamination, or internal wear.

A normal service usually includes replacing the transmission filter or strainer and pan gasket, cleaning the pan, inspecting for debris, and refilling with the correct automatic transmission fluid.

The pan magnet should be present and cleaned during service. The magnet helps collect ferrous wear particles from the transmission fluid.

Because service details and fluid recommendations can vary by year, service history, and current fluid specification, the correct information should be checked before performing transmission service.

== Fluid leaks ==

Common automatic transaxle leak points include:

* Transmission pan or pan gasket
* Filler pipe seal
* Throttle valve cable seal
* Governor cover and O-rings
* Speedometer drive or speed sensor seal
* Oil cooler line fittings
* Axle oil seals
* Converter seal
* Case cover gasket
* Vent or fill tube area if overfilled or contaminated

Fluid coming out of the vent or fill tube can be caused by overfilling, coolant in the fluid, incorrect dipstick, plugged vent, or drain-back problems.

A leak should be repaired before low fluid causes internal damage.

== Shift diagnosis notes ==

Before assuming the TH125 has an internal transmission failure, basic checks should include fluid level, fluid condition, throttle valve cable operation, shift cable adjustment, engine performance, and TCC operation.

Possible non-internal causes of shift complaints include:

* Incorrect fluid level
* Burnt, oxidized, foamy, or contaminated fluid
* Restricted or loose filter/strainer
* Throttle valve cable problem
* Shift cable adjustment problem
* TCC lockup problem
* Wiring or connector problem
* Engine performance problem
* Vacuum leak or fuel delivery problem
* Valve body contamination or sticking valves
* Worn engine or transmission mounts

A problem that feels like a missing gear or unusual shift may sometimes be caused by the torque converter clutch locking or unlocking rather than by a gear shift itself.

== Common problems ==

Common TH125 automatic topics include:

* Fluid leaks
* Shift cable adjustment
* Throttle valve cable adjustment
* Delayed engagement
* Harsh shifts
* Early or late shifts
* Slipping
* No upshift
* No reverse
* Torque converter clutch problems
* Cooler line leaks
* Governor or valve-body issues
* Worn mounts
* Axle seal leaks
* Previous incorrect fluid service
* Confusion with engine performance problems

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of TH125 automatic problems include:

* Slipping
* Harsh shifting
* Delayed engagement
* No movement in one or more ranges
* No reverse
* No upshift
* Late or early shifts
* Transmission fluid leak
* Burning fluid smell
* Foamy or milky fluid
* Engine stalls when stopping
* High engine rpm at highway speed
* Vibration or clunking
* Unusual noise
* Poor acceleration
* Shudder or bucking at steady speed

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Check the transmission fluid level using the correct procedure.
# Inspect the fluid color, smell, and appearance.
# Check for external leaks.
# Inspect cooler lines and fittings.
# Check shift cable adjustment.
# Check throttle valve cable condition and adjustment.
# Check engine and transmission mounts.
# Check axle seals.
# Check for TCC-related symptoms.
# Check electrical connectors related to the transmission and TCC.
# Verify that the problem is not engine-related before condemning the transmission.
# Determine whether the symptom occurs cold, hot, in one range, in all ranges, under load, or during TCC apply/release.

A transmission diagnosis should include fluid, cables, mounts, electrical control, engine performance, and actual driving symptoms before assuming internal failure.

== Mounts and cradle relationship ==

The engine and transmission are mounted on the Fiero cradle.

Worn mounts can cause clunks, movement, vibration, or stress on related parts such as cables, axles, exhaust, cooler lines, and wiring.

Related topics:

* [[Engine cradle]]
* [[Engine mounts]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The TH125 automatic is generally adequate for stock Fiero use when in good condition.

Advantages include:

* Simple operation
* Factory fitment
* Good drivability in normal use
* Availability in both four-cylinder and V6 Fieros
* Torque converter clutch for reduced converter slip during cruise

Limitations include:

* Only three forward gears
* No overdrive
* Higher highway rpm than later overdrive automatics
* Limited appeal for high-power engine swaps
* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Heat sensitivity if cooling or fluid condition is poor
* TCC and cable adjustment problems can mimic internal failure

== Relationship to manual transmissions ==

The TH125 automatic was the factory automatic alternative to the Fiero manual transmissions.

Factory manual transmissions include:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]

The automatic uses a torque converter and hydraulic shift control instead of a driver-operated clutch pedal and manual gear selection.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The TH125 automatic can be retained with some engine combinations, but many engine swaps use different transmissions depending on power, gearing, strength, electronics, and packaging.

Because the TH125 has no overdrive and was not intended for high-output modern swaps, owners planning engine swaps often consider other automatic or manual transmission options.

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Manual torque converter lockup caution ==

Some engine-swap or custom applications may require non-stock torque converter clutch control if the original ECM is removed.

Manual TCC lockup should be treated as an advanced modification. Incorrect manual lockup wiring can cause drivability problems or transmission damage, especially if the converter clutch is allowed to apply at the wrong time.

A manual lockup switch should not be considered a performance upgrade. In most cases, automatic control based on speed, gear, brake input, and driving conditions is safer and more appropriate.

For stock ECM-controlled Fieros, the factory-style TCC control system should normally be repaired rather than bypassed.

== Identification ==

The TH125 automatic can be identified by the transmission case, pan shape, shift cable arrangement, throttle valve cable, cooler lines, dipstick and filler tube, electrical connector, RPO code, and transmission code.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MD9'''
* Automatic shifter
* Three-speed automatic operation
* Transverse automatic transaxle case
* Transmission pan shape
* Shift cable and selector lever
* Throttle valve cable
* Cooler line fittings
* TCC electrical connector
* Service parts identification label, if still present
* Physical inspection of the installed transmission

Because Fieros may have been repaired or transmission-swapped, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car’s year or engine alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]

== Service notes ==

When servicing the TH125 automatic:

* Verify that the car actually has the TH125 / 125C automatic before ordering parts.
* Use the correct fluid type and service procedure.
* Check fluid level correctly.
* Avoid overfilling.
* Inspect for leaks.
* Keep cooler lines in good condition.
* Check shift cable adjustment after related work.
* Check throttle valve cable condition and adjustment.
* Verify TCC operation if stalling or lockup symptoms occur.
* Clean the pan and inspect for debris during filter service.
* Do not assume every drivability problem is transmission-related.
* Do not assume every automatic-transmission complaint requires replacement or overhaul.

== Notes ==

A shifting or drivability problem should not automatically be blamed on the transmission.

Engine performance problems, vacuum leaks, fuel delivery problems, ignition problems, mounts, cables, axles, cooler lines, wiring, and torque converter clutch problems can all create symptoms that may feel transmission-related.

The TH125 automatic is simple compared with later electronically controlled overdrive automatics, but accurate diagnosis still requires checking fluid, cables, electrical TCC control, mounts, engine performance, leaks, and the actual installed transmission.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Torque converter]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Transmission cooler lines]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Engine cradle]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[2.8L V6]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]

TH125 automatic

2026-07-19T00:00:26Z

Cliff: /* Fluid capacity */

'''TH125 automatic''' refers to the three-speed automatic transaxle used in the [[Pontiac Fiero]].

The Fiero automatic transmission is commonly referred to as the '''TH125''', '''TH125C''', '''Turbo-Hydramatic 125C''', '''125C''', or '''3T40''', depending on naming convention and context. It was the factory automatic transmission available throughout Fiero production.

== Overview ==

The TH125 automatic is a transverse three-speed automatic transaxle used with both the [[Iron Duke|2.5L four-cylinder]] and [[2.8L V6]] Fiero engines.

It was designed for transverse-engine GM applications. In the Fiero, it was used in the car's mid-engine transverse drivetrain layout.

Compared with the manual transmissions available in the Fiero, the TH125 automatic provides easier driving and simpler operation, but it does not have an overdrive gear.

Because it has only three forward gears, engine rpm at highway speed is generally higher than it would be with a later overdrive automatic.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Location ==

{{Image wanted|Photo or diagram showing the TH125 automatic transmission installed in a Pontiac Fiero engine bay, preferably showing its relationship to the engine, cradle, axles, shift cable, throttle valve cable, dipstick, cooler lines, and electrical connector.}}

The TH125 automatic is mounted transversely in the rear engine compartment, bolted to the engine.

It is mounted on the engine cradle and drives the rear wheels through the Fiero axle shafts.

== Naming ==

The Fiero automatic transmission may be referred to by several names:

* TH125
* TH125C
* Turbo-Hydramatic 125
* Turbo-Hydramatic 125C
* 125C
* 3T40
* MD9

In Fiero owner discussions, “TH125” is commonly used as a shorthand name.

The “C” designation refers to the torque converter clutch version. In later GM naming, the same basic transmission family was commonly called the 3T40.

The Fiero automatic transmission is associated with RPO code '''MD9'''.

== General Motors background ==

The TH125 was part of General Motors' family of transverse automatic transaxles.

It was used in a wide range of GM transverse-engine vehicles. Although the Fiero is mid-engine rather than front-engine, the engine and transmission are still mounted transversely, allowing GM to use a transverse automatic transaxle layout.

The Fiero used the TH125C automatic transaxle from 1984 through 1988.

== Fiero applications ==

The TH125 automatic was available in automatic-equipped Fieros from 1984 through 1988.

It was used behind:

* [[Iron Duke|2.5L Iron Duke]]
* [[2.8L V6]]

Related model-year pages:

* [[1984 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1985 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1986 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1987 Pontiac Fiero]]
* [[1988 Pontiac Fiero]]

Because many Fieros have been repaired, rebuilt, or modified over time, the installed transmission should be identified directly when exact gearing, code, or service details matter.

== Specifications ==

{| class="wikitable"
! Specification
! TH125 automatic
|-
| Type
| Transverse automatic transaxle
|-
| GM designation
| TH125C / 125C / 3T40
|-
| RPO code
| MD9
|-
| Speeds
| 3 forward speeds
|-
| Overdrive
| No
|-
| Torque converter clutch
| Yes, on TH125C applications
|-
| Fiero model years
| 1984-1988
|-
| Fiero applications
| Automatic-equipped 2.5L four-cylinder and 2.8L V6 models
|-
| Shift operation
| Automatic hydraulic control with external cable inputs and electrical TCC control
|}

Gear ratios, final-drive ratios, and transmission codes can vary by year and application.

== Gear ratios and final drive ==

The TH125C automatic has three forward gears and no overdrive.

{| class="wikitable"
! Gear
! Ratio
|-
| 1st
| 2.84
|-
| 2nd
| 1.60
|-
| 3rd
| 1.00
|-
| Reverse
| Commonly listed as approximately 2.07
|}

Factory final-drive ratios varied by model year and transmission code.

{| class="wikitable"
! Model year
! Final drive
! Code
! RPO
|-
| 1984
| 3.18
| PF
| MD9
|-
| 1985
| 3.06
| CD
| MD9
|-
| 1985
| 3.18
| PF
| MD9
|-
| 1986
| 3.06
| 6CD
| MD9
|-
| 1986
| 3.18
| 6PF
| MD9
|-
| 1987
| 3.33
| 7CPC
| MD9
|-
| 1987
| 2.84
| 7PSC
| MD9
|-
| 1988
| 3.33
| 8CPC
| MD9
|-
| 1988
| 2.84
| 8PSC
| MD9
|}

The final-drive ratio affects engine rpm, acceleration feel, and cruising behavior. A numerically higher ratio generally gives more mechanical advantage but higher engine rpm at a given road speed.

Because Fieros are often modified or repaired with replacement transmissions, the actual transmission code should be checked when exact final-drive identification matters.

Related topic:

* [[Transmission gear ratios]]

== Operation ==

The TH125 is a hydraulically controlled automatic transaxle.

It uses a torque converter, internal hydraulic circuits, clutches, bands, valves, governor control, throttle valve control, and electrical torque converter clutch control.

The transmission automatically shifts between its three forward gears. The driver selects ranges using the shifter inside the car.

Because the transmission has no overdrive, highway rpm is higher than it would be with a later overdrive automatic.

== Shift ranges ==

The automatic shifter selects the transmission range.

Common range positions include:

* Park
* Reverse
* Neutral
* Drive
* Second
* Low

A misadjusted shift cable can cause the shifter position to disagree with the actual transmission range. Range-selection problems should be diagnosed before assuming internal transmission failure.

Related topic:

* [[Shift cable]]

== Torque converter ==

The torque converter connects the engine to the automatic transmission hydraulically.

It allows the engine to continue running when the vehicle is stopped in gear and provides torque multiplication during acceleration.

Torque converter problems can cause symptoms such as slipping, shudder, vibration, poor acceleration, or unusual noises. These symptoms can overlap with engine, mount, axle, and internal transmission problems.

Related topic:

* [[Torque converter]]

== Torque converter clutch ==

TH125C applications use a torque converter clutch, often abbreviated as TCC.

The TCC can lock the torque converter under certain driving conditions to reduce converter slip, improve efficiency, and lower heat.

TCC-related problems can cause symptoms such as:

* Engine stalls when coming to a stop
* Converter clutch does not lock
* Converter clutch stays locked
* Harsh engagement
* Bucking or shuddering
* Poor drivability
* Increased transmission temperature

Related topic:

* [[Torque converter clutch]]

== Torque converter clutch control ==

The TH125C torque converter clutch is electrically controlled and hydraulically applied.

In simplified form, the TCC control system involves:

* Brake switch
* Third-gear switch
* Torque converter clutch solenoid
* ECM control circuit
* Internal hydraulic apply circuit

The brake switch allows the converter clutch to release when the brake pedal is pressed. The third-gear switch is used so lockup occurs only when the transmission is in third gear. The TCC solenoid controls hydraulic apply of the converter clutch, and the ECM completes the control circuit when operating conditions are correct.

A TCC problem can feel like a transmission shift problem because converter lockup and release can change engine rpm and drivability.

Possible TCC-related symptoms include:

* Engine stalls when coming to a stop
* Bucking or harsh behavior while slowing down
* Converter clutch does not lock
* Converter clutch stays locked
* No noticeable rpm change during lockup or release
* Poor fuel economy
* Unusual drivability at steady cruising speed

If the converter clutch remains applied when the car slows or stops, the engine can behave much like a manual-transmission car stopping without the clutch pedal being pressed.

Diagnosis should include the brake switch, third-gear switch, TCC solenoid, wiring, connectors, ECM control circuit, and internal hydraulic operation before assuming the entire transmission has failed.

== Shift cable and selector ==

The Fiero automatic uses a shift cable to select transmission ranges.

A misadjusted, worn, or damaged shift cable can cause incorrect range selection, difficulty shifting, or a mismatch between the shifter position and actual transmission range.

Symptoms of shift-cable or range-selection problems can include:

* Shifter position does not match the actual range
* Difficulty selecting Park
* Difficulty selecting Reverse
* Car starts only in certain shifter positions
* No movement in the expected range
* Range indicator disagreement

Related topics:

* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Interior]]

== Throttle valve cable ==

The TH125 automatic uses a throttle valve cable.

The throttle valve cable should not be treated as only a kickdown cable. It is part of transmission shift control. If the cable is binding, disconnected, incorrectly routed, or incorrectly adjusted, shift timing and shift behavior can be affected.

Possible throttle valve cable-related symptoms include:

* Late shifts
* Early shifts
* Harsh shifts
* Slipping or poor shift feel
* Downshift problems
* Shift timing that does not match throttle position

Throttle valve cable condition and adjustment should be checked before assuming internal transmission failure.

== Fluid and cooling ==

Automatic transmission fluid is essential for lubrication, hydraulic control, cooling, torque converter operation, and internal transmission operation.

The TH125 uses cooler lines connected to the radiator or transmission cooler circuit.

Fluid condition and level are important. Low, dirty, overheated, contaminated, or incorrect fluid can cause shifting problems or transmission damage.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Transmission cooler lines]]
* [[Radiator]]

== Fluid capacity ==

Typical Fiero 125C / TH125C automatic transaxle service capacities are:

{| class="wikitable"
! Transmission
! RPO
! Refill capacity
! Overhaul capacity
|-
| 125C automatic transaxle
| MD9
| 3.8 L / 8.0 pt
| 4.7 L / 10.0 pt
|}

These figures are suitable as general Fiero 125C service-reference values, but rebuilt transmissions, replacement units, dry-fill conditions, and non-original transmissions should still be checked against the correct service information for the actual transmission.

== Fluid and filter service ==

Fluid level and fluid condition are important on the TH125 automatic.

Incorrect fluid level can cause shift problems. Fluid that is burnt-smelling, contaminated, foamy, milky, or badly degraded may indicate overheating, air entry, coolant contamination, or internal wear.

A normal service usually includes replacing the transmission filter or strainer and pan gasket, cleaning the pan, inspecting for debris, and refilling with the correct automatic transmission fluid.

The pan magnet should be present and cleaned during service. The magnet helps collect ferrous wear particles from the transmission fluid.

Because service details and fluid recommendations can vary by year, service history, and current fluid specification, the correct information should be checked before performing transmission service.

== Fluid leaks ==

Common automatic transaxle leak points include:

* Transmission pan or pan gasket
* Filler pipe seal
* Throttle valve cable seal
* Governor cover and O-rings
* Speedometer drive or speed sensor seal
* Oil cooler line fittings
* Axle oil seals
* Converter seal
* Case cover gasket
* Vent or fill tube area if overfilled or contaminated

Fluid coming out of the vent or fill tube can be caused by overfilling, coolant in the fluid, incorrect dipstick, plugged vent, or drain-back problems.

A leak should be repaired before low fluid causes internal damage.

== Shift diagnosis notes ==

Before assuming the TH125 has an internal transmission failure, basic checks should include fluid level, fluid condition, throttle valve cable operation, shift cable adjustment, engine performance, and TCC operation.

Possible non-internal causes of shift complaints include:

* Incorrect fluid level
* Burnt, oxidized, foamy, or contaminated fluid
* Restricted or loose filter/strainer
* Throttle valve cable problem
* Shift cable adjustment problem
* TCC lockup problem
* Wiring or connector problem
* Engine performance problem
* Vacuum leak or fuel delivery problem
* Valve body contamination or sticking valves
* Worn engine or transmission mounts

A problem that feels like a missing gear or unusual shift may sometimes be caused by the torque converter clutch locking or unlocking rather than by a gear shift itself.

== Common problems ==

Common TH125 automatic topics include:

* Fluid leaks
* Shift cable adjustment
* Throttle valve cable adjustment
* Delayed engagement
* Harsh shifts
* Early or late shifts
* Slipping
* No upshift
* No reverse
* Torque converter clutch problems
* Cooler line leaks
* Governor or valve-body issues
* Worn mounts
* Axle seal leaks
* Previous incorrect fluid service
* Confusion with engine performance problems

== Symptoms ==

Possible symptoms of TH125 automatic problems include:

* Slipping
* Harsh shifting
* Delayed engagement
* No movement in one or more ranges
* No reverse
* No upshift
* Late or early shifts
* Transmission fluid leak
* Burning fluid smell
* Foamy or milky fluid
* Engine stalls when stopping
* High engine rpm at highway speed
* Vibration or clunking
* Unusual noise
* Poor acceleration
* Shudder or bucking at steady speed

== Diagnosis ==

Basic diagnostic checks include:

# Check the transmission fluid level using the correct procedure.
# Inspect the fluid color, smell, and appearance.
# Check for external leaks.
# Inspect cooler lines and fittings.
# Check shift cable adjustment.
# Check throttle valve cable condition and adjustment.
# Check engine and transmission mounts.
# Check axle seals.
# Check for TCC-related symptoms.
# Check electrical connectors related to the transmission and TCC.
# Verify that the problem is not engine-related before condemning the transmission.
# Determine whether the symptom occurs cold, hot, in one range, in all ranges, under load, or during TCC apply/release.

A transmission diagnosis should include fluid, cables, mounts, electrical control, engine performance, and actual driving symptoms before assuming internal failure.

== Mounts and cradle relationship ==

The engine and transmission are mounted on the Fiero cradle.

Worn mounts can cause clunks, movement, vibration, or stress on related parts such as cables, axles, exhaust, cooler lines, and wiring.

Related topics:

* [[Engine cradle]]
* [[Engine mounts]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]

== Strength and limitations ==

The TH125 automatic is generally adequate for stock Fiero use when in good condition.

Advantages include:

* Simple operation
* Factory fitment
* Good drivability in normal use
* Availability in both four-cylinder and V6 Fieros
* Torque converter clutch for reduced converter slip during cruise

Limitations include:

* Only three forward gears
* No overdrive
* Higher highway rpm than later overdrive automatics
* Limited appeal for high-power engine swaps
* Age-related wear in surviving units
* Heat sensitivity if cooling or fluid condition is poor
* TCC and cable adjustment problems can mimic internal failure

== Relationship to manual transmissions ==

The TH125 automatic was the factory automatic alternative to the Fiero manual transmissions.

Factory manual transmissions include:

* [[Muncie 4-speed]]
* [[Isuzu 5-speed]]
* [[Getrag 5-speed]]

The automatic uses a torque converter and hydraulic shift control instead of a driver-operated clutch pedal and manual gear selection.

== Relationship to engine swaps ==

The TH125 automatic can be retained with some engine combinations, but many engine swaps use different transmissions depending on power, gearing, strength, electronics, and packaging.

Because the TH125 has no overdrive and was not intended for high-output modern swaps, owners planning engine swaps often consider other automatic or manual transmission options.

Related topics:

* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]

== Manual torque converter lockup caution ==

Some engine-swap or custom applications may require non-stock torque converter clutch control if the original ECM is removed.

Manual TCC lockup should be treated as an advanced modification. Incorrect manual lockup wiring can cause drivability problems or transmission damage, especially if the converter clutch is allowed to apply at the wrong time.

A manual lockup switch should not be considered a performance upgrade. In most cases, automatic control based on speed, gear, brake input, and driving conditions is safer and more appropriate.

For stock ECM-controlled Fieros, the factory-style TCC control system should normally be repaired rather than bypassed.

== Identification ==

The TH125 automatic can be identified by the transmission case, pan shape, shift cable arrangement, throttle valve cable, cooler lines, dipstick and filler tube, electrical connector, RPO code, and transmission code.

Useful identification checks include:

* RPO code '''MD9'''
* Automatic shifter
* Three-speed automatic operation
* Transverse automatic transaxle case
* Transmission pan shape
* Shift cable and selector lever
* Throttle valve cable
* Cooler line fittings
* TCC electrical connector
* Service parts identification label, if still present
* Physical inspection of the installed transmission

Because Fieros may have been repaired or transmission-swapped, identification should be based on the actual installed transmission rather than the car’s year or engine alone.

Related topics:

* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[RPO codes]]

== Service notes ==

When servicing the TH125 automatic:

* Verify that the car actually has the TH125 / 125C automatic before ordering parts.
* Use the correct fluid type and service procedure.
* Check fluid level correctly.
* Avoid overfilling.
* Inspect for leaks.
* Keep cooler lines in good condition.
* Check shift cable adjustment after related work.
* Check throttle valve cable condition and adjustment.
* Verify TCC operation if stalling or lockup symptoms occur.
* Clean the pan and inspect for debris during filter service.
* Do not assume every drivability problem is transmission-related.
* Do not assume every automatic-transmission complaint requires replacement or overhaul.

== Notes ==

A shifting or drivability problem should not automatically be blamed on the transmission.

Engine performance problems, vacuum leaks, fuel delivery problems, ignition problems, mounts, cables, axles, cooler lines, wiring, and torque converter clutch problems can all create symptoms that may feel transmission-related.

The TH125 automatic is simple compared with later electronically controlled overdrive automatics, but accurate diagnosis still requires checking fluid, cables, electrical TCC control, mounts, engine performance, leaks, and the actual installed transmission.

== See also ==

* [[Transmission]]
* [[Automatic transmission]]
* [[Manual transmission]]
* [[Transmission gear ratios]]
* [[Transmission identification]]
* [[Torque converter]]
* [[Torque converter clutch]]
* [[Transmission fluid]]
* [[Transmission cooler lines]]
* [[Shift cable]]
* [[Engine cradle]]
* [[Transmission mounts]]
* [[Engine swaps]]
* [[Iron Duke]]
* [[2.8L V6]]

[[Category:Fieropedia]]
[[Category:Transmission]]
[[Category:Diagnostics]]
[[Category:Service procedures]]